Exec Mode Commands
The Exec Mode is the
initial entry point into the command line interface system. Exec
mode commands are useful in troubleshooting and basic system monitoring.
aaa test
This command tests
AAA functionality between the system and a remote server.
Product:
PDSN, HA
, GGSN, SGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
aaa test { accounting
username
username
| authenticate
username
password
| session
username
password }
accounting username username
Tests RADIUS
or GTPP accounting
functionality for the specified user.
username is
the name of a user configured on the RADIUS or CFG server.
IMPORTANT:
GTPP is used only
in conjunction with the GGSN or SGSN product.
authenticate username password
Tests RADIUS authentication
functionality for the specified user.
username is
the name of a user configured on the RADIUS server. password is
the user’s password.
session username password
Tests both RADIUS
authentication and RADIUS
or
GTPP accounting functionality for the specified user.
username is
the name of a user configured on the RADIUS server. password is
the user’s password.
IMPORTANT:
GTPP is used only
in conjunction with the GGSN or SGSN product.
Usage:
This command is used
to test RADIUS-based authentication and RADIUS
or GTPP accounting.
This command may be useful for diagnosing problems with subscribers
and access to the system and/or billing data.
Example:
The following command
verifies accounting for a user called user1:
aaa test accounting
username user1
The following tests
authentication for a user called user1 with a password of abc123:
aaa test authentication user1 abc123
The following command
will test both accounting and authentication for the user called
user1 with a password of abc123:
aaa test session user1 abc123
active-charging
service
This command creates
an active charging service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
active-charging service service_name [ -noconfirm ]
service_name
Specifies the active
charging service name.
service_name must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters
in length.
If the named service
does not exist, it is created, and the CLI mode changes to the Active
Charging Service Configuration mode wherein the service can be configured.
If the named service
already exists, the CLI mode changes to the Active Charging Service Configuration
mode wherein the service can be reconfigured.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Use this command to
create an active charging service on the system. This command can be
used directly in Exec-mode after issuing the require active-charging command
in the Global Configuration mode.
This command allows
an operator (rather than security administrators and administrators) to
configure the Enhanced charging service functionality only.
IMPORTANT:
Operator needs the
special CLI privilege for Enhanced charging service functionality
to be able to use this CLI command.
Example:
The following command
creates an active charging service named test:
active-charging service test
alarm
This command is used
to disable the internal audible alarm on the SPC/SMC.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Usage:
Alarm cutoff disables
the audible alarm. The alarm may be enabled following this command
if an event within the system results in the audible alarm being enabled.
autoconfirm
This command disables
or enables confirmation for certain commands. This command affects
the current CLI session only.
IMPORTANT:
Use the autoconfirm command
in the Global Configuration Mode to change the behavior for all
future CLI sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
autoconfirm
no autoconfirm
Usage:
When autoconfirm is
enabled, certain commands ask you to answer yes or no to confirm
that you want to execute the command. When autoconfirm is
disabled, the confirmation questions never appear. Disabling autoconfirm is
active for the current session only.
By default autoconfirm is
enabled.
Example:
The following command
enables command confirmation:
autoconfirm
The following command
disables command confirmation for the duration of the current CLI
session:
no autoconfirm
bulkstats force
This command is used
to manage the system statistics for collection and delivery to the
configured server.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
bulkstats force { gather | transfer }
gather
Immediately collects
the system statistics.
transfer
Immediately send the
currently collected statistics to the configured server.
Usage:
When the current system
statistics are desired immediately as opposed to the normal scheduled
collection and delivery intervals issue this command.
Troubleshooting the
system may require the review of statistics at times when the scheduled
delivery is not timely.
Example:
The following causes
the chassis to immediately collect system statistics. This would
be in anticipation of a transfer command.
bulkstats force gather
The following command
causes the chassis to immediately send all collected statistics
to the configured server.
bulkstats force transfer
card halt
This command halts
a card. A card reboot must be issued to bring the card back into
service after it is halted.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card halt
slot_num [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]
slot_num
Indicates the slot
number of the card of interest.
-force
Over-rides any warnings
to force the card to be halted.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Halt a card to stop
the card for maintenance or emergency situations.
CAUTION:
Caution should be
taken in using this command as halting a card which has no redundancy card
available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.
CAUTION:
The -force and -noconfirm options
should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will
cause an immediate halt regardless of warnings and no confirmation
from the user.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
temporarily stops the card in slot
1.
card halt 1
The following commands
force the card to halt and indicate no confirmation is to take place, respectively.
card halt 17 -force -noconfirm
card halt 17 -noconfirm
card lc switch
This is the command
for managing the line cards and their active/standby status.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card lc switch to target_slot [ -noconfirm ]
switch to target_slot
Indicates the card
which is to become the active card specified as target_slot.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Line card switch overs
change the active/standby status of a line card. This is
useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which
requires removing the card from service.
CAUTION:
Caution should be
taken in using this command. Depending on the amount of bandwidth/traffic
being switched, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the line cards where
one of the cards is in slot
17. This
command only executes after the user provides confirmation of the
request.
card lc switch to 17
The following switches
the active/standby status of the line cards where one of
the cards is in slot
17.
This command executes immediately with no additional user confirmation.
card lc switch to 17 -noconfirm
card lc upgrade
This command upgrades
the programmables on the line card.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
card lc upgrade
slot_number
upgrade
Upgrades programmables
on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card
to upgrade.
CAUTION:
This command should
only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:
This command upgrades
the linear flash on the line card.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
initiates a lc upgrade:
card lc upgrade
card pac
This command moves
processes from the source PAC to the destination PAC or disables
the PAC from accepting any new calls.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card pac { migrate
from
src_slot
to
dst_slot | busy-out } [ -noconfirm ]
no card pac busy-out
no card pac busy-out
Disables busy-out.
The PAC is re-enabled to accept new calls.
migrate from src_slot to dst_slot
This keyword moves
processes from the specified source PAC to the specified destination
PAC. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated.
The card migration is completed in background.
src_slot indicates
the source slot number of the card whose processes will be migrated
from. dst_slot indicates
the destination slot number of the card processes will be migrated
to.
busy-out
When busy-out is enabled
on a PAC, the PAC stops receiving new calls but continues to process
calls it currently has until they are completed. The command prompt
is returned once the command is initiated. The busy-out procedure
is completed in background.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
card pac migrate:
Migrating a packet accelerator card changes the active/standby
status of a packet accelerator card. This results in the active
sessions/processes being moved to the newly active PAC.
This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active
card which requires removing the card from service.
The destination slot
specified must contain a packet accelerator card which is in the standby
state for the command to complete successfully.
CAUTION:
Caution should be
taken in using this command. Depending on the number of active sessions being
migrated, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.
card pac busy-out:
Using busy-out to refuse new calls on a PAC allows you to take a
card out of service without any interruptions to the end user. An individual
system can be taken completely out of service gracefully by enabling
busy-out on all PACs and waiting for current calls to complete.
The show card info
command shows if busy-out is enabled.
IMPORTANT:
When a PAC fails,
is migrated, or is restarted for any reason busy-out is reset to
disabled, the default behavior.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
migrates the active processes from the PAC card in slot
12 to the
card in slot
14.
This command only executes after the user provides confirmation
about the request.
card pac migrate from 12 to 14
The following command
sets the PAC in slot 1 to stop accepting new calls:
card pac busy-out 1
card psc
This command moves
processes from the source PSC to the destination PSC or disables
the PSC from accepting any new calls.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card psc { migrate
from
src_slot
to
dst_slot | busy-out } [ -noconfirm ]
no card psc busy-out
no card psc busy-out
Disables busy-out.
The PSC is re-enabled to accept new calls.
migrate from src_slot to dst_slot
This keyword moves
processes from the specified source PSC to the specified destination
PSC. The command prompt is returned once the command is initiated.
The card migration is completed in background.
src_slot indicates
the source slot number of the card whose processes will be migrated
from. dst_slot indicates
the destination slot number of the card processes will be migrated
to.
busy-out
When busy-out is enabled
on a PSC, the PSC stops receiving new calls but continues to process
calls it currently has until they are completed. The command prompt
is returned once the command is initiated. The busy-out procedure
is completed in background.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Migrating a packet
accelerator card changes the active/standby status of a
packet accelerator card. This results in the active sessions/processes
being moved to the newly active PSC. This is useful when there is
a maintenance activity on the active card which requires removing
the card from service.
The destination slot
specified must contain a packet accelerator card which is in the standby
state for the command to complete successfully.
CAUTION:
Caution should be
taken in using this command. Depending on the number of active sessions being
migrated, some subscribers may experience service interruptions.
Using busy-out to
refuse new calls on a PSC allows you to take a card out of service without
any interruptions to the end user. An individual system can be taken
completely out of service gracefully by enabling busy-out on all
PSCs and waiting for current calls to complete. The show card info
command shows if busy-out is enabled.
IMPORTANT:
When a PSC fails,
is migrated, or is restarted for any reason busy-out is reset to
disabled, the default behavior.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
migrates the active processes from the PSC card in slot
12 to the
card in slot
14.
This command only executes after the user provides confirmation
of the request.
card psc migrate from 12 to 14
The following command
sets the PSC in slot 1 to stop accepting new calls:
card psc busy-out 1
card psc upgrade
This command upgrades
the programmables on the PSC card.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
card psc upgrade
slot_number
upgrade
Upgrades programmables
on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card
to upgrade.
CAUTION:
This command should
only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:
You can only initiate
an upgrade if:
- there is no migration
occurring
- the card is active
or standby
- there is no online
upgrade in progress
IMPORTANT:
The following operations
are not allowed while a card is upgrading: change pac edc requirement
(config) change card [no] shutdown (config) change
card active (config) change card redundancy (config) card halt (exec)
card reboot (exec) start an online upgrade
IMPORTANT:
Level unlock operations
are ignored while a card is upgrading.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
initiates a PSC upgrade:
card psc upgrade
card reboot
This performs a reset
of the target card. Rebooting a PAC/PSC or line card will result
in the card downloading the image from the SPC/SMC.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card reboot
target_slot [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]
target_slot
Indicates the slot
number of the card which is the target of the reboot.
-force
Indicates the reboot
is to take place ignoring any state or usage warnings that might
be generated.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
A reboot is used to
reset the card and receive a new download. This may be useful when
a card is not responding or when it is necessary to cause the card
to reload its image and restart.
IMPORTANT:
Caution should be
taken in using this command as rebooting a card which has no redundancy card
available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.
CAUTION:
The -force and -noconfirm options
should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will
cause an immediate reboot regardless of warnings and no confirmation
from the user.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following will
cause the card in slot
8 to reboot
without any confirmation from the user. The card will not reboot
if there are any warnings generated.
card reboot 8 -noconfirm
The following command
will cause the card in slot
8 to reboot
regardless of any warnings. The user must provide confirmation prior
to this command executing.
card reboot 8 -force
The following command
will cause the card in slot
8 to reboot
regardless of any warnings with no additional user confirmation.
card reboot 8 -force -noconfirm
card restart
This performs a soft-reset
of the target card causing all application processes to restart.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card restart
target_slot [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ]
target_slot
Indicates the slot
number of the card which is the target of the restart.
-force
Indicates the restart
is to take place ignoring any state or usage warnings that might
be generated.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Restarting a card
may be useful when a card is not performing as expected (performance drop,
increased response delays, etc.). A restart may be preferred to
a reboot as the card becomes available in less time than a reboot.
When this command
is issued for an active card, the user is prompted for confirmation unless
the -force and/or -noconfirm keywords are used. Because
the reboot of standby or redundant cards is non-service impacting,
the reboot proceeds immediately after the command execution without
user confirmation.
IMPORTANT:
Caution should be
taken in using this command as restarting a card which has no redundant card
available may cause a service interruption and loss of active sessions.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
CAUTION:
The -force and -noconfirm options
should only be used concurrently by experienced users as this will
cause an immediate restart regardless of warnings and no confirmation
from the user.
Example:
The following will
cause the card in slot
8 to restart
without any confirmation from the user. The card will not reboot
if there are any warnings generated.
card restart 8 -noconfirm
The following command
will cause the card in slot
8 to restart
regardless of any warnings. The user must provide confirmation prior
to this command executing.
card restart 8 -force
The following command
will cause the card in slot
8 to restart
regardless of any warnings with no additional user confirmation.
card restart 8 -force -noconfirm
card smc
This is command is
for managing the switch processor cards and their active/standby
status and synchronizing the filesystem between the active device
and the standby device.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card
smc { switchover | synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /hd | /pcmcia1 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ] } [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Executes the command
without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
switchover
Switches control from
the active SMC to the defined standby SMC.
synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /hd | /pcmcia1 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ]
/flash:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s /flash device.
/hd:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s hard drive.
/pcmcia1:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SMC’s /pcmcia1
device.
all: Synchronizes
file systems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1).
checkonly:
Displays a list of files that could be synchronized, without executing
any synchronization actions.
reverse:
When used, the specified operation is performed from the standby
SMC to the active SMC.
Usage:
The switch over of
an SMC changes the active/standby status of an SMC card.
This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active
card which requires removing the card from service.
Each SMC contains
independent local devices, namely a CompactFlash (/flash)
and a PCMCIA card slot (/pcmcia1). Either of these devices
may contain system files such as binary software images, configuration
text files, boot system files, and others used to control and manage
the system. This command allows the files contained on the active
(currently managed) SMC to be synchronized, or mirrored, on the
like local device(s) contained on the standby SMC.
IMPORTANT:
Only filesystems on
matching local devices are synchronized. For example, if the active SMC
contains two local devices (/flash and /pcmcia1)
and the standby SMC contains only one local device (/flash),
then synchronization only occurs on the matching local device (i.e. /flash).
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the switch processor
cards. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation
of the request.
card smc switchover
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the SMCs and executes
immediately with no additional user confirmation:
card smc switchover
-noconfirm
The following command
synchronizes the filesystems on all available matching local devices
(/flash, /pcmcia1):
card smc synchronize
filesystem all
The following command
checks to see what files could be synchronized but no synchronization
is performed:
card smc synchronize
filesystem checkonly
card smc upgrade
This command updates
the programmables on the SMC.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
card smc upgrade
slot_number
upgrade
Upgrades programmables
on the specified card. Must be followed by a slot number of card
to upgrade.
CAUTION:
This command should
only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
Usage:
You can only initiate
an upgrade if:
- there is no migration
occurring
- the card is active
or standby
- there is no online
upgrade in progress
IMPORTANT:
The following operations
are not allowed while a card is upgrading: change pac edc requirement
(config) change card [no] shutdown (config) change
card active (config) change card redundancy (config) card halt (exec)
card reboot (exec) start an online upgrade
IMPORTANT:
Level unlock operations
are ignored while a card is upgrading.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
initiates a PSC upgrade:
card psc upgrade
CAUTION:
This command should
only be used if instructed by or working with Starent Support.
card spc
This is command is
for managing the switch processor cards and their active/standby
status and synchronizing the filesystem between the active device
and the standby device.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card
spc { switchover | synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ] } [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Executes the command
without any additional prompt and confirmation from the user.
switchover
Switches control from
the active SPC to the defined standby SPC.
synchronize filesystem [ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 | all ] [ checkonly ] [ reverse ]
/flash:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /flash device.
/pcmcia1:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /pcmcia1
device.
/pcmcia2:
Synchronizes only the filesystem on the standby SPC’s /pcmcia2
device.
all: Synchronizes
file systems on all available matching local devices (/flash, /pcmcia1, /pcmcia2).
checkonly:
Displays a list of files that could be synchronized, without executing
any synchronization actions.
reverse:
When used, the specified operation is performed from the standby
SPC to the active SPC.
Usage:
The switch over of
an SPC changes the active/standby status of an SPC card.
This is useful when there is a maintenance activity on the active
card which requires removing the card from service.
Each SPC contains
independent local devices, namely a CompactFlash (/flash)
and two PCMCIA card slots (/pcmcia1 and /pcmcia2).
Any of these devices may contain system files such as binary software
images, configuration text files, boot system files, and others
used to control and manage the system. This command allows the files
contained on the active (currently managed) SPC to be synchronized,
or mirrored, on the like local device(s) contained on the standby
SPC.
IMPORTANT:
Only filesystems on
matching local devices are synchronized. For example, if the active
SPC contains two local devices (/flash and /pcmcia1)
and the standby SPC contains only one local device (/flash),
then synchronization only occurs on the matching local device (i.e. /flash).
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the switch processor
cards. This command only executes after the user provides confirmation
of the request.
card spc switchover
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the switch processor
cards and executes immediately with no additional user confirmation;
card spc switchover
-noconfirm
The following command
synchronizes the filesystems on all available matching local devices
(/flash, /pcmcia1, /pcmcia2);
card spc synchronize
filesystem all
The following command
checks to see what files could be synchronized but no synchronization
is performed;
card spc synchronize
filesystem checkonly
card spio
This is the command
for managing the switch processor I/O cards and their active/standby
status.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
card spio switch to
slot# [ -noconfirm ]
slot#
The slot number of
the SPIO card that you want to switch to be the active card. The
currently active SPIO card is put in standby mode and the SPIO card
in the specified slot number is made active.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Switch over changes
the active/standby status of a SPIO card. This is useful
when there is a maintenance activity on the active card which requires
removing the card from service.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
switches the active/standby status of the switch processor
I/O cards. This command only executes after the user provides
confirmation of the request.
card spio switch
The following switches
the active/standby status of the switch processor I/O
cards. This command executes immediately with no additional user
confirmation.
card lc switch -noconfirm
cdr-push
This command initiates
manual push of CDR files to L-ESS.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
cdr-push { all | local-filename file_name }
all
Specifies to push
all CDR files to the configured URL.
local-filename file_name
Specifies to push
the specified file to the configured URL.
file_name must
be the absolute path of local file name to push, and must be a string
of 1 through 1023 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
manually push CDR files to the configured L-ESS.
For information on
configuring the L-ESS, see the cdr command
in the EDR Module Configuration Mode Commands/UDR Module
Configuration Mode Commands chapters.
On ST16 chassis, this
command must be run only from the context where the EDR/UDR module
is configured. Running in any other context would fail with the
following reason: “Failure: Manual PUSH of CDRs supported
in the context where EDR/UDR module is configured”
On ST40 chassis, this
command must be run only from the local context. Running in any other
context would fail with the following reason: “Failure:
Manual PUSH of CDRs supported only in the local context”
Example:
The following command
pushes all CDR files to the URL:
cdr-push all
clear
The following commands
clear a variety of items including statistics, conditions, alarms,
sessions, and files:
clear aaa
This command is used
to clear all AAA statistics in the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear aaa local counters
Usage:
Clearing the AAA statistics
which may be useful when monitoring the statistics manually. Clearing
resets the counters to zero.
The keyword local is
not intended to imply the local context defined for all systems.
Rather, the keyword local indicates
the statistics within the current context are to be cleared.
Example:
The following command
zeroes out all the AAA statistics in the current context.
clear aaa local counters
clear active-charging
analyzer statistics
This command is used
to clear protocol analyzer statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
analyzer statistics [ name protocol_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
name protocol_name
Clears detailed information
for specific protocol analyzer.
If this keyword is
not specified all statistics are cleared.
protocol_name must
be one of the following:
- dns: DNS
analyzer
- file-transfer:
File analyzer
- ftp: FTP
analyzer
- http: HTTP
analyzer
- icmp: ICMP
analyzer
- icmpv6:
ICMPv6 analyzer
- imap: Internet
Message Access Protocol (IMAP) analyzer
- ip: IP analyzer
- ipv6: IPv6
analyzer
- mms: MMS
analyzer
- p2p: Peer-to-peer
analyzer. The supported applications are:
-
actsync
-
aimini
- applejuice
- ares
-
battlefld
- bittorrent
- ddlink
- directconnect
- edonkey
- fasttrack
- feidian
- filetopia
-
freenet
- fring
- gadu_gadu
- gnutella
- halflife2
- hamachivpn
-
iax
- imesh
-
iptv
- irc
- iskoot
- jabber
- manolito
- msn
- mute
-
nimbuzz
-
openft
- orb
- oscar
-
paltalk
- pando
-
pandora
- popo
- pplive
- ppstream
- qq
-
qqgame
- qqlive
-
quake
-
rdp
-
secondlife
- skinny
- skype
- slingbox
- sopcast
- soulseek
- steam
- tvants
- tvuplayer
- uusee
- vpnx
- vtun
-
warcft3
- winmx
- winny
- wofwarcraft
- xbox
- yahoo
- zattoo
- pop3: POP3
analyzer
- rtcp: RTCP
analyzer
- rtp: RTP
analyzer
- rtsp: RTSP
analyzer
- sdp: SDP
analyzerl
- secure-http:
Secure HTTP analyzer
- sip: SIP
analyzer
- smtp: SMTP
analyzer
- tcp: TCP
analyzer
- udp: UDP
analyzer
- wsp: WSP
analyzer
- wtp: WTP
analyzer
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear active charging analyzers.
Example:
The following command
clears active charging service analyzer information for analyzer
named tcp:
clear active-charging
analyzer statistics name tcp
clear active-charging
charging-action statistics
This command is used
to clear charging action statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
charging-action statistics [ name
string
] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
name string
Clears detailed information
for specific protocol analyzer.
string must
be the name of an existing charging action.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear active charging action statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears active charging action statistics information for charging
action named
pre-paid:
clear active-charging
charging-action statistics name pre-paid
clear active-charging
content-filtering category statistics
This command is used
to clear category-based content filtering statistics for the specified
rulebase.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
content-filtering category statistics [ rulebase name
rulebase_name
| all ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Clears the statistics
of each and every configured rulebase.
rulebase_name
rulebase_name must
be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
category-based content filtering statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears category-based content filtering statistics information for
Rulebase named
cf_rule1:
clear active-charging
content-filtering category statistics rulebase name cf_rule1
clear active-charging
credit-control statistics
This command clears
credit control statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
credit-control statistics [ group
group_name
]
group group_name
Clears statistics
for the specified credit control group. group_name must be
the name of a credit control group, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics information for credit control:
clear active-charging
credit-control statistics
clear active-charging
edr-format statistics
Clears the statistics
for the specified EDR format.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
edr-format statistics [ name edr_format]
name edr_format
Specifies name of
the EDR format for which you want to clear the statistics.
edr_format must
be the name of a configured EDR format, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
IMPORTANT:
If an EDR format name
is not specified statistics for all EDR formats are cleared.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear the accumulated statistics for the specified EDR format.
Example:
The following command
clears the statistics for all EDR formats:
clear active-charging
edr-format statistics
clear active-charging
edr-udr-file statistics
This command is used
to clear EDR/UDR file related statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
edr-udr-file statistics
Usage:
Use this command to
clear EDR and UDR file statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears statistical information for EDR and UDR files:
clear active-charging
edr-udr-file statistics
clear active-charging
firewall statistics
This command clears
Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
firewall statistics [ callid call_id | domain-name domain_name | nat-realm nat_realm | protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp } | username user_name ] [ acsmgr
instance instance_id ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
acsmgr instance instance_id
Specifies an ACS Manager
instance ID.
instance_id must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
callid call_id
Specifies a Call Identification
number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
domain-name domain_name
Specifies a domain
name for the statistics.
domain_name must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
nat-realm nat_realm
Specifies a NAT realm
name for the statistics.
nat_realm must
be a string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp }
Specifies protocol
for the stats.
- icmp: ICMP
protocol
- ip: IP protocol
- other: Protocols
other than TCP, UDP, and ICMP
- tcp: TCP
protocol
- udp: UDP
protocol
username user_name
Specifies a user name
for the statistics.
user_name must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates that the
output of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears all Stateful Firewall statistics:
clear active-charging
firewall statistics
clear active-charging
firewall track-list
This command clears
the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any Denial-of-Service
(DOS) attacks.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
firewall track-list attacking-servers
Usage:
Use this command to
clear the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any DOS attacks.
Example:
The following command
clears the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any
DOS attacks:
clear active-charging
firewall track-list attacking-servers
clear active-charging
fw-and-nat policy statistics
This command clears
statistics for all or a specific firewall-and-NAT policy.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
fw-and-nat policy statistics { all | name policy_name } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all firewall-and-NAT policies configured.
name policy_name
Displays information
for the specified firewall-and-NAT policy.
policy_name must
be the name of a firewall-and-NAT policy, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics for all or a specific firewall-and-NAT policy.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for the firewall-and-NAT policy named
test123:
clear active-charging
fw-and-nat policy statistics name test123
clear active-charging
group-of-ruledefs statistics
This command clears
statistical information related to Active Charging Service group
of ruledefs.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
group-of-ruledefs statistics [ name group_of_ruledefs ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
name group_of_ruledefs
Specifies name of
the group of ruledefs for which statistics must be cleared. group_of_ruledefs must
be the name of an existing group of ruledefs, and must be a string
of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistical information related to all or specified Active Charging
Service group of ruledefs.
Example:
The following command
clears statistical information related to the group of ruledefs
named
ruldef_group12:
clear active-charging
group-of-ruledefs statistics name ruledef_group12
clear active-charging
nat statistics
This command clears
NAT realm statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
nat statistics [ nat-realm nat_realm ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
clear active-charging
nat statistics
This command when
issued in the local context clears statistics for all NAT realms
in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command
clears statistics for all NAT realms in that context.
clear active-charging
nat statistics nat-realm nat_realm
This command when
issued in the local context clears statistics for the specified
NAT realm in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this
command clears statistics for the specified NAT realm in that context.
nat-realm nat_realm
Specifies the NAT
realm’s name.
nat_realm must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 31 characters
in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that the
command’s output be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear NAT realm statistics.
Example:
The following command
when issued in the local context, clears NAT realm statistics for
NAT realms named
test135 in
all contexts:
clear active-charging
nat statistics nat-realm test135
clear active-charging
rulebase statistics
This command clears
ACS rulebase statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
rulebase statistics [ name
rulebase_name ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
rulebase_name
Clears statistics
for specified ACS rulebase.
rulebase_name must
be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear ACS rulebase statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for the ACS rulebase named
postpaid:
clear active-charging
rulebase statistics name postpaid
clear active-charging
ruledef statistics
This command clears
ACS rule definition statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
ruledef statistics [ charging | firewall | name ruledef_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
charging
Clears statistics
for all Charging rule definitions configured.
firewall
Clears statistics
for all Firewall rule definitions configured.
name ruledef_name
Clears statistics
for the specified active charging service rule definition.
ruledef_name must
be the name of an existing rule definition, and must be an alpha
and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear ACS ruledef statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears all ruledef statistics:
clear active-charging
ruledef statistics
clear active-charging
subsystem
This command is used
to clear all Active Charging service information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging subsystem
Usage:
Use this command to
clear all Active Charging subsystem information.
Example:
The following command
clears all Active Charging service information:
clear active-charging subsystem
clear active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics
This command clears
URL Blacklisting feature related statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics [ rulebase name rulebase_name ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
rulebase name rulebase_name
Clears URL Blacklisting
information for the specified rulebase.
rulebase_name must
be the name of a rulebase, and must be a string of 1 through 63
characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that the
output of the command must be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear URL Blacklisting feature related statistics, optionally for
a specific rulebase.
Example:
The following command
clears URL Blacklisting feature related statistics for
rulebase12:
clear active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics rulebase name rulebase12
clear administrator
This command ends
the session of an administrative user specified by either user name
or session ID.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear administrator { name
user_name
| session
id
id_num}
name user_name
Identifies the user
name of the administrative user.
session id id_num
Identifies the ID
number of the administrative user session as displayed in the show administrators
session id command output.
Usage:
This command is used
to terminate command line interface sessions for other administrative
users.
Example:
The following command
ends the session of the administrative user identified as user1:
clear administrator
name user1
The following command
ends the session of the administrative user with the session ID
of 3:
clear administrator
session id 3
clear alarm
Clears outstanding
alarm conditions
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear alarm { all | chassis | id
num | port
slot/port | slot
slot }
all
Clear all outstanding
alarms
chassis
Clears chassis-wide
and fan tray alarms
id num
Clears a specific
alarm by its internal alarm ID. num is the
internal alarm identification number.
port slot/port
Clears alarms for
the specified port. slot/port is
the port to clear alarms for.slot is
the slot that the card is installed in and port is
the port on that card.
slot slot
Clears alarms for
the specified slot. slot is
the slot to clear alarms for.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear outstanding alarm conditions.
Example:
To clear all outstanding
alarms, use the following command:
clear alarm all
To clear all alarms
for slot 7, enter the following command:
clear alarm slot 7
clear asngw-service
This command clears
the service session statistics of an ASN GW service specified by
either service name or trusted peer address.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear
asngw-service statistics [name
svc_name
| peer-address
ip_address]
name svc_name
Identifies the name
of the ASN GW service to clear all service statistics.
peer-address ip_address
Identifies the IP
address of the ASN GW peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:
This command is used
to terminate command line interface sessions for ASN GW services.
Example:
The following command
clears the service session statistics of ASN GW service named as
asn_svc1:
clear asngw-service
statistics name asn_svc1
clear asnpc-service
This command clears
the service session statistics of an ASN paging controller service
specified by either ASN PC service name or trusted paging controller
peer address.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear
asnpc-service statistics [name
svc_name
| peer-address
ip_address]
name svc_name
Identifies the name
of the ASN PC service to clear all service session statistics.
peer-address ip_address
Identifies the IP
address of the ASN PC peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:
This command is used
to terminate command line interface sessions for ASN PC services.
Example:
The following command
clears the service session statistics of ASN PC service named as asnpc_svc1:
clear asnpc-service
statistics name asnpc_svc1
clear apn statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered statistics for either a specific APN or all APNs configured
with the given context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear apn statistics [ name
apn_name
]
name apn_name
Specifies the name
of a specific APN configured in the context for which to clear statistics.
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Statistics for a single
APN can be cleared using the name keyword.
Statistics for all APNs in the context can be deleted by entering
the command with no keywords.
If
this command is executed from within the local context with no keywords,
statistics will be cleared for every APN configured on the system
regardless of context. In addition, if the name keyword is used
when executing from within the local context, statistics for all
APNs configured with the specified name will be cleared regardless
of context.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for an apn called isp1:
clear apn statistics isp1
clear bcmcs statistics
Clears BCMCS statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear bcmcs statistics [ pdsn-service service_name ]
pdsn-service service_name
Defines a specific
PDSN service for which to clear BCMCS-specific statistics. This
value must be a string consisting of up to 63 characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear accumulated BCMCS statistics. You may specify an individual PDSN
or peer to selectively clear statistics.
Example:
clear bcmcs statistics
clear bcmcs statistics
pdsn-service service_name
clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address
Clears the GTP-U loopback
address blacklisted by a specific RNC as defined for a specific
IuPS Service configuration.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address
ip_address rnc-id rnc-id mcc mcc_num mnc mnc_num iups-service name
ip_address
Specifies the IP loopback
address that has been blacklisted. This loopback address was originally defined
with the associate-gtpu-bind-addfress command
in the Radio-Network-Controller configuration mode of the IuPS Service.
ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
This command enables
this loopback address to be used for future RAB-assignment requests.
Example:
clear blacklisted-gtpu-bind-address 1.1.1.1 rnc-id 2 mcc 123 mnc 321 iups-service iups1
clear bssap+ statistics
Clears/deletes
the statistics for Base Station System Application Part plus in
a Gs service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
clear bssap+ statistics [ gs-service gs_svc_name ] [ vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num } ]
gs-service gs_svc_name
Specifies the name
of a specific Gs service to clear the BSSAP+ information.
gs_svc_name is
the name of a configured Gs service for which BSSAP+ is
applied and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
and is case sensitive.
vlr { name
vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num }
Specifies the name
of the VLR or SS7 address in E.164 ISDN format to clear the BSSAP+ information.
name vlr_name is
name of the VLR must be an alpha and/or numeric string
of 1 to 63 characters.
E164_VLR_num is
an ISDN number for VLR per E.164 number plan and must be an numerical
string of 1 to 15 digits.
Usage:
Use this command to
delete or clear the statistics of BSSAP+ application on
a system.
Example:
The following command
clears the information about BSSAP+ in a Gs service named
gssvc1.
clear bssap+ statistics
gs-service gssvc1
clear bulkstats
Clears counters and
accumulated bulk statistics related information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear bulkstats { counters | data }
counters
Clears the counters
maintained by the system’s “bulkstats” facility.
data
Clears any accumulated
data that has not been transferred. This includes any “completed” files
that haven't been successfully transferred.
Usage:
Once bulk statistics
collection is enabled, the system stores the information until the specified
transfer criteria is met or until a manual transfer is initiated.
The system maintains counters for the “bulkstats” software
facility. (Refer to the data keyword
for the show
bulkstats command for information on viewing the counters.)
This command can be
used to delete bulk statistics information that has been collected
but not transferred and/or to clear the counters that have
been maintained.
Example:
The following command
clears bulk statistics-related counters:
clear bulkstats counters
clear config
This command replaces
the active configuration source file with an empty configuration
where possible.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear config [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Clear the current
configuration when a complete over right is desired or if it is
necessary to start from an empty configuration.
IMPORTANT:
Clearing the configuration
will cause the active configuration source file to be empty and
of no use in configuring the system to an active state providing
service.
IMPORTANT:
It is suggested that
this command only be performed on configurations which have been backed
up for easy restoration.
Example:
The following command
clears the active configuration after the user provides confirmation
of the request.
clear config
The following command
clears the active configuration source file immediately with no
user confirmation.
clear config -noconfirm
clear congestion-control
statistics
Clears the congestion
control statistics for all instances of the specified manager type.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear
congestion-control
statistics { a11mgr
| asngwmgr | asnpcmgr
| hamgr | gtpcmgr | l2tpmgr
| imsimgr}
a11mgr
Clears the statistics
for all A11 Manager instances.
asngwmgr
Clears the statistics
for all ASN GW Manager instances
asnpcmgr
Clears the statistics
for all ASN PC-LR Manager instances
hamgr
Clears the statistics
for all HA Manager instances.
gtpcmgr
Clears the statistics
for all GTPC Manager instances.
l2tpmgr
Clears the statistics
for all L2TP Manager instances.
imsimgr
Clears the statistics
for all IMSI Manager instances.
Usage:
Use this command to
statistics for all instances of the specified manager.
IMPORTANT:
When this command
is issued in any context other than the local context, only instances
of the specified manager for the current context have the statistics
cleared. When the current context is the local context, all instances
of the specified manager type in all contexts have the statistics cleared.
Example:
Clear the statistics
for all instances of the A11 manger, by entering the following command:
clear congestion-control
statistics a11mgr
clear content-filtering
category statistics
This command clears
the Category-based Content Filtering application statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear content-filtering
category statistics [ facility srdbmgr instance
instance_value
]
facility srdbmgr instance instance_value
Clears logged events
for the specified SRDB Manager instance.
instance_value must
be an integer from 1 through 8.
In StarOS 9.0 and
later, instance_value must
be an integer from 1 through 10000.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear all Category-based Content Filtering application statistics,
or statistics for a specific SRDB Manager instance.
Example:
The following command
clears all Category-based Content Filtering application statistics:
clear content-filtering
category statistics
clear crash
The clear crash command
removes a specific crash file or all crash files.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear crash [ list | number
crash_num ]
list | number crash_num
list: removes
all crash files.
number crash_num:
removes only the crash file specified as crash_num which
must be within the range of 1 through 30.
Usage:
CLear crashes for
general maintenance activities in cleaning out old, unused, or files which
are of no importance.
Example:
The following will
remove all crash files.
clear crash list
The following command
will remove only crash file
27.
clear crash number 27
clear credit-control
statistics
This command is used
to clear credit control statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear credit-control
statistics cc-service cc_service_name
cc-service cc_service_name
Specifies the credit
control service name.
cc_service_name must
be an existing Credit Control service, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear active credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears the configured credit control statistics for a service named
service1:
clear credit-control
statistics cc-service service1
clear crypto
The clear crypto command
clears crypto associations or crypto statistics.
Product:
PDSN, HA
, GGSN, PDG/TTG,
PDIF, SCM
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear crypto { isakmp [ tag
map_name | peer
peer_ip ] | security-association { counters tag
map_name [ tx | rx ] | tag
map_name | peer
peer_ip } | statistics { ikev2 | ipsec-3gpp-cscf } [service-ip-address ip-address | service-name name ] }
isakmp [ tag map_name | peer peer_ip ]
When no keywords are
specified, this command clears all of the ISAKMP security associations
for the current context.
tag map_name:
Clears the ISAKMP SAs for the specified crypto map. map_name is
the name of an existing crytpo map.
peer peer_ip:
Deletes the ISAKMP SAs for the specified peer. peer_ip must
be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
security-association { counters map map_name [ tx | rx ] | tag map_name | peer peer_ip }
counters tag map_name [ tx | rx ]:
Resets the counters for the specified crypto map. map_name is
the name of an existing crypto map. tx specifies
that only the transmit SA counters are reset. rx specifies
that only the receive SA counters are reset. If neither tx or rx are specified,
both transmit and receive SA counters are reset.
tag map_name:
Tears down a Security Association (SA) for the specified crypto
map. map_name is
the name of an existing crytpo map.
peer peer_ip:
Clears the SAs for all tunnels who have the peer at the specified
IP address. peer_ip must
be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
CAUTION:
Modification(s) to
an existing crypto map and/or ISAKMP policy configuration
will not take effect until the related security association has
been cleared.
statistics { ikev2 | ipsec-3gpp-cscf } [ service-ip-address ip-address | service-name name ]
ikev2: Clears global
IKEv2 statistics for the current context.
ipsec-3gpp-cscf: Clears
global CSCF IPSec statistics for the current context.
service-ip-address ip-address: Clears
statistics for the specified service-ip address. service-name name: Clears
statistics for the specified service name.
Usage:
Clear SAs and apply
changes to the crypto map or clear the crypto statistics for this context.
Example:
The following clears
all IKEv2 crypto statistics for the current context:
clear crypto statistics ikev2
clear cscf service
Resets statistics
counters for a specific CSCF service, all CSCF services, or for all
services within a specified context (VPN).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear cscf service { diameter { location-info | policy-control} statistics [ service-name service_name | vpn-name name ] | li-packet-cable
statistics | performance-counters name service_name | statistics
name service_name { all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name } }
diameter { location-info | policy-control } statistics [ service-name service_name | vpn-name name ]
Clears Diameter (DPECA)
statistics on the CSCF Rx interface with the configuration information.
service-name service_name:
Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the statistics will
be reset. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
vpn-name name: Specifies
the name of a context in which all statistics for all services will
be reset. name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
li-packet-cable statistics
Clears Lawful Intercept
statistics.
performance-counters
name service_name
Clears all CSCF performance
counters for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters
statistics name service_name { all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name }
Clears service statistics
for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
all: Clears all CSCFservice
statistics.
calls: Clears statistics
related to CSCF calls.
ip-security: Clears
statistics related to CSCF IPSec.
message: Clears statistics
for the SIP method MESSAGE.
package-name: Clears
statistics for the associated event package.
- message-summary: Clears
statistics for the “message-summary” event package.
- presence: Clears statistics
for the “presence” event package.
- reg: Clears statistics
for the “reg” event package.
- winfo: Clears statistics
for the “watcher-info” event package.
registrations: Clears
statistics related to CSCF registrations, re-registrations, and
de-registrations.
sigcomp: Clears statistics
related to CSCF sigcomp.
tcp: Displays session
statistics related to CSCF TCP.
vpn-name name: Clears
statistics for a specific CSCF service configured in a specific
context on this system. name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword must
be followed by another statistics-related keyword.
Usage:
Use this command to
reset statistics counters for CSCF services. This command will reset the
counters in the output of the show cscf service statistics command.
IMPORTANT:
This command will
not clear current registered users and current CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command
resets all statistics for a service named
cscf1:
clear cscf service
statistics name cscf1 all
clear cscf sessions
Clears statistics
for CSCF sessions on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear cscf sessions { counters { calls | subscription } service service_name | service service_name { all | session-id id | aor aor }
counters { calls | subscription } service service_name
Clears counters for
all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
calls: Counters associated
with calls in CSCF service.
subscription: Counters
associated with subscriptions in CSCF service.
service service_name:
Counters on specific CSCF service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
service service_name { all | session-id id | aor aor }
Clears session information
for all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
service
service_name:
Session statistics on specific CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
- all: Specifies that
session statistics are to be cleared for all sessions on this service.
- session-id id: Specifies
that session statistics are to be cleared for sessions with this
ID. id must
be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
- aor aor: Specifies
that session statistics are to be cleared for sessions at this specific
AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear session information for CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command
resets all session statistics for a service named
cscf1:
clear cscf sessions
service cscf1 all
clear cscf sip
Resets SIP statistics
counters for a specific CSCF service, all CSCF services, or for
all services within a specified context (VPN) or interface.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear cscf sip statistics [ name service_name [ interface
{ domain name domain_name | ip address ip_address } |
vpn-name name ]
name service_name
Specifies the name
of a CSCF service for which the SIP statistics will be reset. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
interface { domain
name domain_name | ip address ip_address }
SIP statistics will
be reset in this interface.
domain name domain_name:
Specifies the domain associated with the CSCF service. domain_name must
be an existing domain and be from 1 to 64 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
ip address ip_address:
Specifies the destination or source ip address associated with the
CSCF service.
vpn-name name
Specifies the name
of a context in which all SIP statistics for all services will be
reset. name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
reset SIP counters found in the output of the show cscf sip command.
Example:
The following command
resets the SIP statistics for a service named
cscf1:
clear cscf sip statistics
name cscf1
clear cscf subscription
Clears all subscriptions
for a named service or for individual subscribers within the service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear cscf subscription
service service_name { all | from-aor subscriber_aor to-aor resource_aor }
service service_name
Specifies the name
of a CSCF service for which the subscription(s) will be cleared. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
all | from-aor subscriber_aor to-aor resource_aor
all: Removes
all CSCF subscriptions for the specified service.
from-aor subscriber_aor:
Removes all CSCF subscriptions for a specified subscriber in a specified
service.
subscribed-to resource_aor: Removes
all CSCF subscriptions for a specified subscriber in a specified
service with a specified subscribed-to resource AoR.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear subscriptions to enforce policies. This command initiates
a SUBSCRIBE request with Expires as 0 in the corresponding subscription dialog.
Example:
The following command
clear all subscriptions for a CSCF service named
cscf1:
clear cscf subscription
service cscf1 all
clear diameter
aaa-statistics
This command clears
Diameter AAA statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear diameter aaa-statistics [ all | [ group aaa_group ] server diameter_server ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Clears all Diameter
server statistics.
group aaa_group
Clears Diameter server
statistics for the specified AAA group.
aaa_group must
be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 1 through 64
characters in length.
server diameter_server
Clears Diameter server
statistics for the specified Diameter server.
diameter_server must
be the name of a Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through
64 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send
output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear Diameter AAA statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears Diameter server statistics for the specified AAA group:
clear diameter aaa-statistics
group <aaa_group>
clear diameter
statistics
This command clears
Diameter statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear diameter statistics [ [ proxy ] endpoint endpoint_name [ peer-host host_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
endpoint endpoint_name
Clears endpoint related
statistics.
endpoint_name must
be the name of an endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through 63
characters in length.
proxy
Clears proxy related
statistics.
peer-host host_id
Clears statistics
for the specified Diameter peer host ID.
host_id must
be the Diameter peer host ID, and must be a string 1 through 255
characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id
Clears statistics
for the specified Diameter peer realm.
realm_id must
be the Diameter peer realm ID, and must be a string 1 through 127
characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send
output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear Diameter statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears all Diameter statistics for the specified endpoint:
clear diameter statistics
endpoint <endpoint_name>
clear dhcp statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered statistics for either a specific DHCP server or all DHCP
servers configured within the given context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear dhcp statistics [ dhcp-service
svc_name
| server
ip_address
]
dhcp-service svc_name
The name of a specific
DHCP service for which to clear statistics.
svc_name is
the name of the DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
server ip_address
Specifies the IP address
of a specific DHCP server configured in the context for which to
clear statistics.
ip_address must
be entered in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Statistics for a single
server can be cleared using the server keyword.
Statistics for all DHCP servers in the context can be deleted by
entering the command with no keywords.
This command can be
executed from any context configured on the system.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics
will be cleared for every DHCP server configured on the system regardless
of context. In addition, if the server keyword is used when executing
from within the local context, statistics for all DHCP servers configured
with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for all configured DHCP servers within the context:
clear dhcp statistics
clear dns-client
Clears DNS cache and/or
statistics for a specified DNS client.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear dns-client name { cache [ query-name name | query-type
{ A | SRV } ] | statistics }
dns-client name
Defines the name of
the DNS client whose cache and/or statistics are being
cleared. name must
be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or numeric
characters in length.
cache [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ]
Specifies that the
cache for the defined DNS client is to be cleared.
query-name name: Filters
DNS results based on the domain name. name must
be from 1 to 255 characters in length. name is
the domain name used to perform the DNS query. name is
different from the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to
resolve the SIP server for service.com,
the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and
the query type is SRV.
query-type:
- A: Filters
DNS results based on domain IP address records (A records).
- SRV: Filters
DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).
statistics
Specifies that statistics
for the defined DNS client are to be cleared.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for a DNS client named
domain1.com:
clear dns-client domain1.com statistics
clear egtpc
Clears enhanced GPRS
Tunneling Protocol control plane statistics and counters found in
show command outputs and bulk statistics associated with all eGTP-C-related
services or those defined by the parameters in this command.
Syntax
clear egtpc statistics [ egtp-service name | interface-type { interface-mme | interface-pgw-ingress | interface-sgw-egress | interface-sgw-ingress } | mme-address ipv4_address | pgw-address ipv4_address | sgw-address ipv4_address ]
egtp-service name
Clears all statistics
and counters associated with a specific eGTP service name. name must
be an existing eGTP service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
interface-type { interface-mme | interface-pgw-ingress | interface-sgw-egress | interface-sgw-ingress }
interface-mme: Clears
statistics and counters derived from all MME interface types associated
with this system.
interface-pgw-ingress:
Clears statistics and counters derived from all P-GW ingress interface
types associated with this system.
interface-sgw-egress:
Clears statistics and counters derived from all S-GW egress interface
types associated with this system.
interface-sgw-ingress:
Clears statistics and counters derived from all S-GW ingress interface
types associated with this system.
mme-address ipv4_address
Clears all statistics
and counters derived from a specific MME IP address. ipv4_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be specified in dotted decimal
notation.
pgw-address ipv4_address
Clears all statistics
and counters derived from a specific P-GW IP address. ipv4_address must
be an existing P-GW IP address and be specified in dotted decimal
notation.
sgw-address ipv4_address
Clears all statistics
and counters derived from a specific S-GW IP address. ipv4_address must
be an existing S-GW IP address and be specified in dotted decimal
notation.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear running statistics and counters found in show command and bulk
statistics outputs for all eGTP-C-related services or for specific
interfaces, services, or IP addresses as specified by parameters
in this command.
Example:
The following command
clears eGTP-C statistics and counter associated with all P-GW ingress interfaces
configured on this system:
clear egtpc statistics
interface-type interface-pgw-ingress
The following command
clears eGTP-C statistics and counter associated with all MME interfaces configured
on this system:
clear egtpc statistics
interface-type interface-mme
clear firewall
flows
This command is obsolete.
clear firewall
ruledef
This command is obsolete.
clear firewall
statistics
This command is obsolete.
clear fng-service
statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered statistics for a specific FNG service or all FNG services
configured within a context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear fng-service statistics {nameservice_name}
name service_name
Specifies the name of
a specific FNG service configured in the context for which to clear statistics.
service_name is
the name of the FNG service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Statistics for a single
FNG service can be cleared using the name keyword.
Statistics for all FNG services in the context can be deleted by
entering the command with no keywords.
If this command is executed
from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be
cleared for every FNG service configured on the system regardless
of context. In addition, if the name keyword
is used when executing from within the local context, statistics
for all FNG services configured with the specified name will be
cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for an FNG service named fng1:
clear fng-service statistics fng1
clear gmm-sm statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered GMM-SM statistics within the given context based on the
specified criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear gmm-sm statistics [ gmm-only | sm-only ] [ gprs-service
srvc_name [ nsei nse_id | routing-area
mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] | [ sgsn-service srvc_name [ rnc mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id rnc-id rnc_id | routing
area mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ]
gmm-only
Enter this keyword
to display only GPRS mobility management (GMM) information for other specified
keyword parameters for the current context.
sm-only
Enter this keyword
to display only session management (SM) information for other specified keyword
parameters for the current context.
gprs-service srvc_name
Enter this keyword
to display the statistics for the specified GPRS service. The display
request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.
srvc_name must
be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
nsei
Enter this keyword
to display the GMM/SM session statistics for the identified
network service entity (NSEI).
sgsn-service srvc_name
Enter this keyword
to display the statistics for the specified SGSN service. The display
request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.
srvc_name must
be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
rnc
Enter this keyword
to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics
just for the specified ( rnc-id) radio network controller (RNC).
rnc-id rnc_id
Enter this keyword
to identify the specific RNC.
rnc_id must
be an integer from 0 through 4095.
routing-area mcc mcc_id
mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id
Enter the routing-area keyword
to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics
for a specified routing area (RA) identified by the MCC, MNC, LAC
and RAC.
mcc mcc_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the mobile country code (MCC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
mcc_id must
be an integer from 100 through 999.
mnc mnc_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the mobile network code (MNC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
mnc_id must
be an integer from 00 through 999.
lac lac_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the location area code (LAC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
lac_id must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rac rac_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the routing area code (RAC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
rac_id must
be an integer from 1 through 255.
Usage:
Use this command to
delete statistics for the GMM/SM session configurations
for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
deletes GMM/SM statistics for a specific routing area defined
for the GPRS service:
clear gmm-sm statistics
gprs-service gprs1 routing-area mcc 123 mcc 131 lac 24 rac 11
The following command
clears all collected information for GMM/SM statistics:
clear gmm-sm statistics verbose
clear gtpc statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered GTPC (GTPv0, GTPv1-C, GTPv1-U) statistics within the given
context based on the specified criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear gtpc statistics [ apn
apn_name
] [custom1 ] [ ggsn-service
ggsn_name
] [ sgsn-address
sgsn_address
]
apn apn_name
Specifies the name
of an APN configured in the context for which to delete GTPC statistics.
apn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
custom1
Clears the statistics
of GTP-C messages for preservation mode and free of charge service.
This keyword is customer-specific
license enabled and used for Preservation-Mode and Free-of-Charge
Service which are enabled under customer-specific license. For more
information on this support, contact your local representative.
ggsn-service ggsn_name
Specifies the name
of a GGSN service configured in the context for which to delete
GTPC statistics.
ggsn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
sgsn-address sgsn_address
Specifies the IP address
of an SGSN for which to delete GTPC statistics.
sgsn_address must
be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
GT-C statistics can
be cleared for a single APN, GGSN service, or SGSN. All GTPC statistics
in the context can be deleted by entering the command with no keywords.
This command can be
executed from any context configured on the system.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with no keywords, all GTPC statistics
will be cleared regardless of context.
GTPP statistics are
not affected by this command.
Example:
The following command
clears all GTPC statistics within the context:
clear gtpc statistics
clear gtpp statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered GTPP statistics within the given context based for either
single or all charging gateway functions (CGFs).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear gtpp statistics [ cgf-address
ip-address
]
cgf-address cgf_address
Deletes statistics
for a particular CGF.
cgf_address is
the IP address of the CGF for which statistics are to be deleted.
It must be expressed in dotted decimal notation
Usage:
Statistics for a single
CGF can be cleared using the cgf-address keyword. Statistics
for all CGFs in the context can be deleted by entering the command
with no keywords.
This
command can be executed from any context configured on the system.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with no keywords, statistics
will be cleared for every CGF configured on the system regardless
of context. In addition, if the cgf-address keyword is used when
executing from within the local context, statistics for all CGFs configured
with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
deletes all GTPP statistics for a CGF with an IP address of 192.168.1.42:
clear gtpp statistics
cgf-address 192.168.1.42
clear gtpp storage-server
local file statistics
This command clears
AAAproxy GTPP group level statistics for CDRs stored on the local
SMC hard disk.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear gtpp storage-server
local file statistics [ group name name ]
Usage:
If executed from the
local context, this command clears statistics for all GTPP groups configured
on the system. If executed from the context within which the storage
servers (SMC hard disk) is configured, statistics are deleted for
only that context.
clear gtpp storage-server
statistics
Clears statistics
for configured GTPP storage servers (GSS).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear gtpp storage-server statistics
Usage:
If executed from the
local context, this command clears statistics for all GTPP storage servers
configured on the system. If executed from the context within which
the servers are configured, statistics are deleted for only those servers.
clear hd-storage-policy
Clears statistic information
for HD storage policies configured on the system.
Product:
HSGW, P-GW, S-GW
Syntax
clear hd-storage-policy
statistics { all | name name }
statistics { all | name name }
all: Specifies
that ACR statistic information for all HD storage policies configured
on the system is to be cleared.
name name: Specifies
that ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy with the
specified name is to be cleared.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics for HD storage policies configured on the system.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for an HD storage policy named
pgwsgw:
clear hd-storage-policy
statistics name pgwsgw
clear hsgw-service
Clears statistic information
for HSGW services configured on the system.
Syntax
clear hsgw-service
statistics { all | name name }
statistics { all | name name }
all: Specifies
that HSGW service statistic information for all HSGW services configured
on the system is to be cleared.
name name: Specifies
that HSGW service statistic information for an HSGW service with
the specified name is to be cleared.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics for HSGW services configured on the system.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for an HSGW service named
hsgw3:
clear hsgw-servicey
statistics name hsgw3
clear ims-authorization
This command clears
statistics for all or for a specified IMS Authorization Service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear ims-authorization { policy-control statistics [ ims-auth-service service_name ] | service
statistics [ name service_name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
ims-auth-service service_name
Clears statistics
for the specified IMSA service.
service_name must
be the name of an IMSA service, and must be a string of 1 through
64 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear IMSA Service statistics.
Example:
The following command
clears IMSA policy-control statistics for an IMSA service named
test_service:
clear ims-authorization
policy-control statistics ims-auth-service test_service
clear ip access-group
statistics
This command clears
all interface ACL statistics and the context level ACL statistics
that have been configured in the current context. Be aware that
updating an access list also causes all ip access-groups utilizing
the list to be cleared.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear ip access-group statistics
Usage:
Use this command to
clear all interface ACL statistics and the context level ACL statistics that
have been configured in the current context.
The following command
clears the ACL statistics:
clear ip access-group statistics
clear ip arp
Clears the address
resolution protocol cache for a given IP address.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear ip arp
ip_address
ip_address
Specifies the IP address
for which to clear the ARP cache. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Clear the ARP cache
when network changes have occurred for the case where the cached data
may cause undue overhead in routing of packets.
Example:
The following command
clears the ARP cache for the IP address
1.2.3.4:
clear ip arp 1.2.3.4
clear ip bgp peer
Resets BGP connections
for all peers or for specified peers in the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear ip bgp peer {ip_address
| all | as
as_num} [in | out | soft | vpnv4 ]
ip_address
The IP address of
the neighbor for which BGP connections should be reset. ip_address is
an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation.
all
Reset BGP connections
for all peers.
as as_num
Reset BGP connections
for all peers in the specified AS. as_num must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
in
Soft reconfigure inbound
updates.
out
Soft reconfigure outbound
updates.
soft
Soft reconfigure inbound
and outbound updates.
vpnv4
Clears bgp sessions
with the vpnv4 address family.
Usage:
Use this command to
BGP information for the current context.
Example:
The following command
resets BGP connections for all neighbors:
clear ip bgp peer all
clear ip localhosts
This command removes
the host specified from the current context’s local host list
for IP address mappings.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear ip localhosts [ host_name ]
host_name
Specifies the name
of the host to be removed. Value must be a string from 1 to 1023
characters. When omitted, all local host name mappings will be removed.
Usage:
Clear a host name
when it is no longer valid for the current context to access. The
host name specified will be unrecognized by the current context
once the command is performed.
Example:
clear ip localhosts
clear ip localhosts 1.2.3.4
clear ip localhosts remoteABC
clear ip ospf process
Clears OSPF database
information for the current context and re-establishes neighbor
adjacency.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear ip ospf process
Usage:
Use this command to
clear the OSPF database information for the current context and
re-establishes neighbor adjacency.
Example:
The following command
clears the OSPF database information for the current context and
re-establishes neighbor adjacency:
clear ip ospf process
clear ipv6 neighbors
Clears an ipv6 address
from the neighbor cache.
Privilege:
Administrator, Security
Administrator
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors ipaddress
Usage:
Clears a specific
address from the neighbor cache.
Example:
Use the following
example to clear
3ffe:ffff:101::230:6eff:fe04:d9aa/48:
clear ipv6 neighbors 3ffe:ffff:101::230:6eff:fe04:d9aa/48
clear l2tp
Clears all or specific
L2TP statistics or clears and disconnects all or specified sessions
or tunnels.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
statistics [ lac-service service_name | lns-service service_name | peer-address ip_address ]
With no optional keywords
specified, this command clears all L2TP statistics for the current context.
lac-service service_name:
Clears all L2TP statistics for the specified LAC service in the
current context.
lns-service service_name:
Clears all L2TP statistics for the specified LNS service in the
current context.
peer-address ip_address:
Clears all L2TP statistics for the destination (peer LNS) at the
specified IP address. The IP address is specified using the standard
IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
tunnels { all [ clear-sa] | callid call_id | lac-service service_name [ clear-sa ] | peer-address ip_address [ clear-sa ] }
all: Clears
all tunnels in the current context.
lac-service service_name:
Clears all tunnels in the current context that belong to the specified
LAC service and closes the tunnels.
lns-service service_name:
Clears all tunnels in the current context that belong to the specified
LNS service and closes the tunnels.
peer-address ip_address:
Clears all tunnels in the current context whose destination (peer
LNS) is the system at the specified IP address. The IP address is
specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
callid call_id:
Uses the unique identifier that specifies a particular tunnel in
the system to clear that tunnel and disconnect it. The output of
the command show l2tp
tunnels contains a field labeled Callid Hint which lists
the call id information to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte
Hexadecimal number.
clear-sa:
If any security associations have been established they are cleared.
Usage:
Clear L2TP all or
specific L2TP statistics or clear sessions in a tunnel and disconnect
the tunnel.
Example:
To clear all L2TP
statistics for the current context, use the following command:
clear l2tp statistics
To clear all L2TP
statistics for the LAC service named lac1, use the following command:
clear l2tp statistics
lac-service lac1
Use the following
command to clear L2TP statistics for the LNS peer at the IP address
10.10.10.100:
clear l2tp statistics
peer-address 10.10.10.100
The following command
clears and closes all tunnels in the current context:
clear l2tp tunnels all
The following command
clears and closes all tunnels for the LAC service named lac2:
clear l2tp tunnels
lac-service lac2
The following command
clears and closes all tunnels the peer at the IP address 10.10.10.110:
clear l2tp tunnels
peer-address 10.10.10.110
clear lawful-intercept
Clears information
pertaining to lawful interception capability.
Product:
PDSN, HA, LNS
, GGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear lawful-intercept statistics
statistics
Clears lawful-intercept
statistics.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics pertaining to Lawful Intercept functionality.
IMPORTANT:
You must log in to
the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that
has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details
on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to
System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
The following clears
all statistics for the Lawful Intercept functionality.
clear lawful-intercept statistics
clear lma-service
statistics
Clears Local Mobility
Anchor statistics and counters found in show command outputs and
bulk statistics associated with all LMA services or a specific service
defined by the parameter in this command.
Syntax
clear lma-service
statistics [ name servie_name ]
name servie_name
Clears statistics
and counters for a specific LMA service name. name must
be an existing LMA service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics
for all LMA services or for a specific LMA service.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics and counters for an LMA service named
lma3:
clear lma-service
statistics name lma3
clear local-user
Clears information
pertaining to local-user administrative accounts.
Privilege:
Security Administrator
Syntax
clear local-user { database [ -noconfirm ] | statistics |
username name lockout }
database [ -noconfirm ]
Clears the local-user
database. This command deletes all information for all local-user
accounts.
CAUTION:
Use this command only
in the event of security concerns or to address concerns of the
local-user account database integrity.
statistics
Clears statistics
pertaining to local-user accounts.
userame name lockout
Removes lockouts associated
with specific local-user accounts.
name is
the name of the local-user account and can consist of from 3 to
16 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
This command can be
used to remove local-user account lockouts, reset local-user-related statistics
to 0, or to delete the local-user database.
Example:
The following command
removes the lockout placed on a local-user account named
SecureAdmin:
clear local-user username SecureAdmin lockout
clear mag-service
statistics
Clears Mobile Access
Gateway statistics and counters found in show command outputs and
bulk statistics associated with all MAG services or a specific service
defined by the parameter in this command.
Syntax
clear mag-service
statistics [ name servie_name ]
name servie_name
Clears statistics
and counters for a specific MAG service name. name must
be an existing MAG service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clears statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics
for all MAG services or for a specific MAG service.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics and counters for a MAG service named
mag1
clear mag-service
statistics name mag1
clear maximum-temperatures
Clears information
pertaining to component maximum temperatures.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear maximum-temperatures
Usage:
Reset the timestamp
to the current time and clear previous maximum temperatures for
all temperature monitored components. This may be useful when preparing
to study system performance, monitor usage, or trouble shoot the
administrative interfaces.
Example:
The following command
resets the maximum temperature statistics for all monitored chassis components.
clear maximum-temperatures
clear mipfa statistics
This command clears
the statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent. The statistics for
a specific foreign agent service may be cleared by explicit command.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear mipfa statistics [ fa-service
name | peer-address
ip_address ]
fa-service name | peer-address ip_address
fa-service name: Indicates
the statistics for a specific service are to be cleared where the
service is as specified by name. “Total sessions” counters
for all peers associated with the service are also reset. name must
be an existing FA service name.
peer-address ip_address:
Indicates the statistics for the specific IP address, ip_address,
are to be cleared. “Total sessions” counter for
the specified peer is also reset. The IP address is specified using
the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Clear all statistics
for the MIP foreign agent or for a specific service. This may be
useful in monitoring performance and troubleshooting as the statistics
may be cleared at a well known time and then collected and transferred
for review.
Example:
The following clears
all statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent.
clear mipfa statistics
The following command
clears the statistics for the example service only.
clear mipfa statistics fa-service sampleService
clear mipfa statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4
clear mipha statistics
This command clears
the statistics for the mobile IP home agent. The statistics for
a home agent service may be cleared by explicit command.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear mipha statistics [ ha-service
name | peer-address
ip_address ]
ha-service name | peer-address ip_address
ha-service name: indicates
the statistics for a specific service are to be cleared where the
service is as specified by name. “Total sessions” counters
for all peers associated with the service are also reset. name must
be an existing HA service name.
peer-address ip_address:
indicates the statistics for the specific IP address, are to be
cleared. “Total sessions” counter for the specified
peer is also reset. The IP address is specified using the standard
IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Clear all statistics
for the MIP home agent or for a specific service. This may be useful
in monitoring performance and troubleshooting as the statistics
may be cleared at a well known time and then collected and transferred
for review.
Example:
The following clears
all statistics for the mobile IP foreign agent.
clear mipha statistics
The following command
clears the statistics for the example service only.
clear mipha statistics ha-service sampleService
clear mipha statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4
clear mme-service
db statistics
This command clears
the MME database statistics for MME sessions for all or specific
session instances on this system.
Syntax
clear mme-service
db statistics [instance smgr_instance]
instance smgr_instance
This keyword specifies
that MME database statistics are to be removed for a specific instance
of session manager running for MME service.
smgr_instance must
be specified as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295.
If instance is not specified database statistics of all instances
will be removed.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear/remove database statistics for all or a particular
instance of session manager for MME services on this system.
Example:
The following command
removes/clears the database statistics of all instances
of the MME service on a system:
clear mme-service
db statistics
clear mme-service
db record
This command clears
the MME database records all instances of session manager running
for MME service filtered with IMSI or GUTI as criteria.
Syntax
clear mme-service
db record {imsi imsi_identifier | callid call_id | guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value} [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
imsi imsi_identifier
This keyword specifies
the filter criteria as International Mobile Subscriber Identity
(IMSI) imsi_identifier to
clear the database records of a session instance.
imsi_identifier is
a 15 character IMSI field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
callid call_id
This keyword specifies
the filter criteria as call id call_id to
clear the database records of a session instance.
call_id must
be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value
This set of keyword
specifies the filter criteria as Globally Unique Temporary Identifier
(GUTI) to clear the database records for MME service.
The GUTI is constructed
from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI where GUMMEI is constructed from PLMN
(MMC and MNC) plmn_id and
MME Identifier is constructed from an MME Group ID (MMEGI) mme_grp_id and
an MME Code (MMEC) mme_code.
Within the MME, the
mobile is identified by the M-TMSI mtmsi_value
Usage:
Use this command to
clear/remove database records for all or a particular instance
of session manager for MME services on this system with IMSI or
GUTI as filter criteria.
Example:
The following command
clears the summary database records of a session instance for subscriber having
IMSI as 123455432112345 in
the MME service:
clear mme-service
db record imsi 123455432112345
clear mme-service
statistics
This command clears
the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear mme-service
statistics [emm-only [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier]] | esm-only [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier] | s1ap [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier] | sctp [mme-service
mme_svc_name
]]
emm-only
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to
clear all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to
clear all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to
clear all S1-AP statistics.
sctp
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to
clear all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name to clear all service statistics.
peer-id peer_identifier
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:
This command is used
to clear the statistical information of an MME service based on various
filter criteria.
Example:
The following command
clears the service session statistics of all MME service on a system:
clear mme-service statistics
clear mme-service
statistics
This command clears
the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear mme-service
statistics [emm-only [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier]] | esm-only [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier] | s1ap [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier] | sctp [mme-service
mme_svc_name
]]
emm-only
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to
clear all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to
clear all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to
clear all S1-AP statistics.
sctp
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to
clear all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as MME service name to clear all service statistics.
peer-id peer_identifier
This keyword sets
the filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to clear all service statistics.
Usage:
This command is used
to clear the statistical information of an MME service based on various
filter criteria.
Example:
The following command
clears the service session statistics of all MME service on a system:
clear mme-service statistics
clear multicast-sessions
Disconnects broadcast-multicast
sessions based on specified criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator
Operator
Syntax
clear
multicast-sessions [ -noconfirm ] [ keywords ] [ verbose ]
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
all
Disconnects all multicast
sessions.
callid call_id
Clears the call specified
by call_id.
The call ID must be specified as an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
card-num pac_num
The slot number of
the PAC/PSC by which the multicast session is processed. pac_num is
a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16
flowid id
Clears calls for a
specific BCMCS flow, defined by id. The
flow ID must be a hexidecimal number
flowid-type [ flow | program ]
Clears multicast sessions
according to the type of flow.
flow: Clears
all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “flow”.
program:
Clears all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “program”.
mcast-address ipv4_address
Clear multicast sessions
for a specific multicast address. Must be followed by the IP address
of an interface, using dotted decimal notation.
pcf ipv4_address
Clears multicast sessions
connected via the packet control function defined by ipv4_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
pdsn_service name
Clears multicast sessions
connected to the packet data service name. The packet
data service must have been previously configured.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output is the standard level which is the
concise mode.
Usage:
Clear multicast sessions
to aid in troubleshooting the system when no additional subscribers
may connect or when a specific service or remote address may be
having connection problems. This command may also be useful when
preparing for maintenance activities such that connects may be cleared
to perform any necessary procedures.
The keywords are filters
that modify or filter the criteria for deciding which sessions to clear
and are described below. Multiple keywords can be entered on a command
line.
When multiple keywords
are specified, the multicast sessions deleted must meet the specifications
of all of the keywords.
Example:
The following command
clears the broadcast-multicast sessions having multicast address
1.2.3.4:
clear multicast-sessions
mcast-address 1.2.3.4
The following command
clears the broadcast-multicast session(s) having call id
00004e22:
clear multicast-sessions
callid 00004e22
clear orbem statistics
Clears the CORBA element
manager interface related statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear orbem statistics
Usage:
Clear the statistics
to reset them to zero for the object request broker element manager interface.
This may be useful when preparing to study system performance, monitor
usage, or trouble shoot the administrative interfaces.
Example:
The following command
resets the statistics for the ORB element manager.
clear orbem
clear pdg-service
statistics
Deletes all previously
gathered statistics for a specific PDG service or all PDG services
configured within a context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear pdg-service statistics [ name service_name ]
name service_name
Specifies the name of
a specific PDG service configured in the context for which to clear statistics.
service_name is
the name of the PDG service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Usage Statistics for
a single PDG service can be cleared using the name keyword. Statistics
for all PDG services in the context can be deleted by entering the
command with no keywords.
If this command is executed
from within the local context with no keywords, statistics will be
cleared for every PDG service configured on the system regardless
of context. In addition, if the name keyword is used when executing
from within the local context, statistics for all PDG services configured
with the specified name will be cleared regardless of context.
Example:
Example(s) The following
command clears statistics for a PDG service named
pdg1:
clear pdg-service
statistics pdg1
clear pgw-service
Clears PDN Gateway
statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics
associated with all P-GW services or a specific service defined
by the parameter in this command.
Syntax
clear pgw-service
statistics { all | name service_name }
all
Clears statistics
and counters for all P-GW services on the system.
name service_name
Clears statistics
and counters for a specific P-GW service name. name must
be an existing P-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics
for all P-GW services or for a specific P-GW service.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics and counters for an P-GW service named
pgw5:
clear lma-service
statistics name pgw5
clear port
Clears port related
statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear port { datalink counters { all | slot/port } | npu
counters { all | slot/port [ untagged | vlan
tag_id ] }
datalink
Clear the data link
port statistics.
npu
Clear statistics for
the network processing unit port.
all
Clear counters for
all datalink or NPU ports.
slot/port
Clear the statistics
for the specified slot and port number.
untagged
Clear NPU statistics
for all ports that do not have a VLAN tag.
vlan tag_id
Clear NPU statistics
for the port that has the specified VLAN tag ID. tag_id must
be a previously configured VLAN tag id.
Usage:
Manually clear the
statistics for a specified port. This is useful when preparing to
trouble shoot or monitor the system.
Example:
The following command
clears the data link related statistics for port 1 in slot 17.
clear port datalink counters 17/1
The following command
clears the network processing unit related statistics for port 1
in slot 17.
clear port npu counters 17/1
clear ppp statistics
Clears point-to-point
protocol related statistics. All PPP statistics may be cleared or
just those for a specific packet data service may be cleared.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear ppp statistics [
ggsn-service
ggsn_name
|
lns-service
lns_name
| pcf-address [
pcf_ip_addr
| all ] | pdsn-service
pdsn_name
]
ggsn-service ggsn_name
Display statistics
only for the time the session is connected to the specified ggsn_name.
lns-service lns_name
Display statistics
only for the time the session is connected to the specified lns_name.
pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ]
Display statistics
only for the time the session is connected to the specified PCF
(Packet Control Function) or for all PCFs. pcf_ip_addr
must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdsn-service pdsn_name
Specifies the service
as pdsn_name which
is to have only its statistics cleared.
Usage:
Allows you to manually
reset PPP statistics when it is desired to have counts begin again from
a specific point in time.
Example:
The following clears
the statistics for all PPP counters and services.
clear ppp statistics
The following clears
only the point-to-point protocol statistics for the service named
sampleService.
clear ppp statistics pdsn-service sampleService
clear prepaid 3gpp2
statistics
This command clears
all of the statistics counters for 3GPP2 Pre-paid accounting. Statistics
may be cleared for all services or for an individual service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear prepaid 3gpp2
statistics { all | {
ggsn-service |
ha-service | lns-service | pdsn-service
} {all | name
service_name
} }
all
This keyword clears
prepaid statistics for all services.
ggsn-service
Clear statistics for
GGSN service(s).
ha-service
Clear statistics for
HA service(s).
lns-service
Clear statistics for
LNS service(s).
pdsn-service
Clear statistics for
PDSN service(s).
{ all | name service_name }
all: Clear
statistics for all services of the specified type.
name service_name:
Clear statistics for the service named service_name of
the specified service type.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear Pre-paid statistics for a particular named service or for
all services.
Example:
To clear statistics
for a PDSN service name PDSN1, enter the following command:
clear prepaid 3gpp2
statistics pdsn-service name PDSN1
clear prepaid wimax
This command clears
all of the statistics counters for WiMAX prepaid accounting. Statistics
may be cleared for all services or for an individual service.
Syntax
clear prepaid wimax
statistics { all | asngw-service { all | name
service_name
} | ha-service { all | name
service_name
} }
all
This keyword clears
prepaid statistics for all services.
asngw-service
Clears prepaid statistics
for ASN GW service(s).
ha-service
Clears prepaid accounting
statistics for HA service(s).
{ all | name service_name }
all: Clears
statistics for all services of the specified type.
name service_name:
Clears statistics for the service named service_name of
the specified service type.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for named service or for all
services.
Example:
The following command
clears prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for an ASN GW
service name
asn1:
clear prepaid wimax
statistics asngw-service name asn1
clear qos npu stats
Clears information
pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation and sharing.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear qos npu stats
inter-subscriber traffic slot
slot_num
inter-subscriber traffic
slot slot_num
Clears inter-subscriber
traffic statistics for the application or line card installed in
the specified slot.
slot_num indicates
the number of the chassis slot in which the card is installed and
can be configured to any integer value from 1 through 48.
Usage:
Allows you to manually
reset statistics pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics for a card installed in chassis slot 4:
clear qos npu stats
inter-subscriber traffic slot 4
clear radius accounting
archive
This command clears
archived RADIUS accounting messages associated with a AAA group,
or all the archived RADIUS accounting messages in the context in
which the command is executed depending on the option chosen. The
scope of the command is limited to the context in which it is executed
including for local context.
IMPORTANT:
This command is only
available in StarOS 8.3 and later. For more information, please
contact your local service representative.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clear radius accounting
archive { all | radius group group_name } [ -noconfirm ]
all
Clears all archived
RADIUS accounting messages in the context.
radius group group_name
Clears all archived
RADIUS accounting messages for the specified group.
group_name must
be the name of a RADIUS group, and must be a string of 0 through
64 characters in length.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear the archived RADIUS accounting messages associated with a AAA
group, or all the archived RADIUS accounting messages in the context
in which the command is executed.
Example:
Use the following
command to clear all archived RADIUS accounting messages for the
group named
test12.
clear radius accounting
archive radius group test12
clear radius counters
Clears statistics
for RADIUS servers and server group. The statistics for all RADIUS
servers or server group may be cleared or only a specified server.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear radius counters { all | radius
group
group_name
| server
ip_address [ port
number ] }
all | radius group group_name | server ip_address [ port number ]
all: Clears
statistics for all servers.
server ip_address [ port number ]:
Clears statistics only for the server specified by ip_address.
Optionally specify the port which is to have its RADIUS statistics
cleared, where port number must be an integer from 0 through 65535. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
radius group group_name:
Clears all configured authentication / accounting servers
in the specified RADIUS group. group_name must
be name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting,
and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Clear the statistics
to reset them to zero prior to logging or monitoring the system
for troubleshooting, performance measurements, etc.
Example:
The following command
clears the statistics for all RADIUS servers.
clear radius counters all
The following command
resets the statistics only for the server
1.2.3.4.
clear radius counters server 1.2.3.4
The following command
resets the statistics only for the server group named
star1.
clear radius counters
radius group star1
clear rohc statistics
This command clears
statistics and counters collected since the last reload or clear
command was issued for ROHC IP header compression.
Privilege:
Administrator, Config-administrator,
Operator, Inspector
Syntax
clear rohc statistics [ pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name ]
pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name
Clear ROHC statistics
and counters for the specified PDSN service.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear ROHC statistics for all services or for a specific PDSN.
Example:
The following command
clears ROHC statistics and counters for the PDSN service named pdsn1:
clear rohc statistics
pdsn-service pdsn1
clear rp service-option
Clears the R-P interface
service option statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear rp service-option statistics [ number
option_num | pdsn-service
pdsn_name ]
number option_num | pdsn-service pdsn_name
Default: clear the
statistics for all service options and all packet data services.
number option_num:
specifies the R-P service option number for which the statistics
are to be cleared. option_num must
be a value in the range 0 through 1000.
pdsn-service pdsn_name:
specifies the service as pdsn_name which
is to have only its statistics cleared.
Usage:
Clear the R-P service
option statistics prior to monitoring the system for bench marking
or for detecting areas of further research.
Example:
The following resets
the service option statistics for service option 23 and packet data
service
sampleService,
respectively.
clear rp service-option
statistics number 23
clear rp service-option
statistics pdsn-service sampleService
clear rp statistics
Clears the R-P interface
statistics. The statistics for a specific packet data server or
peer node may be cleared if specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear rp statistics [ pdsn-service
name | peer-address [ peer_address | all ] ]
pdsn-service name | peer-address [ peer_address | all ]
Default: clear all
R-P associated statistics.
pdsn-service name: specifies
the packet data service specified by name is
to have its statistics reset.
peer-address [ peer_address | all ]:
specifies that statistics for the specified peer, or all peers,
are to be cleared. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Clear the statistics
to prepare for monitoring the system.
Example:
The following command
resets all the associated statistics for the R-P interfaces.
clear rp statistics
The following clears
the statistics for the packet data service
sampleService.
clear rp statistics pdsn-service sampleService
The following command
resets the statistics associated with peer node with IP address
1.2.3.4.
clear rp statistics peer-address 1.2.3.4
clear session disconnect-reasons
Clears the session
disconnect reason statistics for all sessions on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear session disconnect-reasons
Usage:
Sets the counters
for session disconnect reasons to zero (0) in preparation for a
monitoring or troubleshooting session.
Example:
clear session disconnect-reasons
clear session setuptime
Clears the session
setup time statistics for PCFs
or
SGSNs. If no keyword is specified the summary statistics displayed
by the
show session setuptime command
are cleared.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear
session
setuptime { pcf { pcf_addr | all } | sgsn { sgsn_addr | all } }
pcf { pcf_addr | all }
pcf_addr:
Clear the setup time counters for the PCF at the specified IP address. pcf_addr must
ba an IP v4 addresses expressed in dotted decimal notation.
all: Clear
the setup time counters for all PCFs.
sgsn { sgsn_addr | all }
sgsn_addr:
Clear the setup time counters for the SGSN at the specified IP address. sgsn_addr must
ba an IP v4 addresses expressed in dotted decimal notation.
all: Clear
the setup time counters for all SGSNs.
Usage:
Sets the counters
for session disconnect reasons to zero (0) in preparation for a
monitoring or troubleshooting session.
Example:
To clear the statistics
for the PCF at IP address 192.168.100.10, enter the following command:
clear session setuptime
pcf 192.168.100.10
clear session subsystem
Clears all session
subsystem statistics for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear session subsystem
Usage:
Clear the statistics
in preparation for a troubleshooting or monitoring session so that
the counters are at a well known values.
Example:
clear session subsystem
clear sgtpu statistics
Clears all SGTPU statistics
for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear sgtpu statistics [ ggsn-address ipv4_address | iups-service iups_srvc_name | rnc-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name |
gprs-service
gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id ]
Usage:
Clear the statistics
in preparation for a troubleshooting or monitoring session so that
the counters.
Example:
clear sgtpu statistics
gprs-service SGSN1Gprs1 nsei 2445
clear sgw-service
statistics
Clears Serving Gateway
statistics and counters found in show command outputs and bulk statistics
associated with all S-GW services or a specific service defined
by the parameter in this command.
Syntax
clear sgw-service
statistics { all | name service_name }
all
Clears statistics
and counters for all S-GW services configured on the system.
name service_name
Clears statistics
and counters for a specific S-GW service name. service_name must
be an existing S-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
clears statistics and counters in show command outputs and bulk statistics
for all S-GW services or for a specific S-GW service.
Example:
The following command
clears statistics and counters for an S-GW service named
sgw3:
clear sgw-service
statistics name sgw3
clear snmp trap
Clears all SNMP event
trap notifications from the buffer.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear snmp trap { history | statistics }
history
Clears all SNMP historical
trap information from system buffer.
statistics
Clears all SNMP event
trap information from system buffer.
Usage:
Use this command to
empty the buffer of all SNMP trap notifications.
Example:
Following command
clears the all historical SNMP traps from the system buffer:
clear snmp trap history
clear srp checkpoint
statistics
Clears the SRP checkpoint
interface statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear srp checkpoint statistics
Usage:
Clears the srp checkpoint
statistics to prepare for srp monitoring.
Example:
The following command
resets all the associated statistics for srp checkpoint.
clear srp checkpoint statistics
clear srp statistics
Clears the SRP statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear srp statistics
Usage:
Clears the srp statistics
to prepare for srp monitoring.
Example:
The following command
resets all the associated statistics for srp.
clear srp statistics
clear subscribers
Disconnects subscribers
based on specified criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
clear subscribers [ keywords ] [ verbose ] [ -noconfirm ]
The keywords are filters
that modify or filter the criteria for deciding which subscriber
sessions to clear and are described below. Multiple keywords can
be entered on a command line.
When multiple keywords
are specified, the subscriber sessions deleted must meet the specifications of
all of the keywords.
For example; if you
enter the following command:
clear subscribers
ip-pool pool1 card-num 1
Only subscriber sessions
that were assigned an IP address from the IP pool named pool1 and
are also being processed by the PAC/PSC in slot 1 are cleared.
All other subscriber sessions that do not meet these criteria remain
and are not cleared.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
IMPORTANT:
The Operator privilege
does not have access to this keyword.
active
Only disconnects subscribers
who currently have active sessions.
all
Disconnects all subscribers.
IMPORTANT:
The Operator privilege
does not have access to this keyword.
apn name
Clears all PDP contexts
accessing a specific access point name (APN).
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
asn-peer-address ip_address
Clears information
for subscribers on an ASN GW trusted peer.
ip_address is
the IPv4 address of the ASN GW peer server in dotted decimal notation.
asngw-service service_name
Clears counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN GW service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
asnpc-service service_name
Clears counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN PC service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
callid id
Clears the call specified
by call_id.
The call ID must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num
The slot number of
the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. card_num is
a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
ccoa-only
This option clears
the subscribers that registered a MIP co-located COA directly with
the HA.
This option is only
valid when MIPHA session license is enabled.
configured-idle-timeout [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscribers
whose idle timeout matches the specified criteria. A value of 0
(zero) indicates that the subscribers idle timeout is disabled.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscribers
who have been connected for the specified length of time.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
cscf-service service_name
Clears all subscribers
from the specified CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
css-delivery-sequence name
IMPORTANT:
This is a restricted
keyword. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
css-service name
IMPORTANT:
This is a restricted
keyword. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
dhcp-server address
Clears all PDP contexts
that currently possess an IP address assigned from a specific DHCP server.
dhcp_address is
the IP address of the DHCP server expressed in dotted decimal notation.
dormant
Only disconnect subscriber
sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
fa address
Disconnects all subscribers
connected to the foreign agent specified by fa_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
fa-service name
Disconnects all subscribers
connected to the foreign agent specified by fa_name.
The foreign agent name must have been previously defined.
firewall { not-required | required }
Clears all subscriber
information for the specified subscribers:
not-required:
Subscribers for whom firewall processing is not-required.
required:
Subscribers for whom firewall processing is required.
firewall-policy fw_policy_name
This keyword is obsolete.
fng-service service_name
Clears subscriber sessions
connected to the FNG service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
ggsn-service name
Clears all PDP contexts
accessing a specific GGSN service.
ggsn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
gsm-traffic-class { background | conversational | interactive { priority } | streaming }
Subscribers whose
traffic matches the specified 3GPP traffic class.
- background:
3GPP QoS background class.
- conversational:
3GPP QoS conversational class.
- interactive:
3GPP QoS interactive class. Must be followed by a traffic priority.
priority can be configured to any integer value from 1 to 3.
- streaming:
3GPP QoS streaming class.
gtp-version
Displays the specific
GTP version number. Must be followed by one of the supported GTP
versions (0 or 1).
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
active-charging-service,
apn, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address, bearer-establishment, callid, card-num, coaa-only,
configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, cscf-service,
dhcp-server, fa,
fa-service,
firewall, ggsn-service, gprs-service,
gsm-traffic-class, gtp-version, ha, ha-ipsec-service, ha-service,
idle-time, ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address, ip-alloc-method,
ip-pool, ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mip-udp-tunnel-only,
mipv6ha-service, msid, msisdn, network-requested, network-type,
pcf,
pdg-service, pdif-service,,
pdsn-service,
plmn-type, rulebase,
rx-data, session-time-left
,
sgsn-address,
sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, grep, more
ha address
Disconnects all subscribers
connected to the home agent specified by ha_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
ha-ipsec-only
Disconnects all MIP
HA sessions with IPsec tunnels.
ha-service name
Disconnects all subscribers
connected to the home agent specified by ha_name.
The home agent name must have been previously defined.
hsgw-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) service configured on this system. name must
be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscribers
whose idle time matches the specified length of time.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ims-auth-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this IMS Authorization Service configured on this system. name must
be an existing IMS Authorization Service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
imsi id
Disconnects the subscriber
with the specified id. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber
Identity) ID is a 50-bit field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
ip-alloc-method {aaa-assigned | dhcp [ relay-agent | proxy-client ] | dynamic-pool | l2tp-lns-assigned | mip-ha-assigned | ms-provided-static | not-ms-provided-static | static
pool }
Displays the specific
IP Allocation Method. Must be followed by one of the IP Allocation
Methods:
- aaa-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by AAA.
- dhcp: Selects
subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by DHCP.
- relay-agent:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP
Relay Agent
- proxy-client:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP
Proxy Client
- dynamic-pool:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a dynamic
IP address pool.
- l2tp-lns-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Layer
2 Tunneling Protocol Network Server.
- mip-ha-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Mobile
IP Home Agent.
- ms-provided-static:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were provided by the Mobile
Station.
- not-ms-provided-static:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were not provided by the
Mobile Station.
- static-pool:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a static
IP address pool.
ip-address address
Disconnects all subscribers
connected to the specified ip_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
ip-pool name
Disconnects all subscribers
assigned addresses from the IP address pool pool_name. pool_name must
be the name of an existing IP pool or IP pool group.
ipv6-address address
Clears all subscribers
connected to the specified IPv6 address.
ipv6-prefix prefix
Clears subscribers
from a specific IPv6 address prefix.
lac address
Disconnects all calls
to the peer LAC (L2TP access concentrator) specified by address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
lac-service name
Disconnects all calls
for this LAC service. name is
a string of 1 to 63 characters.
lma-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this LMA service configured on this system. name must
be an existing LMA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
lns address
Disconnects calls
to the peer LNS (L2TP network server) specified by address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
lns-service name
Disconnects calls
associated with the LNS service named name. name is
a string of 1 to 63 characters.
long-duration-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscriber
sessions whose time left for the maximum duration of their session
matches the length of time specified.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
mag-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this Mobile Access Gateway (MAG) service configured on this system. name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
mip-udp-tunnel-only
This option clears
the subscribers that negotiated MIP-UDP tunneling with the HA.
This option is only
valid when MIP NAT Traversal license is enabled.
mme-address ipv4_addr
Disconnects subscribers
using this peer Mobility Management Entity (MME). ipv4_addr must
be an existing peer MME IPv4 address and be specified in dotted
decimal notation.
mme-only
Disconnects all MME
subscriber sessions on the system.
mme-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this MME service configured on this system. name must
be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
msid id
Disconnects the mobile
user identified by ms_id. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard
characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard
matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches
a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted
as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For
example; ‘$’.
In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is
enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this filter
will clear subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose
lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.
clear subscribers
msid 111110123456789 or
clear subscribers
msid 0123456789
will clear any subscriber
with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 0123456789.
msisdn msisdn
Clears information
for the mobile user identified by Mobile Subscriber ISDN Number
(MSISDN). msisdn must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address | nat-realm nat_realm ] }
Clears all subscriber
information for the specified subscribers:
not-required:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is not required.
required:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is required.
IMPORTANT:
The nat-ip keyword
is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
nat-ip nat_ip_address:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the
specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address specifies
the NAT IP address and must be a standard IPv4 address.
nat-realm nat_realm:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the
specified NAT realm. nat_realm specifies
the NAT realm name and must be a string from 1 through 63 characters
in length.
network-requested
Disconnect subscriber
sessions that were initiated by the GGSN network requested create
PDP context procedure.
network-type { gre | ipv4 | ipv6 | ipip | l2tp | mobile-ip | proxy-mobile-ip }
Disconnects subscriber
sessions based on the network type. The following network types
can be selected:
- gre : Generic
Routing Encapsulation (GRE) per RFC 2784
- ipv4 : Internet
Protocol version 4 (IPv4)
- ipv6 : Internet
Protocol version 6 (IPv6)
- ipip : IP-in-IP
encapsulation per RFC 2003
- l2tp: Layer
2 Tunneling Protocol encryption per RFC 2661
- mobile-ip :
Mobile IP
- proxy-mobile-ip :
Proxy Mobile IP
pcf [ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address [ [ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address ]
Displays information
for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a
specific or range of IP address
ipv4_ddress.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
- <: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address
value is displayed.
- >: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4
address value is displayed.
- less-than:Filters
output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address
value is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4
address value is displayed.
Note: It is possible
to define a limited range of IP addresses by using the less-than
and greater-than options to define minimum and maximum values.
pdsn-service name
Disconnect all subscribers
connected to the packet data service pdsn_name.
The packet data service must have been previously configured.
pdg-service service_name
Disconnects subscriber
sessions that are using the PDG service.
service_namemust be an existing
service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pdif-service service_name
Clears counters for
subscribers accessing the Packet Data Interworking Function (PDIF) service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
pgw-only { all | imsi id ebi id | pgw-service name | sgw-address ipv4_addr }
all: Disconnects
all subscribers for all P-GW services on this system.
imsi id ebi id: Disconnects
subscribers based on their International Mobile Subscriber Identification
(IMSI). id must
be the 3 digit MCC (Mobile Country Code), follow by the 2 or 3 digits
of the MNC (Mobile Network Code) and the MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification
Number). id should
not exceed 15 digits.
Example:
123-45-678910234 must be entered as 12345678910234
The EBI (EPS Bearer
Identity) id must
be a valid EBI and be an integer value from 5 to 15.
pgw-servicename: Disconnects
all subscribers using this P-GW service. name must
be an existing P-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
sgw-addressipv4_addr:
Disconnects all subscribers using this S-GW IP address. ipv4_addr must
be an existing IPv4 address and be specified in dotted-decimal notation.
plmn-type { home | roaming |visiting }
For GGSN, disconnect
subscribers whose subscriber type matches the specified type.
qci { number }
Disconnects subscribers
based on their QCI identity. number must
be an integer value from 0 to 9.
rx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscribers
who have received the specified number of bytes of data.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from
0 through 18446744073709551615.
s5-proto { gtp | pmip }
Disconnects subscribers
based on their S5 interface protocol type.
gtp: Indicates
that the GTP protocol is used on the S5 interface for the subscribers
being disconnected.
pmip: Indicates
that the PMIP protocol is used on the S5 interface for the subscribers
being disconnected.
session-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
The amount of time
left for the subscriber session.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
sgsn-address address
Clears all PDP contexts
currently being facilitated by a specific SGSN.
address is
the IP address of the SGSN expressed in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-service name
Clears all PDP contexts
associated with SGSN. This keyword can be used with filtering keywords that
are part of the clear
subscriber command set.
Using this keyword
can trigger a network-initiated service request (paging) procedure.
name is
the identity of a specific SGSN-service configuration. The name consists
of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
sgw-only
Disconnects all S-GW
subscriber sessions on the system.
sgw-service name
Disconnects subscribers
using this Serving Gateway (S-GW) service configured on this system. name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
tx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Disconnects subscribers
who have transmitted the specified number of bytes of data.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is cleared.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is cleared.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is cleared.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is cleared.
value: If
no other filtering options are specified only output matching value is
cleared. If value is
not specified all data is cleared. value must be an integer from
0 through 18446744073709551615.
username name
Disconnect the subscriber
with the specified username
name is
the username of the subscriber to be cleared. name must
be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters
('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length.
The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard
matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters
interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘).
For example; ‘$’.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output is the standard level which is the
concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Clear subscribers
sessions to aid in troubleshooting the system when no additional subscribers
may connect or when a specific service or remote address may be
having connection problems. This command may also be useful when
preparing for maintenance activities such that connects may be cleared
to perform any necessary procedures.
Example:
The following examples
illustrate the basic command usage as well as the redirection of
the command output. Not all options are exemplified as all options
follow the same basic constructs.
The following are
basic subscriber clearing examples.
clear subscribers username user1
clear subscribers ha sampleService
clear subscribers ip-pool poolName verbose
The following command
disconnects users connected to the foreign agent with IP address
1.2.3.4.
clear subscribers
fa 1.2.3.4
The following redirects
the output of the command to the more command for paging of the
output to allow easier viewing of all output by the user. This example
highlights the use of the verbose option as well.
clear subscribers
all verbose | more
clear super-charger
Deletes the subscriber’s
backed-up subscription data.
Privilege:
Administrator, Security
Administrator
Syntax
clear super-charger { imsi | all }
imsi
Defines a specific
subscriber’s international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)
number.
imsi - up
to 15 digits. This number includes the MCC (mobile country code),
the MNC (mobile network code) and the MSIN (mobile station identification number),
all
Instructs the SGSN
to delete subscription data for all super charger subscribers.
Usage:
Use this command to
clear (delete) the subscription data records for one or all subscribers with
super charger subscription configuration
Example:
The following command
deletes the backed up records for the subscriber identified by the
IMSI 90121882144672.
clear super-charger
imsi 90121882144672
cli
This command specifies
command line interface (CLI) session behavior
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, inspector
Syntax
cli { history | stop-on-first-error }
no cli { history | stop-on-first-error }
no
Disables the specified
keyword functionality.
history
Default: Enabled
Enables command line
history for the current command line session.
stop-on-first-error
Default: Disabled
When this is enabled,
when a configuration file is loaded, on the first syntax error the
system stops loading the configuration file.
Usage:
This command controls
CLI settings pertaining to the maintenance of a per-session command
history and syntax error monitoring during configuration file loading.
By default, the system
maintains a list of commands executed during each CLI session. This
list is referred to as a history.
In addition, the system
can be configured to stop loading a configuration if a syntax error
is detected. By default, the system identifies the error but continues
to process the configuration file.
Example:
The following command
disables the keeping of a CLI history for the current session:
no cli history
clock set
Sets the system time.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
clock set
date_time
date_time
Specifies the date
and time to set the system clock. Specified as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm
or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit
month in the range 01 through 12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range
01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit hour in the range 00 through 23, mm
is a 2-digit minute in the range 00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit
second in the range 00 through 59.
Usage:
Set the clock to adjust
the system clock for such things as timing drift, day-light savings adjustment,
etc. New settings are immediately applied to all CPUs in the system.
IMPORTANT:
This command should
only be used if there is no NTP server enabled for any context.
If NTP is running on the system, this command returns a failure.
Example:
The following commands
set the system clock where one sets the exact second as well.
clock set 2003:08:23:02:30
clock set 2003:08:23:02:30:30
configure
Sets the mode to the
global configure mode. May also be used to set the mode to the configure
mode and pre-load the configuration referred to by the options.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
configure [ url [ verbose ] ]
url
Specifies the location
of a configuration file to pre-load.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]// [ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is
the IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
verbose
Displays each the
line number and actual line content from the configuration as it
is processed.
Usage:
If no URL is specified,
executing this command causes the CLI to enter the Global Configuration
Mode.
If a URL is specified,
executing this command loads the specified configuration file.
Example:
The following simply
changes the mode to the command line interface global configuration
mode.
configure
The following command
loads a configuration file from the node
sampleNode given
the path specified and a local file, respectively.
configure ftp://sampleNode/pub/glob.cfg
configure /pcmcia1/pub/glob.cfg verbose
context
Sets the current context
to the context specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
name
Specifies the context
of interest. Must be a previously defined context.
Usage:
Change the current
context when it is desired to configure and/or manage a
specific context.
Example:
The following sets
the current context to the
sampleContext context.
context sampleContext
copy
Copies files from
one location to another. Allows files to be copied to/from locally
as well as from one remote location to another.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
copy
from_url
to_url [ passive ] [ -noconfirm ]
from_url
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is
the IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
to_url
Specifies the destination
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ] /file_name
- tftp:// { host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ] / / [ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is
the IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
passive
Indicates the file
copy is to use the passive mode.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
IMPORTANT:
Use of the -noconfirm option
allows the over writing of an existing file if the destination file
already exists.
Usage:
Copy configuration
files, log files, etc.,to provide backups of data through the network.
Example:
The following copies
files from the local
/flash/pub directory
to remote node
remoteABC’s
/pcmcia2/pub directory
with and without confirmation respectively.
copy http://remoteABC/pub/june.cfg /flash/pub/june.cfg
copy tftp://remoteABC/pub/june.cfg /pcmcia2/pub/june.cfg
-noconfirm
The following copies
files from remote node
remoteABC to
remote node
remote123.
copy ftp://remoteABC/pub/may.cfg
ftp://remote123/pub/may.cfg
crash copy
Copies individual
crash files (one-at-a-time) and optionally the core dump file from
the stored crash records on the chassis to a user-specified location.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
crash copy number
number
url
to_url
[ core ]
number number
The identification
number of the crash record. number must
be an integer representing a valid record number selected from a
range of 1 to 120. To determine the numeric identity of a specific
crash file, use the show
crash list command in Exec mode.
url to_url
Specifies the destination
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ] /
- tftp:// { host [ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /
- ST40:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ /directory ] /
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ] /
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username [ :password ] @ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ] /
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory: the
name of the target directory.
username: the
username to be authenticated to provide access to targeted server.
password: the
username’s password to be authenticated.
host: the
IP address or host name of the targeted server.
port#: the
number of the target server’s logical port used for the
selected communication protocol.
IMPORTANT:
Do not specify a
target filename as this will prevent the file from writing to the target
server. The system generates and provides a timestamp-based filename
that appears at the destination when the copy command completes.
core
Including this keyword
as part of the command instructs the system to copy the core dump
to the targeted storage server. The core cannot be copied alone;
it must be part of a crash copy action
included when copying a crash file.
Usage:
Copy crash files of
core dump to another location for backup or analysis.
Example:
The following uses
ftp to copy stored
record number 5 and the core dump from the crash record list to
a targeted remote node directory called
crasharchive through port
22 of the
targeted server
remoteABC with access
through user
homeboy whose
password is
secret.7.word.
crash copy number
5 url ftp://homeboy:secret.7.word@ remoteABC:22/crasharchive/ core
crypto-group
Allows the manual
switchover of redundant IPSec tunnels belonging to a specific crypto
group.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
crypto-group name
group_name
activate { primary | secondary }
group_name
group_name is
the name of the crypto group to which the tunnels to be switched
are associated.
activate { primary | secondary }
Allows you to specify
which tunnel to activate (i.e. is to facilitate user traffic):
- primary : Switch traffic
to the primary tunnel in the group.
- secondary : Switch traffic
to the secondary tunnel in the group.
Usage:
This command is used
in conjunction with the Redundant IPSec Tunnel Fail-over feature.
Use this command to
manually switch traffic to a specific tunnel in a crypto group if
the automatic switchover options have been disabled. Refer to the switchover command
in the Crypto Group configuration mode for more information.
Example:
The following command
manually switches user traffic to the secondary tunnel in the crypto
group called
group1:
crypto-group group1 activate secondary
debug
The following commands
send information to the logging facility for review:
debug ip
Enables/disables
the debug options for IP debugging. If logging is enabled, results
are sent to the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug ip { arp | interface | route }
no debug ip { arp | interface | route }
no
Indicates the IP debugging
is to be disabled for the IP interfaces/function specified.
arp | interface name | route
Specifies which IP
interfaces/function to debug.
arp: indicates
debug is to be enabled for the address resolution protocol.
interface:
indicates debug is to be enabled for the IP interfaces.
route: indicates
debug is to be enabled for the route selection and updates.
Usage:
The debug IP command
is valuable when troubleshooting network problems between nodes.
The debugging is stopped by using the no keyword.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
could negatively impact system performance depending on system configuration
and/or loading.
Example:
The following commands
enable/disable debugging for ARP.
debug ip arp
no debug ip arp
The following enables
disables debugging for IP interfaces.
debug ip interface
no debug ip interface
The following enables/disables
debugging for routing.
debug ip route
no debug ip route
debug ip bgp
This command enables
BGP debug flags. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the
logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
bgp {all | event | filters | fsm | keepalives | updates { inbound | outbound } }
no debug
ip
bgp { all | event | filters | fsm | keepalives | updates { inbound | outbound } }
no
Disable the specified
BGP debug flags.
all
Enable all BGP debug
flags.
event
Enable debugging of
all BGP protocol events.
filters
Enable debugging of
all BGP filters.
fsm
Enable debugging of
BGP Finite State Machine
keepalives
Enable debugging of
all BGP keepalives.
updates {inbound | outbound}
Enable debugging of
BGP updates.
inbound:
Debug all BGP inbound updates.
outbound:
Debug all BGP outbound updates.
Usage:
Use this command to
enable or disable BGP debug flags.
Example:
The following command
disables all BGP debug flags enabled by any of the debug ip bgp
commands:
no debug ip bgp all
The following command
enables all BGP debug flags:
debug ip bgp all
debug ip ospf all
This command enables
all OSPF debug flags. If logging is enabled, results are sent to
the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf all
no debug
ip
ospf all
no
Disable all OSPF debug
flags.
Usage:
Use this command to
enable or disable all OSPF debug flags.
Example:
The following command
disables all OPSF debug flags enabled by any of the debug ip ospf commands:
no debug ip ospf all
The following command
enables all OSPF debug flags:
debug ip ospf all
debug ip ospf event
This command enables
debugging of OSPF protocol events. If logging is enabled, results
are sent to the logging system. If no keywords are specified, all
events are enabled for debugging.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf
event [ abr | asbr | vl | lsa | os | router ]
no debug
ip
ospf
event [ abr | asbr | vl | lsa | os | router ]
no
Disable debugging
the specified OSPF event. If no keywords are specified, all events
are disabled.
abr
Specifies debugging
of ABR events.
asbr
Specifies debugging
of ASBR events.
vl
Specifies debugging
of VL events.
lsa
Specifies debugging
of link state advertisement (LSA) events.
os
Specifies debugging
of OS events.
router
Specifies debugging
of router events.
Usage:
Use this command to
output debug information for OSPF events.
Example:
To enable all event
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf event
To disable all event
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf event
debug ip ospf ism
This command enables
OSPF Interface State Machine (ISM) troubleshooting, based on ISM
information type. If no keywords are specified all ISM information
types are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the
logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip spf
ism [ events | status | timers ]
no debug
ip
ospf
ism [ events | status | timers ]
no
Disable debugging
the specified ISM information. If no keywords are specified, all
information is disabled.
events
Enable debugging ISM
event information.
status
Enable debugging ISM
status information.
timers
Enable debugging ISM
timer information.
Usage:
Use this command to
output ISM debug information.
Example:
To enable all ISM
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf ism
To disable all ISM
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf ism
debug ip ospf lsa
This command enables
troubleshooting on OSPF Link State Advertisements (LSAs), based
on the specific LSA option. If no keywords are specified, all options
are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging
system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf
lsa [ flooding | generate | install | refresh | maxage | refresh ]
no debug
ip
ospf
lsa [ flooding | generate | install | refresh | maxage | refresh ]
no
Disables the specified
LSA debug information. If no keyword is specified, all LSA debug
information is disabled.
flooding
Enable LSA flooding
information.
generate
Enable LSA generation
information.
install
Enable LSA install
information.
maxage
Enable LSA maxage
information in seconds. The maxage is equal to 3600 seconds.
refresh
Enable LSA refresh
information.
Usage:
Use this command to
output debug information for LSAs.
Example:
To enable all LSA
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf lsa
To disable all LSA
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf lsa
debug ip ospf nsm
This command enables
troubleshooting OSPF Neighbor State Machines (NSMs), based on the
specific NSM information type. If no keyword is specified, all NSM
information types are enabled. If logging is enabled, results are
sent to the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf
nsm [ status | events | timers ]
no
debug
ip
ospf
nsm [ status | events | timers ]
no
Disables the debugging
the specified NSM information type. If no keyword is specified,
all information types are disabled.
events
Enables debugging
NSM event information.
status
Enables debugging
NSM status information.
timers
Enables debugging NSM
timer information.
Usage:
Use this command to
output debug information for OSPF NSMs
Example:
To enable all NSM debug
information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf nsm
To disable all NSM
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf nsm
debug ip ospf packet
This command enables
troubleshooting of specific OSPF packet information. If logging
is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf
packet { all | dd | hello | ls-ack | ls-request | ls-update } [ send | recv ] [ detail ]
no
debug
ip
ospf
packet { all | dd | hello | ls-ack | ls-request | ls-update } [ send | recv ] [ detail ]
no
Disable debugging of
the specified packet information.
all
Enable debugging all
OSPF packet information.
dd
Enable debugging database
descriptions.
hello
Enable debugging hello
packets.
ls-ack
Enable debugging link
state acknowledgements.
ls-request
Enable debugging link
state requests.
ls-update
Enable debugging link
state updates.
send
Enable debugging only
on sent packets.
recv
Enable debugging only
on received packets.
detail
Enable detailed information
in the debug output.
Usage:
Use this command to
output specific OSPF packet information.
Example:
To enable all packet
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf packet all
To disable all route
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf packet all
debug ip ospf route
This command sets the
route calculation method to use in debugging OSPF routes. If no
route calculation method is specified, all methods are enabled.
If logging is enabled, results are sent to the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug
ip
ospf
route [ ase | ia | install | spf ]
no
debug
ip
ospf
route [ ase | ia | install | spf ]
no
Disables debugging
of route information. If no keyword is specified all information
types are disabled.
ase
Enables debugging information
on external route calculations.
ia
Enables debugging information
on Inter-Area route calculations.
install
Enables debugging information
on route installation.
spf
Enables debugging information
on SPF route calculations.
Usage:
Use this command to
output debug information for OSPF routes.
Example:
To enable all route
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf route
To disable all route
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf route
debug ip ospf router
This command sets the
debug option for OSPF router information. If no keyword is specified,
all router information is enabled. If logging is enabled, results
are sent to the logging system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
debug ip ospf router [ interface | redistribute ]
no debug ip ospf router [ interface | redistribute ]
no
Disables the specified
router debug information. If no keyword is specified, all router
information is disabled.
interface
Enables router interface
information.
redistribute
Enables router redistribute
information.
Usage:
Use this command to
output debug information for the OSPF router.
Example:
To enable all router
debug information, enter the following command;
debug ip ospf router
To disable all router
debug information, enter the following command;
no debug ip ospf router
default terminal
Restores the system
default value for the terminal options.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
default terminal { length | width }
length | width
length: reset
the terminal length to the system default.
width: restores
the system default terminal width.
Usage:
Restore the default
terminal settings when the current paging and display wraps inappropriately
or pages to soon.
Example:
The following sets
the default length then width in two commands.
default terminal length
default terminal width
delete
Removes the specified
file(s) permanently from the local.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
delete
filepath [ -noconfirm ]
filepath
Specifies the location
of the file to delete. The path must be formatted according to the
following format:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
IMPORTANT:
Use of the -noconfirm option
should be done with extra care to ensure the file is specified accurately
as there is no method of recovering a file that has been deleted.
Usage:
Deleting files is a
maintenance activity which may be part of periodic routine procedures to
reduce system space utilization.
Example:
The following removes
files from the local
/flash/pub directory.
delete /flash/pub/june03.cfg
dhcp force
Tests the lease-renewal
for DHCP-assigned IP addresses for a particular subscriber.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
dhcp force lease-renewal { callid
id | imsi
imsi [ nsapi
nsapi ] | msid
msid }
callid id
Clears the call specified
by call_id.
The call ID must be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi msid
Disconnects the subscriber
with the specified msid. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity)
ID is a 50-bit field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
nsapi nsapi
A specific Network
Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI).
nsapi is
an integer value from 5 to 15.
msid id
Disconnects the mobile
user identified by ms_id. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard
characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard
matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches
a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted
as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For
example; ‘$’.
Usage:
Use this command tests
a forced IP address lease renewal for a specific subscriber.
Example:
The following command
tests DHCP lease renewal for a subscriber with an MSID of 1234567:
dhcp force lease-renewal msid 1234567
dhcp test
Tests DHCP functions
for a particular DHCP service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
dhcp test dhcp-service
svc_name [ all | server
ip_address ]
dhcp-service svc_name
The name of the DHCP
service. It can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
in length and is case sensitive.
all
Tests DHCP functionality
for all servers.
server ip_address
Tests DHCP functionality
for the server.
ip_address is
the IP address of the DHCP server in dotted-decimal notation.
Usage:
Once DHCP functionality
is configured on the system, this command can be used to verify that
it is configured properly and that it can successfully communicate
with the DHCP server.
Executing
this command causes the system to request and allocate an IP address
and then release it.
If
a specific DHCP server is not specified, then each server configured
in the service is tested.
Example:
The following command
tests the systems ability to get an IP address from all servers
a DHCP service called DHCP-Gi is configured to communicate with:
dhcp test dhcp-service DHCP-Gi all
The following displays
a sample of this command’s output showing a successful
DHCP test.
DHCP test status for
service <DHCP-Gi>:
Server address: 192.168.16.2
Status: Tested
Lease address: 192.168.16.144
Lease Duration: 600 secs.
diameter disable
endpoint
This command disables
a diameter peer without removing the peer’s configuration.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
diameter disable endpoint endpoint_name peer peer_id
endpoint endpoint_name
Specifies the endpoint
in which the peer is configured.
endpoint_name must
be the endpoint name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters
in length.
peer peer_id
Specifies the peer
to be disabled.
peer_id must
be the diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
administratively disable a diameter peer without removing the peer configuration.
This command will tear down all connections on the specified peer
(by sending a DPR if the configuration demands the same at peer
level configuration). The peer will remain in disabled state until
it is enabled again. Also see the diameter enable endpoint command.
Example:
This command disables
the diameter peer
peer12:
diameter disable endpoint endpoint1 peer peer12
diameter enable
endpoint
This command enables
a diameter peer that is disabled.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
diameter enable endpoint endpoint_name peer peer_id
endpoint endpoint_name
Specifies the endpoint
in which the peer is configured.
endpoint_name must
be the endpoint name, and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters
in length.
peer peer_id
Specifies the peer
to be enabled.
peer_id must
be the diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
administratively enable a diameter peer. Also see the diameter disable endpoint command.
Example:
This command enables
the diameter peer
peer12:
diameter enable endpoint endpoint1 peer peer12
diameter reset connection
This command resets
individual TCP/SCTP connections.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
diameter reset connection { endpoint endpoint_name peer peer_id }
endpoint endpoint_name
Resets connection to
the specified endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the endpoint name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric
string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer peer_id
Resets connection to
the specified peer.
peer_id must
be the Diameter peer host name, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
reset the TCP/SCTP connections for the specified endpoint/peer. With
this command, the connection will be closed temporarily after DPR/DPA.
If there is any traffic to be sent to the particular peer, then
the connection will be re-established.
This command overrides
the endpoint configured in any other configuration mode.
This command is applicable
only when the specified peer is enabled.
Example:
This command resets
connection to the specified endpoint:
diameter reset connection
endpoint <endpoint_name>
diameter reset route
failure
This command resets
the failed route status of Diameter destination-host combination
via peer to AVAILABLE status.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
diameter reset route
failure [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ host host_name ] [ peer peer_id ]
endpoint endpoint_name
Resets paths to the
specified endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
host host_name
Resets the FAILED status
of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via peer for
every Diameter client within the chassis having a specific host
name to AVAILABLE.
host_name must
be the Diameter host name, and must be a string of 1 through 63
characters in length.
peer peer_id
Resets the FAILED status
of all Diameter destination-host combination routes via a peer having specific
peer-Id for every Diameter client within the chassis to AVAILABLE.
peer_id must
be the Diameter peer host name, and must be a string of 1through
63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
reset the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination
routes via peer for every Diameter client within the chassis to
AVAILABLE status.
This command also resets
the failure counts used to determine the AVAILABLE/FAILED status
of destination-host combination.
When executed from
local context, this command matches all contexts. If an optional keyword
is not supplied, a wildcard is used for the value.
The status of every
matching combination of destination-host via peer for every matching Diameter
client within the chassis will be reset to AVAILABLE. The failure
counts that are used to determine AVAILABLE/FAILED status
will also be reset.
Also see the route-entry and route-failure CLI
commands in the Diameter Endpoint Configuration Mode.
Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command
resets the FAILED status of all Diameter destination-host combination routes
via peer for every Diameter client within the chassis for specified
endpoint name to AVAILABLE.
diameter reset route
failure endpoint endpoint_name
directory
Lists the files in
a specified location.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
directory
filepath [ -size ] [ -reverse ] [ -time ]
filepath
Specifies the directory
path to list the contained files. The path must be formatted according
to the following format:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ] /file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ] /file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
-size
Indicates the size
of each file should be displayed in the output.
-reverse
Indicates the order
of files listed should be in descending order (z-aZ-A9-0). Default
is to sort in ascending order (0-9A-Za-z).
-time
Indicates the last
modification timestamp of each file should be displayed in the output.
Usage:
Lists such things as
log and crash files from multiple nodes within the network.
The optional arguments
may be specified individually or in any combination.
Example:
The following command
will list the files in the local
/flash/pub directory
sorted in reverse order.
directory /flash/pub
-reverse
disable
Prevents the system
from making requests of a selected RADIUS server.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
disable radius [ accounting | charging [ accounting ] ]
server address [ port num ] [ group name ]
accounting | charging | charging
accounting
Specifies the type
of RADIUS server to disable.
server address
Identifies the RADIUS
server by IP address.
address is
specified using the standard IPv4 or IPv6 dotted decimal notation.
port num
Default: 1812 (authentication)
1813 (accounting)
Specifies the port
number of the RADIUS server being disabled.
num must
be the configured port number of the RADIUS server being disabled
and be 0 to 65535 numeric characters in length.
group name
Default: default
Specifies the RADIUS
group to which the server belongs. Use this option in the event
that the RADIUS server belongs to multiple groups and you only want
to disable the server within the specific group.
name must
be the name of a configured RADIUS Server group and be 1 to 63 characters
in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
gracefully stop the system from making requests of a specific RADIUS
server.
Example:
The following command
disables a RADIUS accounting server with an IP address of 1.2.3.4,
the default accounting server port number, and that resides in the “Group5” server
group:
disable radius accounting
server 1.2.3.4 group Group5
dns-client
This command performs
DNS query on the basis of specified DNS client name, DNS query domain
name, and type of query criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
dns-client dns_client_name [ query-type
{ A | AAAA | NAPTR | SRV }] query-name query_domain_name
dns-client dns_client_name
Defines the name of
the DNS client whose cache and/or statistics are to be
queried. dns_client_name is
an existing DNS client and must be from alpha and/or numeric
string of 1 through 64 characters.
query-type { A | NAPTR | SRV } ]
Default: A
This keyword specifies
that the type of query to perform for the defined DNS client is
to be displayed.
- A: Filters
DNS results based on domain IPv4 address records (A records). This
is the defualt query type.
- AAAA: Filters
DNS results based on domain IPv6 address records (AAAA records)..
- NAPTR: Filters
DNS results based on Naming Authority Pointer records (NAPTR).
- SRV: Filters
DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).
query-name query_domain_name
This keyword filters
the DNS results based on the query domain name.
query_domain_name must
be from 1 to 255 characters in length. query_domain_name is
the domain name used to perform the DNS query and is different from
the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to resolve
the SIP server for service.com,
the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and
the query type is SRV.
Usage:
Use this command to
perform DNS query on the basis of DNS Client name and filters the query
results based on query type and query name. This command also populates
the result into DNS Cache. This command used the current context
to DNS request.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for a DNS client named
test_dns with
query type for IP address as
A and query
name as
domain1.com:
dns-client test_dns query-type A query-name domain1.com
enable
Allows the system to
start making requests of a selected RADIUS server.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
enable radius [ accounting | charging | [ accounting ] ]
server address [ port num ] [ group name ]
accounting | charging | charging
accounting
Specifies the type
of RADIUS server to enable.
server address
Identifies the RADIUS
server by IP address.
address is
specified using the standard IPv4 or IPv6 dotted decimal notation.
port num
Default: 1812 (authentication)
1813 (accounting)
Specifies the port
number of the RADIUS server being enabled.
num must
be the configured port number of the RADIUS server being enabled
and must be 0 to 65535 numeric characters in length.
group name
Default: default
Specifies the RADIUS
group to which the server belongs. Use this option in the event
that the RADIUS server belongs to multiple groups and you only want
to disable the server within the specific group.
name must
be the name of a configured RADIUS Server group and be 1 to 63 characters
in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
allow the system to start making requests of a specific RADIUS server.
Example:
The following command
enables a RADIUS accounting server with an IP address of 1.2.3.4,
the default accounting server port number, and that resides in the “Group5” server
group:
enable radius accounting
server 1.2.3.4 group Group5
exit
Exits the current CLI
session.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Usage:
Use this command to
close the current CLI session.
filesystem format
Used to format the
PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash on the SPC/SMC.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
ST16:
filesystem format { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ otherspc ]
ST40:
filesystem format { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [ othersmc ]
{/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2} or { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }
Format the file system
on the specified device.
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
[ otherspc ] or [ othersmc ]
Format the file system
on the standby SPC or on the standby SMC.
Usage:
Clear all directories
and files from the PCMCIA card(s) and/or the Compact Flash
and re-establish the file system.
Example:
The following command
formats the PCMCIA card located in slot 1 on the SPC:
filesystem format /pcmcia1
filesystem repair
Used to repair the
file system on a PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash on the SPC/SMC.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
ST16:
filesystem repair {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [checkonly] [ otherspc ]
ST40:
filesystem repair {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd } [checkonly] [ othersmc ]
{/flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } or {/flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }
Repair the file system
on the specified device.
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
[ checkonly ]
Check, but do not repair,
the file system.
[ otherspc ] or [ othersmc ]
Repair the file system
on the standby SPC or on the standby SMC.
Usage:
Repair the file system
on a PCMCIA card or the Compact Flash.
Example:
The following command
repairs the file system on the PCMCIA card located in slot 1 on
the SPC:
filesystem format /pcmcia1
gtpc test echo
Tests the ability of
a GGSN service to exchange GTP-C echo request messages with the
specified SGSN(s).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
gtpc test echo src-address
gn_address { all |
sgsn-address ip_address
}
src-address gn_address
Specifies the IP address
of a Gn interface configured on the system.
gn_address must
be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
IMPORTANT:
The IP address of the
system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN
service prior to executing this command.
all
Specifies that GTP-C
echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions
with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address
Specifies that GTP-C
echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.
ip_address is
the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed
in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
This command tests
the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol
control plane (GTP-C) packets with the specified SGSNs which can
be useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.
This command must be
executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.
Refer also to the gtpu
test command.
Example:
The following command
issues GTP-C echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.157.32
to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.157.2:
gtpc test echo src-address 192.168.157.32 sgsn-address 192.168.157.2
The following displays
a sample of this command’s output.
GTPC test echo
--------------
SGSN: 192.168.157.2
Tx/Rx: 1/1 RTT(ms): 1 (COMPLETE) Recovery:
202 (0xCA)
gtpp interim now
Check points current
GTPP accounting messages and identifies
which types of interim CDRs are to be generated and sent to the
external charging/storage servers (e.g., a CFG or a GSS). The impact of this
command is immediate.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
gtpp interim now [
active-charging egcdr
|
apn
apn_name
| callid
call_id
|
cdr-types { gcdr | mcdr | scdr } |
dhcp-server
ip_address
|
gprs-service
svc_name
| ggsn-service
svc_name
| imsi
imsi
[ ip-address
sub_address
[ username
name
] now | nsapi
nsapi
[ ip-address
sub-address
[ username
name
] | username
name
] ] | ip-address
sub_address
[ username
name
]
| ip-pool
pool_name
|
mcc
mcc_number
mnc
mnc_number
|
msisdn
msisdn_num
|
sgsn-address
ip_address
|
sgsn-service
svc_name
|
username
name
]
+
active-charging
This feature is specific
to the GGSN and is documented separately. See .
apn apn_name
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts accessing the specified APN.
apn_name can
be from 1 to 62, case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.
callid call_id
Identifies a specific
call.
call_id must
be followed by an 8-digit HEX number.
cdr-types { mcdr | scdr }
Specifies the CDR types
to be generated by the SGSN:
This
keyword is specific to the SGSN.
gcdr - Instructs
the GGSN to only generate G-CDRs.
mcdr - Instructs
the SGSN to only generate M-CDRs
scdr - Instructs
the SGSN to only generate S-CDRs.
dhcp-server ip_address
Identifies the DHCP
server where the IP address (defined with the ip address keyword)
was allocated. Must be followed by the IP address of the DHCP server.
ip_address: Must
be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-address ip_address
This keyword is specific
to the GGSN.
Specifies the IP address
of the interface to the GGSN.
ip_address: Must
be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-service svc_name
This keyword is specific
to the GGSN.
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the
specified GGSN service.
svc_name can
be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.
gprs-service svc_name
This keyword is specific
to the SGSN.
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the
specified GPRS service.
This
keyword is specific to the SGSN.
svc_name can
be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.. Must
be an already defined GPRS service name.
imsi imsi [ ip-address sub_address [ username name ] | nsapi nsapi [ ip-address sub-address [ username name ] | username name ] ]
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity
(IMSI) number. The request could be further filtered using any of
the following keywords:
- ip-address:
Interim accounting will be performed for the address specified by sub_address.
The command can be further filtered by specifying a specific username
( name )
with that address.
- nsapi: Interim
accounting will be performed for a specific Network Service Access
Point Identifier (NSAPI). nsapi is an
integer value from 5 to 15. The command can be further filtered
by specifying a specific ip address (sub_address)
and/or a username ( name ) with
that address, or just a specific username.
ip-address sub_address [ username name ]
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for the address specified.
sub_address is
the IP address of the subscriber and must be expressed in dotted
decimal notation.
The
command can be further filtered by specifying username with
that address.
name is the
subscriber’s name and can be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard
characters ('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters
in length. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘). For example; ‘$’.
ip-pool pool_name
This keyword is applicable
to the GGSN only.
Initiates
GTPP interim accounting for all PDP contexts that were allocated
IP addresses from the specified pool.
pool_name can
be from 1 to 31 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
mcc mcc_number mnc mnc_number
mcc_number Specifies
the mobile country code (MCC) portion of the PLMN’s identifier
and can be configured to any 3-digit integer value between 100 and
999.
mnc_number Specifies
the mobile network code (MNC) portion of the PLMN’s identifier
and can be configured to any 2 or 3 digit integer value between
00 and 999.
msisdn msisdn_num
This keyword configures
the SGSN to include the Mobile Subscribers Integrated Services Digital Network
identifier in generated CDRs (M-CDRs and/or the S-CDRs).
This keyword is applicable
for SGSN only.
msisdn_number -
Must be followed by a valid MSISDN number, consisting of of 1 to
15 digits.
sgsn-address ip_address
This keyword is specific
to the GGSN.
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the
specified SGSN.
ip_address
is the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-service svc_name
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts currently being facilitated by the
specified SGSN service.
This
keyword is specific to the SGSN.
svc_name can
be from 1 to 63 , case sensitive, alphanumeric characters.. Must
be an already defined SGSN service name.
username name
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts for the subscriber specified.
name is the
subscriber’s name and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
+
More than one of the
above keywords can be entered within a single command.
Usage:
This command causes
GTPP accounting CDRs to immediately be generated for all active sessions
that are in the current context. If executed within the local context,
CDRs will be generated for all active sessions regardless of context.
The sending of the
CDRs is paced so as not to overload the accounting server.
Example:
The following command
causes CDRs to immediately be generated:
gtpp interim now
gtpp interim now
active-charging egcdr
Check points current
GTPP accounting messages for active charging immediately.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
gtpp interim now active-charging
egcdr [ callid call_id | imsi imsi | msid msid | rulebase rbase_name | session-id sess_id | username name ]
callid call_id
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for a session with the specific call ID. call_id must
be an 8-digit hexadecimal number.
imsi imsi
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity
(IMSI) number. imsi must
be a sequence of hexadecimal digits and wildcard characters - $ matches
a single character and * matches multiple characters
msid msid
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for a specific Mobile Station Identifier (MSID) number. msid must
be a sequence of up to 24 digits and wildcard characters - $ matches a
single character and * matches multiple characters
rulebase rbase_name
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for sessions that use the named active charging rulebase. rbase_name must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of from 1 through 24 characters.
session-id sess_id
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for a specific active charging session. sess_id must
be the name of a current active charging session.
username name
Initiates GTPP interim
accounting for all PDP contexts for the subscriber specified.
name is the
subscriber’s name and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
This command causes
GTPP accounting eG-CDRs to immediately be generated for active charging
sessions that meet the specified criteria.
The sending of the
CDRs is paced so as not to overload the accounting server.
Example:
The following command
causes eG-CDRs to immediately be generated for active charging sessions using
the rulebase named rulbase1:
gtpp interim now active-charging
egcdr rulebase rulebase1
gtpp storage-server
commit
Causes the GTPP storage
server to save all buffered packets to the hard drive.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
gtpp storage-server
commit now
Usage:
Upon execution, this
command is relayed by the system to the GTPP Storage Server (GSS) causing
the GSS to save all buffered packets to the hard drive. It also
causes the GSS to delete all CDRs that have been acknowledged by
the CGF. The deleted CDRs are saved in a separate file.
Note that this command
must be executed from within the context in which the GSS is configured.
Refer to the gtpp storage-server command
in the Context Configuration Mode for more information.
gtpp test
Tests the system’s
ability to communicate with configured CGF(s).
Privilege:
Operator, Config-Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
gtpp test [ accounting { all | cgf-servercgf_address } ] | [ storage-server [ address ip-addr port
udp-port ] ]
all
Tests all CGFs configured
within the given context.
cgf-server cgf_address
Tests a specific CGF
configured within the given context.
ip_address is
the IP address of the CGF expressed in dotted decimal notation.
storage-server [address ip-address port udp-port]
Test the connectivity
and provide round trip time for the echo request sent to GTPP Storage-Server configured
in the requested context.
ip_address is
the IP address of the GSS expressed in dotted decimal notation and udp-port is
the port defined for GTPP Storage Server.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of and test the system’s ability
to communicate with one or all configured GSS/CGFs for
monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.
When executed, this
command causes the system to send GTPP echo packets to the specified
GSS/CGF(s). The command’s response will display
whether the GSS/CGF is active or unreachable.
Example:
The following command
tests communication with a CGF having an IP address of 192.168.1.5:
gtpp test accounting
cgf-server 192.168.1.5
The following command
tests communication with a GSS configured in requested context
gtpp test storage-server
The following command
verify communication with a GSS, having IP address
192.156.12.10 and
port
50000,
without configuring it in a context
gtpp test storage-server
address 192.156.12.10 port 50000
gtpu test echo
Tests the ability of
a GGSN service to exchange GTP-U echo request messages with the
specified SGSN(s).
Privilege:
Operator, Config-Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
gtpu test echo src-address gn_address { all |
sgsn-address ip_address }
src-address gn_address
Specifies the IP address
of a Gn interface configured on the system.
gn_address must
be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
IMPORTANT:
The IP address of the
system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN
service prior to executing this command.
all
Specifies that GTP-U
echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions
with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address
Specifies that GTP-U
echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.
ip_address is
the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed
in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
This command tests
the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol
user plane (GTP-U) packets with the specified SGSNs which can be
useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.
This command must be
executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.
Refer also to the gtpc
test command.
Example:
The following command
issues GTP-U echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.157.43
to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.1.52:
gtpu test echo src-address 192.168.157.43 sgsn-address 192.168.157.2
The following displays
a sample of this command’s output.
GTPU test echo
--------------
SGSN: 192.168.157.2
Tx/Rx: 1/1 RTT(ms): 24 (COMPLETE)
gtpv0 test echo
Tests the ability of
a GGSN service to exchange GTPv0 echo request messages with the
specified SGSN(s).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
gtpv0 test echo src-address gn_address { all |
sgsn-address ip_address }
src-address gn_address
Specifies the IP address
of a Gn interface configured on the system.
gn_address must
be expressed in dotted decimal notation.
IMPORTANT:
The IP address of the
system’s Gn interface must be bound to a configured GGSN
service prior to executing this command.
all
Specifies that GTPv0
echo requests will be sent to all SGSNs that currently have sessions
with the GGSN service.
sgsn-address ip_address
Specifies that GTPv0
echo requests will be sent to a specific SGSN.
ip_address is
the address of the SGSN to send the requests to and must be expressed
in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
This command tests
the GGSN’s ability to exchange GPRS Tunneling Protocol
version 0 (GTPv0) packets with the specified SGSNs which can be
useful troubleshooting and/or monitoring.
This command must be
executed from within the context in which the GGSN service is configured.
Refer also to the gtpc
test and gtpu test commands.
Example:
The following command
issues GTPv0 echo packets from a GGSN service bound to address 192.168.1.33
to an SGSN with an address of 192.168.1.42:
gtpv0 test echo src-address 192.168.1.33 sgsn-address 192.168.1.42
The following displays
a sample of this command’s output.
GTPv0 test echo
--------------
SGSN: 192.168.157.2
Tx/Rx: 1/1 RTT(ms): 14 (COMPLETE) Recovery: 210
(0xD2)
hd raid
Performs the RAID management
operations on the ST40 hard drive.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
hd raid { check | { create { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { overwrite { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { select { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { insert { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } | { remove { local1 | remote1 } [ -force ] [ -noconfirm ] } }
check
Starts a background
check on RAID disks unless the RAID is running in degraded mode.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
create local1 | remote1
Overwrites the specified
disk to create a new RAID that could run in degraded mode.on the
specified drive:
local1: specifies
the RAID is to be established on the primary SMC. remote1: specifies
the RAID is to be established on the backup SMC.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
overwrite local1 | remote1
Overwrites the specified
disk and adds it to the current running RAID to construct a fully
mirrored array.
local1: specifies
the primary SMC is to be added to the current RAID. remote1: specifies
the backup SMC is to be added to the current RAID.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
select local1 | remote1
Selects the specified
disk to assemble a RAID when two unrelated RAID disks are present
in the system. The resulting RAID runs in degraded mode.
local1: specifies
the primary SMC is to assemble the RAID. remote1: specifies
the backup SMC is to assemble the RAID.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
insert local1 | remote1
Inserts the specified
disk to the running RAID causing it to recover from degraded mode.
local1: specifies
the primary SMC is to be inserted into the RAID. remote1: specifies
the backup SMC is to be inserted into the RAID.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
remove local1 | remote1
Removes the specified
disk from the running RAID causing it to run in degraded mode or
to fail.
local1: specifies
the primary SMC is to be removed from the RAID. remote1: specifies
the backup SMC is to be removed from the RAID.
-noconfirm: instructs
system not to display “are you sure” prompts.. -force: instructs
the system to enforce the action and override warnings.
Usage:
All commands need confirmation
unless the -noconfirm is included
in the command. If the result will bring down a running RAID, you
have to force the command using -force.
RAID commands are needed
to intervene in the following situations:
- the hard disk controller
task can not determine the correct operation,
- administrator action
is required by policy
- the administrator wants
to wipe out an unused disk.
In an automated system,
the policies created with this CLI address the possibility of a manually
partitioned disk, a disk resulting from a different version of software,
a partially constructed disk, or the case of two unrelated disks
in the system.
To reduce administrator
intervention, a set of policies can be configured to set the default action
using the commands in the HD RAID configuration mode. These hd raid commands
are described in the HD RAID Configuration Mode chapter of the Command
Line Interface Reference.
Example:
The following instructs
the system to setup a RAID on the primary SMC hard drive.
hd raid create local1 -force
host
Used to resolve the
IP address or logical host name information via DNS query.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
host { host_name | host_ip_address }
host_name | host_ip_address
Specifies host for
which IP information is to be displayed.
host_name:
specifies the logical host name for which the IP address is to be
displayed (via DNS lookup).
host_ip_address:
specifies the IP address for which the associated logical host name(s)
are to be displayed (via reverse DNS lookup).
Usage:
Verify DNS information
which affects connections and packet routing.
Example:
The following will
resolve the host information for
remoteABC and
1.2.3.4.
host remoteABC
host 1.2.3.4
interface sent gratuitous-arp
Use this command to
configure the system to allow the manual generation of G-ARPs in
case of a failure during inter-node online upgrade. If the chassis
is not active, an error message displays.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, or Inspector with li-administrator permissions
Syntax
interface name send gratuitous-arp ip-address
Usage:
This command generates
a G-ARP for the IP-ADDR specified and sends it out for the interface.
Example:
The following generate
a G-ARP for IP address
192.168.100.10.
interface interface_1 send gratuitous-arp 192.168.100.10
lawful-intercept
This command provisions/de-provisions
the lawful interception of data for the specified subscriber session.
Product:
PDSN, HA, LNS
, GGSN, PDIF, SGSN, ASN-GW
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
or Administrator, Operator, or Inspector with li-administrator permissions
Syntax
lawful-intercept { { [ imei imei_value ] [ imsi imsi_value ] [ ip-addr intercept_ip_addr ] [ msid ms_id ] [ msisdn msisdn_value ] [ username subscriber_name ] + } [ active-only ] [ allow-multiple-match ] [ calltype call_type ] [ intercept-id li_id ] [ li-context ctxt_name
] { content-delivery { none | udp-unack-format-1
dest-addr df_ip_address dest-port df_port_no } event-delivery { none | udp-unack-format-1 | udp-ack-format-1
dest-addr df_ip_address dest-port df_port_no } } }
no lawful-intercept [ all ] { [ imei imei_value ] [ imsi imsi_value ] [ ip-addr intercept_ip_addr ] [ msid ms_id ] [ msisdn msisdn_value ] [ username subscriber_name ] + } [ calltype call_type ]
no
De-provisions a previously
configured lawful-intercept.
all
De-provisions all previously
configured lawful-intercept warrant information. This Keyword is
used to clear all warrant information in a single command no lawful-intercept all.
imei imei_value
Specifies the unique
International Mobile Equipment Identifier (IMEI) which identifies
the targeted device being used for a subscriber session to be intercepted.
imei_value:
consists of 1 to 16 digits.
imsi imsi_value
Specifies the international
mobile subscriber identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session to be intercepted.
imsi_value is
an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ip-addr intercept_ip_addr
Specifies the IP address
assigned for the subscriber session or to the mobile station to
be targeted for interception.
intercept_ip_addr must
be an IPv4 address, specified using dotted decimal notation.
Use of this keyword
is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
msid ms_id
Specifies the mobile
station identification (MSID) number, assigned by the home service
provider, to be intercepted.
ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
msisdn msisdn_value
Specifies the unique
mobile subscriber ISDN (telephone) number.
msisdn_value:
consists of 1 to 15 digits.
username subscriber_name
Specifies the previously
configured NAI username of the subscriber to be intercepted.
subscriber_name is
an alphanumeric string of 1 to 127 characters.
Use of this keyword
is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
+
Indicates that multiple
keywords can be specified in a single command entry. When the “+” appears in
the syntax, any of the keywords that appear prior to the “+” can
be entered in any order.
This
functionality is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning
or de-provisioning.
active-only
Dictates that the interception
applies only to calls currently in progress and not those that have
not started.
Use of this keyword
is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning or de-provisioning.
allow-multiple-match
When used, interception
is provided for up to 10 subscribers matching the specified criteria.
This feature is disabled by default.
Use of this keyword
is not supported by the SGSN during LI provisioning.
calltype call_type
The type of call for
the specified subscriber session.
call_type must
be one of the following:
-
ggsn
-
pdif
- pdsn
-
sgsn
-
wimax
- ha
- lns
Not that specifying
call type is not mandatory while provisioning on SGSN and GGSN targets
for any type of event and content delivery format.
content-delivery
Specifies the format
in which the intercepted
data
contentdata content comprised of
GTPU messages CC
information is to be delivered to the DF.
event-delivery
Specifies the format
in which intercepted
control
messagescontrol messages (such
as attach/detach or RAU messages) IRI event messages are
to be delivered to the DF.
intercept-id li_id
This is an arbitrary
identification number, assigned by the provisioner, to identify
this intercept definition.
li_id must
be an integer from 1 to 4294967295.
li-context ctxt_name
Identifies the destination
context for intercepted packets. This keyword is mandatory if provisioning is
done in a different context.
ctxt_name must
be an alpha/numeric string of 1 to 79 characters that specifies
the name of an existing context.
none
Indicates that the
intercepted data, specified as either delivery-type (content or
event), is not to be sent to the DF.
Entering none automatically
activates the active-only provisioning method.
udp-unack-format-1
Dictates that the specified
information type (content or event) is to be delivered using the
udp-unack-format-1 which does not support acknowledgement messages
for delivered information.
udp-ack-format-1
Dictates that the event
information type is to be delivered using the udp-ack-format-1 which
supports acknowledgement messages for delivered information.
dest-addr df_ip_address
The IP address of the
DF to which the system sends intercepted data. df_ip_address must
be expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
dest-port df_port_no
The port of the DF
to which the system sends intercepted data. df_port_no can
be any integer value from 1 to 65535.
Usage:
Use this command to
initiate a lawful Intercept of data for a subscriber. This command
is not available to system accounts that do not have li-administrator
privileges.
IMPORTANT:
You must log in to
the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that
has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details
on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to
the System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
To lawfully intercept
data from a subscriber session with an MSID of 0000100048, assign
an intercept ID of 102, set the destination address to 192.168.100.10
and the destination port to 100, enter the following command:
lawful-intercept msid 0000100048 intercept-id 102 content-delivery udp-unack-format-1
dest-addr 192.168.100.10 dest-port 100 event-delivery none
logging active
Enables/disables
logging for active internal log files.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
logging active [ copy runtime filters ] [ event-verbosity
event_level] [ pdu-data
format ] [ pdu-verbosity
pdu_level ]
no logging active
no
Indicates the internal
logging is to be disabled.
copy runtime filters
When this command is
issued, it makes a copy of the runtime filters and makes that copy
the filters for the current logging session.
event-verbosity event_level
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in logging of events as one of:
- min - displays minimal
information about the event. Information includes event name, facility,
event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays
detailed information about the event, but does not provide the event source
within the system.
- full - displays detailed
information about event, including source information, identifying
where within the system the event was generated.
pdu-data format
Specifies output format
for packet data units when logged as one of:
- none - output is in
raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being
displayed in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output
being displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.
pdu-verbosity pdu_level
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in logging of packet data units as a value
from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
Usage:
Adjust the active logging
levels when excessive log file sizes are being generated or, conversely,
not enough information is being sent to the active log files for
adequate troubleshooting support. The no keyword
is used to disable internal logging.
IMPORTANT:
A maximum of 50,000
events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may
cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may
reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period
of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.
IMPORTANT:
Once a log has reached
the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new
log entries are created.
Example:
The following sets
the active logging for events to the maximum.
logging active event-verbosity full
The following command
sets the active logging for packet data units to level 3 and sets
the output format to the main-frame style hex-ascii.
logging active pdu-data hex-ascii pdu-verbosity 3
The following disables
internal logging.
no logging active
logging filter
Sets the logging filtering
options for all or individual facilities.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
logging filter active facility
facility
level
severity_level [ critical-info | no-critical-info ]
active
Indicates only active
processes are to have logging options set.
level severity_level
Specifies the level
of information to be logged from the following list which is ordered
from highest to lowest:
- critical - display
critical events
- error - display error
events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning
events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual
events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info
events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace
events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all
events
critical-info | no-critical-info
Default: critical-info
enabled.
critical-info:
specifies that events with a category attribute of critical information
are to be displayed. Examples of these types of events can be seen
at bootup when system processes and tasks are being initiated.
no-critical-info:
specifies that events with a category attribute of critical information
are not to be displayed.
Usage:
Apply filters for logged
data to collect only that data which is of interest.
IMPORTANT:
A maximum of 50,000
events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may
cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may
reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period
of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.
IMPORTANT:
Once a log has reached
the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new
log entries are created.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
could negatively impact system performance depending on the amount
of system activity at the time of execution and/or the
type of facility(ies) being logged.
Example:
The following are selected
examples used to illustrate the various options. Not all facilities
will be explicitly shown as each follows the same syntax for options.
The following sets
the level to log only warning information for all facilities.
logging filter active
facility all level warning
The following enables
the logging of critical information for the SNMP facility while
setting the level to error.
logging filter active
facility snmp level error critical-info
logging trace
Enables/disables
the logging of trace information for specific calls, mobiles, or network
addresses.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
logging trace { callid
call_id | ipaddr
ip_address | msid
ms_id | username
user_name }
no logging trace { callid
call_id | ipaddr
ip_address | msid
ms_id | username
user_name }
no
Indicates the logging
of trace information is to be disabled.
callid call_id | ipaddr ip_address | msid ms_id | username user_name
callid call_id:
specifies the exact call instance ID which is to have trace data
logged. call_id is
specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
ipaddr ip_address:
specifies the IP address for which trace information is to be logged. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id:
specifies the mobile subscriber ID for which trace information is
to be logged. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
username user_name:
specifies a user who is to have trace information logged. user_name must
refer to a previously configured user.
Usage:
A trace log is useful
in troubleshooting subscriber problems as well as for system verification
by using a test subscriber. The no keyword
is used to stop the logging of trace information.
IMPORTANT:
A maximum of 50,000
events may be stored in each log. Enabling more events for logging may
cause the log to be filled in a much shorter time period. This may
reduce the effectiveness of the log data as a shorter time period
of event data may make troubleshooting more difficult.
IMPORTANT:
Once a log has reached
the 50,000 event limit the oldest events will be discarded as new
log entries are created.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
could negatively impact system performance depending on the number
of subscribers connected and the amount of data being passed.
Example:
The following commands
enables/disables trace information for user
user1.
logging trace username user1
no logging trace username user1
The following commands
will enable/disable trace information logging for the user
assigned IP address
1.2.3.4.
logging trace ipaddr 1.2.3.4
no logging trace ipaddr 1.2.3.4
The following enables/disables
logging of trace information for call ID
FE80AA12.
logging trace callid fe80aa12
no logging trace callid fe80aa12
logs checkpoint
Performs check pointing
operations on log data. Check pointing identifies logged data as
previously viewed or marked. Check pointing results in log information
since the last check point being displayed only, i.e., check pointed
log data is not available for viewing.
Individual
logs may have up to 50,000 events in the active log. Check pointing
the logs will then result in at most 50,000 events being in the
inactive log files. This gives a maximum of 100,000 events in total
which are available for each facility logged.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Usage:
Check point log data
to a set the log contents to a well know point prior to special
activities taking place. This command may also be a part of periodic
regular maintenance to manage log data.
The check pointing of
logs moves the current log data to the inactive logs. Only the most recently
check pointed data is retained in the inactive logs. A subsequent
check pointing of the logs will result in the prior check pointed
inactive log data being cleared and replaced with the newly check
pointed data.
The check pointing of
log data moves the active log data to be retained as the inactive
log data. This results in the active log data, if displayed, having
no data earlier than the point in time when the check pointing occurred.
IMPORTANT:
Check pointing of logs
should be done periodically to avoid the logs becoming full. Logs which
have 50,000 events logged will discard the oldest events first when
new events are to be logged.
mkdir
Creates a new directory
in the local file system or in remote locations as specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
filepath
Specifies the directory
path to create. The path must be formatted as follows:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
Usage:
Create new directories
as part of periodic maintenance activities to better organize stored files.
Example:
The following creates
the directory
/flash/pub in
the local flash storage.
mkdir /flash/pub
monitor protocol
Enters the system’s
protocol monitoring utility.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Usage:
Useful for troubleshooting,
this command provides a tool for monitoring protocol transactions
between the system and other network nodes including the mobile
station(s).
The following protocols
can be monitored:
- SNMP
- RADIUS Authentication
- RADIUS Accounting
-
A11 (protocol and Manager
facility for the R-P interface, PDSN only)
- Mobile IPv4
- A11 Manager
- PPP
-
A10 (PDSN only)
- User Layer 3 protocols
- L2TP (protocol, data,
and Manager facility)
-
GTPC (protocol and Manager
facility; for GGSN only)
-
GTPU (for GGSN only)
-
GTPP (for GGSN only)
-
DHCP (for GGSN only)
-
GCDR (for GGSN only)
- RADIUS CoA
- MIP Tunnel
- Layer 3 Tunnel Protocols
- CSS Data
- CSS Signaling
- SIP
- IPSEC IKE Only
- EC Diameter (Diameter
enhanced charging)
- IPSec IKEv2 (Internet
Key Exchange and Data Header)
-
IPSG Radius Signal
- ROHC (Robust Header Compression)
(PDSN Only)
-
WiMax R6
-
WiMAX Data
-
ASNGWMGR
-
ASNPCMGR
- STUN
- SRP
- BCMCS
- RSVP
- Mobile IPv6
- DHCPv6
- CSS GCDR
- SCTP
- TCAP
- MAP
- RANAP
- GMM
- GPRS-NS
- BSSGP
- SSCOP
- SSCFNNI
- MTP3
- LLC
- SNDCP
- BSSAP+
- SMS
- ICAP
- Geographic Redundancy
(Session Redundancy Protocol)
- DNS Client
-
S1-AP
-
NAS
Once the desired protocols
have been selected, the utility monitors and displays every relative
protocol message transaction.
Protocol monitoring is
performed on a context-by-context-basis. Therefore, the messages displayed
are only those that are transmitted/received within the
system context from which the utility was executed.
CAUTION:
Protocol monitoring can
be intrusive to subscriber sessions and could impact system performance.
Therefore, it should only be used as a troubleshooting tool.
Example:
The following command
opens the protocol monitoring utility:
monitor protocol
The following displays
a sample of this command's output with verbosity level 2 for GTPC:
*** Verbosity
Level ( 2) ***
INBOUND>>>>> 04:39:58:808
Eventid:47000(3)
GTPC
Rx PDU, from 192.168.35.3:2123 to 192.168.35.1:2123 (190)
TEID: 0x00000000, Message
type: GTP_CREATE_PDP_CONTEXT_REQ_MSG (0x10)
INFORMATION ELEMENTS
FOLLOW:
IMSI: 40427000000001
ROUTING AREA IDENTITY
(RAI) FOLLOWS:
MCC: 333
MNC: 444
LAC:0
RAC:0
ROUTING
AREA IDENTITY (RAI) ENDS:
Recovery:
0x01 (1)
Selection Mode: 0x1 (MS provided APN, subscription not verified
(Sent by MS))
Tunnel ID Data I: 0x00000400
Tunnel ID Control
I: 0x00000400
NSAPI: 0x05 (5)
Charging Characteristics:
0x0800 (Normal)
End User Address: Organisation=IETF, PDP Type=IPv4, Address=10.0.0.1
Access Point
Name: starent.com
PROTOCOL
CONFIG. OPTIONS FOLLOW:
Protocol
id: 0xC021 (LCP)
Protocol length: 0x0E (14)
Protocol contents:
0103000E05063D38509B0304C023
Protocol
id: 0xC021 (LCP)
Protocol length: 0x0E (14)
Protocol contents:
0203000E05063D38509B0304C023
Protocol
id: 0xC023 (PAP)
Protocol length: 0x12 (18)
Protocol contents: 01040012086E626E73757365720461626364
PROTOCOL CONFIG. OPTIONS
END.
GSN Address I: 0xC0A82303 (192.168.35.3)
GSN Address
II: 0xC0A82303 (192.168.35.3)
MSISDN: 9876543210
QOS Profile:
0x0122720D7396404886074048
USER LOCATION INFORMATION:
111-22-33333-44444
IMEI(SV):
8888888866666622
INFORMATION
ELEMENTS END.
The following displays
a sample of this command's output with verbosity level 3 for the
Session Initiation Protocol (SIP):
INBOUND>>>>> 23:11:16:593 Eventid:59039(3)
SIP PDU Rx from
: 192.168.32.140:5060
to
: 192.168.32.120:5060 (868)
Message Type
: Request
Method
: INVITE
Request URI
: tel : 987654321
From
: tel : 123456789
To
: tel : +91987654321;user=phone
Call-Id
: 21@192.168.32.140
Transport Protocol
: UDP
Contact
: 123456789@192.168.32.140
Route Information:
123@192.168.32.140
123@192.168.32.141
SDP Information
SDP Version
: 0
Orgin
IP Address : 192.168.30.150
Destination Address
: 192.168.30.150
Media 0
Media Type
: audio
Protocol
: RTP/AVP
Port
: 46506
Media
Format : ITU-T G.711 PCMU
Packetization period
: 20 msec
<<<<OUTBOUND
23:11:16:659 Eventid:59040(3)
SIP PDU Rx from
: 192.168.32.120:5060 (868)
to
: 192.168.32.140:5060
Response Message Type
: 100 Trying
From
: tel : 123456789
To
: tel : +91987654321
Call-Id
: 21@192.168.32.140
Transport Protocol
: UDP
No
Message Body
monitor subscriber
Enables the system’s
subscriber monitoring utility.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
monitor subscriber [ asn-peer-address bs_peer_address | callid call_id fng-peer-address ipv4_address | imsi imsi_value | ipaddr ip_address | ipv6addr ipv6_address | ipsg-peer-address ipsg_peer_address | msid ms_id | msisdn msisdn | next-call | pcf pcf_address | pdif-peer-address pdif_peer_address | peer-fa peer_fa_address | peer-lac lac_peer_address | sgsn-address sgsn_address | type { 1xrtt | asngw | asnpc | closedrp | evdorev0 | evdoreva | interrogating-cscf | ggsn [ Next-Call
By APN ] | ha | ipsg | lns | mme | pdif | proxy-cscf | rfc3261-proxy | serving-cscf } next-call | type bcmcs { next-call | next-service-request} | username user_name
| Next-Call
By APN ]
asn-peer-address bs_peer_address
Specifies the peer ASN
Base Station IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted
decimal notation.
callid call_id
Specifies the call identification
number assigned to the subscriber session by the system to be monitored.
call_id is
specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
fng-peer-address ipv4_address
The specific FNG WLAN
IP address.
ipv4_address must
be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
imsi imsi_value
Specifies the International
Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session to be monitored.
imsi_value is
an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ipaddr ip_address
Specifies the IP address
of the subscriber session to be monitored.
ip_address must
be specified using dotted decimal notation.
ipv6addr ipv6_address
Specifies the IPv6 address
of the subscriber session to be monitored.
ipv6_address must
be an IPv6 IP address entered using colon ( : ) separated
notation.
ipsg-peer-address ipsg_peer_address
Specifies the peer IPSG
IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id
Specifies the mobile
subscriber identification number to be monitored.
ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
msisdn msisdn
Specifies the Mobile
Subscriber ISDN number to be monitored.
msisdn must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
next-call
Specifies that the system
will monitor the next incoming subscriber session.
pcf pcf_address
Specifies the PCF IP
address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
pdif-peer-address pdif_peer_address
Specifies the peer PDIF
IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
peer-fa peer_fa_address
Specifies the peer FA
IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
peer-lac lac_peer_address
Specifies the peer LAC
IP address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
sgsn-address sgsn_address
Specifies the SGSN IP
address. Must be followed by IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
type { 1xrtt | asngw | asnpc | evdorev0 | evdoreva | | fng |interrogating-cscf | ggsn [ Next-Call
By APN ] | ha | ipsg | lns | mme | openrp | | pdif || proxy-cscf | rfc3261-proxy | serving-cscf } next-call
Allows monitoring for
specific subscriber types established in the system when next call
occurs.
- 1xrtt: Displays
logs for cdma2000 1xRTT call session subscriber
-
asngw: Displays
logs for ASN GW call session subscriber
-
asnpc: Displays
logs for ASN PC/LR call session subscriber
- evdorev0: Displays
logs for cdma2000 EVDO Rev0 call session subscriber
- evdoreva: Displays
logs for cdma2000 EVDO RevA call session subscriber
-
fng: Displays logs
for the FNG session subscriber
-
interrogating-cscf:
Displays logs for Interrogating CSCF subscriber
-
ggsn: Displays logs
for UMTS GGSN call session subscriber
- Next-Call By APN:
Display logs for next call on APN basis, where APN name can be any
of Gi or Gn apn.
- ha: Displays logs
for Home Agent call session subscriber
-
ipsg: Displays logs
for IPSG call session subscriber
- lns: Displays logs
for LNS call session subscriber
-
mme: Displays logs
for MME session subscribers.
- openrp: Displays
logs for OpenRP subscriber
-
pdif: Displays logs
for PDIF call session subscriber
-
proxy-cscf: Displays
logs for Proxy CSCF subscriber
-
rfc3261-proxy-cscf:
Displays logs for non-ims-proxy (RFC-3261 proxy) subscriber
-
serving-cscf: Displays
logs for Serving CSCF subscriber
type bcmcs {next-call | next-service-request}
Specifies the type of
BCMCS call for the subscriber.
username user_name
Specifies the username
of the subscriber to be monitored.
user_name refers
to a previously configured user.
Usage:
The monitor subscriber
utility provides a useful tool for monitoring information about
and the activity of either a single subscriber or all subscribers
with active sessions within a given context.
The following items
can be monitored:
- Control events
- Data events
- Event ID information
- Inbound events
- Outbound events
- Protocols (identical
to those monitored by R_monitor protocol command)
Once the criteria has
been selected, the utility will monitor and display every relative
piece of information on the subscriber(s).
IMPORTANT:
Option Y for performing
multi-call traces is only supported for use with the GGSN
. This option is available
when monitoring is performed using the “Next-Call” option.
It allows you monitor up to 11 primary PDP contexts for a single
subscriber.
Subscriber monitoring
is performed on a context-by-context-basis. Therefore, the information
displayed will be only that which is collected within the system
context from which the utility was executed.
CAUTION:
Subscriber monitoring
can be intrusive to subscriber sessions and could impact system performance.
Therefore, it should only be used as a troubleshooting tool.
Example:
The following command
enables monitoring for user
user1.
monitor subscriber username user1
The following command
will enable monitoring for the user assigned IP address
1.2.3.4.
monitor subscriber ip-address 1.2.3.4
The following enables
monitoring for call ID
FE80AA12.
monitor subscriber callid fe80aa12
newcall policy
Configures new call
policies for busy-out conditions.
Product:
PDSN
, GGSN, MME, HA, LNS,
P-CSCF
, ASN GW, ASN PC/LR
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
newcall policy {asngw-service asnpc-service} {all | name service_name} reject
newcall policy cscf-service { all | name
service_name } { redirect
target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ipaddress2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ] | reject }
newcall policy { fa-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service } { all | name service_name } reject
newcall policy { ha-service | pdsn-service} { all | name service_name } { redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ipaddress2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ] | reject }
newcall policy ggsn-service { apn name
apn_name | all | name ggsn-service-name } reject
no newcall policy { fa-service | ggsn-service | ha-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service| lns-service } { all | name service_name }
newcall policy mme-service {all | name
service_name } reject
nonewcallpolicy { ha-service | pdsn-service } { all | nameservice_name } redirect target_ip_address [ weightweight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weightweight_num ]
no newcall policy ggsn-service { apnnameapn_name | all | name ggsn-service-name } reject
no newcall policy { asngw-service | asnpc-service } { all | name service_name }
no newcall policy mme-service { all | name service_name}
no
Disables the new call
policy for all or specified service of a service type.
newcall policy { asngw-service | asnpc-service } { all | name service_name } reject
Creates a new call policy
to reject the calls based on the specified ASN GW or ASN PC/LR
service name or all services of this type.
asngw-service:
Specifies the type of service as ASN GW for which new call policy
is configured.
asnpc-service:
Specifies the type of service as ASN PC/LR for which new
call policy is configured.
name service_name:
Specifies the name of the service for which new call policy is configured.
service_name is name of a configured ASN GW or ASN PC/LR
service.
reject: Specifies
that the policy rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type
of service that the policy is applied to, the reason codes are reported
as part of the reply to indicate the rejection. For ASN GW and ASN
PC/LR service rejection code is 81H (Registration Denied
- administratively prohibited).
newcall policy { cscf-service | fa-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service } { all | name service_name } reject
Creates a new call policy
that rejects calls based on the specified access point name.
no newcall policy { cscf-service | fa-service | ggsn-service| ha-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service | } { all | name service_name }
Removes a previously
configured new call policy for the specified service
no newcall policy { ha-service | pdsn-service } { all | name service_name } redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ]
Deletes up to 16 IP
addresses from the redirect policy. The IP addresses must be expressed
in IP v4 dotted decimal notation
cscf-service | fa-service | ggsn-service| ha-service | lns-service | mipv6ha-service | pdsn-service | }
Specifies the type of
service for which to configure a new call policy. The following
services are supported:
- cscf-service:
A Call/Session Control Function service
- fa-service:
A Foreign Agent service
-
ggsn-service:
A Gateway GPRS Support Node service
- ha-service:
A Home Agent service
- lns-service:
An L2TP Network Server service
- mipv6ha-service:
A Mobile IPv6 Home Agent service
- pdsn-service:
A Packet Data Serving Node service
{ all | name service_name }
Specifies a filter for
the new call policy. Whether the new call policy will be applied
to all configured services or a specific one.
- all: Specifies
that the new call policy will be applied to all instances of the
selected service type.
- name: service_name: Specifies
the name of a specific instance of the selected service type. service_name
can be between 1 and 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
and is case sensitive.
redirect target_ip_address [ weight weight_num ] [ target_ip_address2 [ weight weight_num ] ... target_ip_address16 [ weight weight_num ]
Configures the busy-out
action. When a redirect policy is invoked, the service rejects new
sessions and provides the IP address of an alternate destination.
This command can be issued multiple times.
address: The IP address
of an alternate destination expressed in IP v4 dotted decimal notation.
Up to 16 IP addresses can be specified either in one command or
by issuing the redirect command multiple times. If you try to add
more than 16 IP addresses to the redirect policy the CLI issues
an error message. If you specify an IP address and weight that already
exists in the redirect policy the new values override the existing
values.
weight weight_num:
When multiple addresses are specified, they are selected in a weighted
round-robin scheme. Entries with higher weights are more likely
to be chosen. If a weight is not specified the entry is automatically
assigned a weight of 1. weight_num must
be an integer from 1 through 10.
Depending on the type
of service that the policy is applied to, the following reason codes
are reported as part of the reply:
- ha service: 88H
(Registration Denied - unknown home agent address)
- pdsn service: 88H
(Registration Denied - unknown PDSN address)
IMPORTANT:
The redirect option
is not supported for use with FA and GGSN services.
newcall policy mme-service} {all | name service_name} reject
Creates a new call policy
to reject the calls based on the specified MME service name or all
MME services on the system.
name service_name:
Specifies the name of the MME service for which new call policy
is configured. service_name is name
of a configured MME service.
reject: Specifies
that the policy rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type
of service that the policy is applied to, the reason codes are reported
as part of the reply to indicate the rejection. For MME service
rejection code is 81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited).
reject
Specifies that the policy
rejects new incoming calls. Depending on the type of service that
the policy is applied to, the following reason codes are reported
as part of the reply to indicate the rejection:
-
asngw service: 81H
(Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- fa service: 41H
(administratively prohibited)
IMPORTANT:
When the newcall policy
is set to reject for the FA service, the Busy Bit is set in the
Agent Advertisement. Any further RRQs will be rejected with this
code value.
-
ggsn service: C7H
(Rejected - no resources available)
- ha service: 81H
(Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- mipv6ha-service:
81H (Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
-
mme service: 81H
(Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
- pdsn service: 81H
(Registration Denied - administratively prohibited)
Usage:
This command is used
to busy-out specific system services prior to planned maintenance or
for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command
creates a new call policy to re-direct all new calls for all PDSN
services to a device having an IP address of 192.168.1.23:
newcall policy pdsn-service
all redirect 192.168.1.23
The following command
creates a new call policy to reject all new calls for a GGSN service
called ggsn1:
newcall policy ggsn-service
name ggsn1 reject
The following command
creates a new call policy to reject all new calls for an MME service
called MME1:
newcall policy mme-service
name MME1 reject
password change
Provides a mechanism
for local-user administrative users to change their passwords.
Privilege:
All local-user administrative
levels except as noted below
Syntax
password change [ local-user name ]
local-user name
Specifies the name of
the local-user administrative user for which to change the password.
name can be
from 3 to 16 alpha and/or numeric characters in length
and is case sensitive.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword is only
available to local-users with an authorization level of security-administrator.
Usage:
This command provides
a mechanism for local-user administrative users to change their passwords.
In addition, it also provides a mechanism for security-administrator
local-users to change the password for other local-user accounts.
If the local-user keyword
is not entered, the system prompts the user for their current password
and for the new password. New passwords take effect at the next
login. Users that have had their password changed by a security-administrator are
prompted to change their passwords at their next login.
New passwords must meet
the criteria dictated by the local-user password command
options in the Global Configuration Mode.
IMPORTANT:
The system does not
allow the changing of passwords unless the time limit specified
by the local-user
password min-change-interval has
been reached.
Example:
The following command,
executed by a security-administrator, resets the password for a
local-user name operator12:
password change local-user operator12
ping
Verifies ability to
communicate with a remote node in the network by passing data packets
between and measuring the response.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
IMPORTANT:
Inspector privileges
are granted for all variables except count. To initiate
a ping count, you must have a minimum privilege level of Operator.
Syntax
ping
host_ip_address
[ broadcast ] [ count
num_packets ] [ pattern
packet_pattern ] [ size
octet_count ] [ src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address } ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
host_ip_address
Identifies the remote
node to which the ability to communicate with is to be verified.
host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
broadcast
Sends ping packets to
broadcast addresses.
count num_packets
Default: 5
Specifies the number
of packets to send to the remote host for verification. num_packets must
be within the range 1 through 10000.
pattern packet_pattern
Default: each octet
of the packet is encoded with the octet number of the packet.
Specifies a pattern
to use to fill the internet control message protocol packets with. packet_pattern must
be specified in hexadecimal format with a value in the range hexadecimal
0x0000 through 0xFFFF. packet_pattern must
begin with a ‘0x’ followed by up to 4 hexadecimal
digits.
size octet_count
Default: 56
Specifies the number
of bytes each IP datagram. octet_count must
be a value in the range 40 through 18432.
src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address }
Default: originating
system’s IP address
Specifies an IP address
to use in the packets as the source node.
src_host_name:
specifies the source node using the node’s logical host name
which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
src_host_ip_address:
specifies the source node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is useful
in verifying network routing and if a remote node is able to respond
at the IP layer.
Example:
The following command
is the most basic and will report the results of trying to communication
with remote node
remoteABC.
ping remoteABC
The following will verify
communication with the remote node
1.2.3.4 using
1000 packets.
ping 1.2.3.4 count 1000
The following verifies
communication with remote node remoteABC while making it appears
as though the source is remote node with IP address 1.2.3.4.
ping remoteABC src 1.2.3.4
IMPORTANT:
It is important to note
that the responses from the remote host to the ping packets will
be rerouted to the host specified as the source.
ping6
Ping options for IPv6
addresses
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
ping6 { hostname | ipv6
address } [ count num ] [ flood ] [ pattern val ] [ size val ] [ src val ] [ interface string ]
hostname
Name of the host to
be pinged.
ipv6 address
IPv6 address of host
to be pinged.
countnum
Sets the number of ping
packets to be sent. num must
be an integer between 1 - 10,000.
flood
Configures ping6 to
send packets as quickly as possible, or 100 per second, whichever
is faster.
pattern val
Specifies hex pattern
to fill ICMP packets. val is
in the range 0x0 - 0ffff
size val
Size of ICMP datagram
in bytes. val is an integer from 40 - 18432. Default is 56.
src val
Specifies the source
IP address.
interface string
Specifies the originating
source interface name.
Usage:
Ping command for IPv6.
Note that the command is just “ping6, and not “pingv6.”
Example:
Use this command to
ping the IPv6 address 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334
ping6 2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334
port
Performs a manual switchover
to an available redundant/standby line card or SPIO port.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
port switch to slot#/port#
slot#
Identifies the physical
chassis slot where the line card or SPIO card is installed.
port#
Identifies the physical
port on the line card or SPIO to automatically switch to.
Usage:
This command is used
to specify the redundant port on a Line Card (LC). When port redundancy
is enabled, if an external network device or cable failure occurs
that causes a link down failure on the port, then the redundant
port is used.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
port switch to 17/1
ppp echo-test
Verifies the point-to-point
link by sending link control protocol packets to the targeted users.
This command will not
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
ppp echo-test { callid
call_id | imsi
imsi_id | ipaddr
ip_address | msid
ms_id | username
user_name } [ num_packets ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
callid call_id
Specifies the exact
call instance ID which is to have its PPP link verified. call_id is
specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi imsi_id
Specifies the International
Mobile Subscriber Identifier (IMSI) which is to have its PPP link verified.
ipaddr ip_address
Specifies the IP address
which is to have its PPP link verified. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id
Specifies the mobile
subscriber ID which is to have its PPP link verified. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an MIN, or RMI.
username user_name
Specifies a user which
is to have its PPP link verified. user_name must refer
to a previously configured user.
num_packets
Default 1
Specifies the number
of test packets to generate. num_packets must
be a value in the range from 1 through 1000000.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use the echo test to
verify the point-to-point protocol communications.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
could negatively impact system performance depending on the number
of subscribers using the same name and/or if the number
of packets used in the test is large.
Example:
The following command
tests the PPP link to user
user1.
ppp echo-test username user1
The following command
tests the PPP link to the user assigned IP address
1.2.3.4.
ppp echo-test ipaddr 1.2.3.4
The following tests
the PPP link associated with call ID
FE80AA12.
ppp echo-test callid fe80aa12
radius interim
Check points current
RADIUS accounting messages immediately
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
radius interim accounting now
Usage:
The interim command
may be part of a regiment of periodic activities to maintain the chassis.
This command may also
be useful in preparation for system monitoring or troubleshooting to
set the list of messages to be displayed at a well known time.
radius test
Verifies the RADIUS
servers functions for accounting and authentication.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
radius test { accounting | authentication | probe
authentication
server
ip_addr
port
port_no [ username
username
password
password ] } { all |
[ on ] | off ]
| radius group
group_name user_name | server
server_name
port
server_port } user_name password
accounting
Test accounting server
functionality.
authentication
Test authentication
server functionality.
all | radius group group_name user_name | server server_name port server_port
all: indicates
all configured servers are to be tested.
server server_name port server_port:
indicates only the server specified as server_name and server_port is
to be tested. The server must have been previously configured.
radius group group_name user_name:
tests all configured authentication servers in a specific RADIUS
group for specific user. Must be followed by the RADIUS group name
and user name.
group_name will
be a string of size 1 to 63 character and specifies the name of
server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting.
on/off
Allows the user to turn
radius test accounting on or off.
user_name
Specifies the RADIUS
user who is to be verified. The user must have been previously configured.
password
Specifies the RADIUS
user who is to have authentication verified. password is
only applicable when the authentication keyword
is specified.
Usage:
Test the RADIUS accounting
for troubleshooting the system for specific users or to verify all
the system RADIUS accounting functions.
Example:
The following verifies
all RADIUS servers.
radius test accounting all
radius test authentication all
The following verifies
the RADIUS accounting and authentication for user
user1 for
the
sampleServer.
radius test accounting server sampleServer port 5000 user1
radius test authentication server sampleServer port 5000 user1 dummyPwd
The following commands
will verify the RADIUS accounting and authentication for RADIUS
server group
star1 for
the current context:
radius test accounting server sampleServer port 5000 user1
radius test authentication server sampleServer port 5000 user1 dummyPwd
radius test authentication all
The following verifies
the RADIUS authentication server group
star1 for
user
user1.
radius test authentication
radius group star1 user1
The following displays
a sample of the output:
Authentication from
authentication server 192.168.65.1, port 1812
Authentication Success:
Access-Accept received
Round-trip time for
response was 29.8 ms
The
following activates radius test authentication:
radius test accounting
on group abc server 134.141.12.1 port 1111.
reload
Invokes a full system
reboot.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
reload [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Execute the command
without any additional prompts or confirmation from the user.
Usage:
The system performs
a hardware reset and reloads the highest priority boot image and configuration
file specified in the boot.sys file. Refer to the boot system priority command
in the Global Configuration Mode for additional information on configuring
boot images, configuration files and priorities.
IMPORTANT:
To avoid the abrupt
termination of subscriber sessions, it is recommended that a new
call policy be configured and executed prior to invoking the reload
command. This sets busy-out conditions for the system and allows
active sessions to terminate gracefully. Refer to the newcall command
in the Exec Mode for additional information.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
causes the system to become unavailable for session processing until the
reboot process is complete.
Example:
The following command
performs a hardware reset on the system:
reload
rename
Changes the name of
an existing local file.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
rename
from_filepath
to_filepath [ -noconfirm ]
from_filepath
Specifies the path to
the file/directory to be renamed. The path must be formatted
according to the following format:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
to_filepath
Specifies the new name
of file/directory. The path must be formatted according
to the following formats:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
-noconfirm
Indicates that the command
is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from
the user.
IMPORTANT:
Extreme caution should
be taken when using the -noconfirm option.
The paths to the source and the destination should be verified prior
to performing the command.
Usage:
Rename files as part
of regular system maintenance in conjunction with the delete command.
Example:
The following renames
the directory
/pub in
the local PCMCIA1 device.
rename /pcmcia1/pub /pcmcia1/pub_old
reveal disabled commands
Enables the input of
commands for features that do not have license keys installed. The
output of the command show
cli indicates when this is enabled. This command effects
the current CLI session only. This is disabled by default.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
reveal disabled commands
no reveal disabled commands
no
Do not show disabled
commands.
Usage:
When this is enabled
and a disabled command is entered, a message is displayed that informs
you that the required feature is not enabled and also lists the
name of the feature that you need to support the command.
When this is disabled
and a disabled command is entered, the CLI does not acknowledge the
existence of the command and displays a message that the keyword
is unrecognized.
Example:
Set the CLI to accept
disabled commands and display the required feature for the current
CLI session with the following command:
reveal disabled commands
Set the CLI to reject
disabled commands and return an error message for the current CLI
session:
no reveal disabled commands
rlogin
Attempts to connect
to a remote host.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
rlogin { host_name | host_ip_address } [ user
user_name ]
host_name | host_ip_address
Identifies the remote
node to attempt to connect to.
host_name:
specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host
name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
user user_name
Specifies a user name
to attempt to connect as. user_name must
be from to 1023 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:
Connect to remote network
elements using rlogin.
IMPORTANT:
rlogin is
not a secure method of connecting to a remote host. ssh should
be used whenever possible for security reasons.
Example:
The following connects
to remote host
remoteABC as
user
user1.
rlogin remoteABC user user1
The following connects
to remote host
1.2.3.4 without
any default user.
rlogin 1.2.3.4
rmdir
Removes (deletes) a
local directory.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
rmdir
path [ force ]
path
Specifies the directory
path to remove. The must be formatted according to the following formats:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name
filename is
the actual file of interest
force
Over-rides any warnings
to force deletion of the directory and any files contained therein.
IMPORTANT:
Use of the force keyword
should be done with care to ensure the directory is specified accurately
as there is no method to recover a directory which has been removed.
Usage:
Remove old directories
as part of regular maintenance.
Example:
The following removes
the local directory
/pcmcia1/pub.
rmdir /pcmcia1/pub
rotate-hd-file
This command rotates
the current temp file manually.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
rotate-hd-file diameter [ name policy_name ]
[ name policy_name ]
Specifies the hd-storage
policy name. policy_name must
be and existing HD Storage Policy name and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 0 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
manually rotate the Diameter HD stored files.
Example:
The following command
rotates Diameter files in the HD storage drive for files stored
using the HD storage policy named CDR1:
rotate-hd-file diameter
name CDR1
save configuration
Saves the current contexts
configuration to a local or remote location.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
save configuration url [ -redundant ] [ -noconfirm ] [ showsecrets ] [ verbose ]
url
Default: saves to the
location of the active configuration currently loaded.
Specifies the location
to store the configuration file(s). url may refer
to a local or a remote file. url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
IMPORTANT:
Configuration files
should be named with a .cfg extension.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
IMPORTANT:
hostname can only be used if
the networkconfig parameter
is configured for DHCP and the DHCP server returns a valid nameserver.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
-bothspcs
IMPORTANT:
This parameter has been
replaced by the -redundant keyword.
-redundant
This keyword directs
the system to save the CLI configuration file to the local device,
defined by the url variable, and then automatically copy that same
file to the like device on the standby SPC or SMC, if available.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword will only
work for local devices that are located on both the active and standby SPCs/SMCs.
For example, if you save the file to the /pcmcia1 device
on the active SPC, that same type of device (a PC-Card in Slot 1
of the standby SPC) must be available. Otherwise, a failure message
is displayed. If saving the file to an external network (non-local)
device, the system disregards this keyword.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword does not
synchronize the local file system. If you have added, modified,
or deleted other files or directories to or from a local device
for the active SPC/SMC, then you must synchronize the local
file system on both SPCs/SMCs.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the command
is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from
the user.
IMPORTANT:
Caution should be exercised
when using the -noconfirm option
as this may cause the accidental over-write of data if the URL refers
to an existing file.
showsecrets
This keyword causes
the CLI configuration file to be saved with all passwords in plain
text, rather than their default encrypted format.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
Usage:
Backup the current configuration
as part of periodic maintenance activities in case of emergencies.
IMPORTANT:
The saving of a configuration
does not save the boot options as configured via the global configuration
mode boot commands.
Example:
The following saves
the configuration data to the local file
/flash/pub/juneconfig.cfg with
no confirmation from the user:
save configuration /flash/pub/juneconfig.cfg
-noconfirm
The following saves
the configuration data to remote hoist
remoteABC as
/pub/juneconfig.cfg:
save configuration tftp://remoteABC/pub/juneconfig.cfg
save logs
Saves the current log
file to a local or remote location.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
save logs { url } [ active ] [ inactive ] [ callid
call_id
] [ event-verbosity
evt_verboseness
] [ facility
facility
] [ level
severity_level
] [ pdu-data
pdu_format
] [ pdu-verbosity
pdu_verboseness
] [ since
from_date_time
[ until
to_date_time
] ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
url
Specifies the location
to store the log file(s). url may refer
to a local or a remote file. url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ]{ host } [ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
IMPORTANT:
hostname can only be used if
the networkconfig parameter
is configured for DHCP and the DHCP server returns a valid nameserver.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
active
Indicates output is
to display data from active logs.
inactive
Indicates output is
to display data from inactive logs.
callid call_id
Specifies a call ID
for which log information is to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
event-verbosity evt_verboseness
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in displaying of event data as one of:
- min - displays minimal
information about the event. Information includes event name, facility,
event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays detailed
information about the event, but does not provide the event source
within the system.
- full - displays detailed
information about event, including source information, identifying
where within the system the event was generated.
level severity_level
Specifies the level
of information to be logged, severity_level, from the following
list which is ordered from highest to lowest:
- critical - display critical
events
- error - display error
events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning
events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual
events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info
events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace
events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all
events
pdu-data pdu_format
Specifies output format
for the display of packet data units as one of:
- none - output is in
raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being displayed
in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output being
displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.
pdu-verbosity pdu_verboseness
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in displaying of packet data units as a value
from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
since from_date_time [ until
to_date_time ]
Default: no limit.
since from_date_time:
indicates only the log information which has been collected more
recently than from_date_time is to be displayed.
until to_date_time:
indicates no log information more recent than to_date_time
is to be displayed. until defaults to current time when omitted.
from_date_time
and to_date_time must be formatted as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm
or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit
month in the range 01 through 12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range
01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit hour in the range 00 through 23, mm
is a 2-digit minute in the range 00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit
second in the range 00 through 59.
to_date_time
must be a time which is more recent than from_date_time.
The use of the until
keyword allows for a time range of log information while only using
the since keyword will display all information up to the current
time.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Backup the current log
file as part of periodic maintenance activities.
Example:
The following saves
the log to the local file /flash/pub/junelogs.logs
with no confirmation from the user:
save logs /flash/pub/junelogs.logs
-noconfirm
The following saves
the configuration data to remote host remoteABC as /pub/junelogs.logs:
save logs tftp://remoteABC/pub/junelogs.logs
session trace subscriber
This command enable
disables the subscriber session trace functionality based on a specified
subscriber device or ID on one or all instance of session on a specified
EPS network elements.
Syntax
session trace subscriber
network-element {mme | pgw | sgw} {imei id} {imsi id} {interface {all | interface}} trace-ref id collection-entity ip_address
no session trace subscriber [network-element {mme | pgw | sgw}] [trace-ref id]
no
Disables the entire
session trace or for a specific network element and/or
trace reference.
network-element { mme | pgw | sgw }
Identifies the network
element that, in turn, identifies the interfaces where the session
trace is to occur. Specific interfaces can be specified using the
interface keyword described below.
mme: Specifies
that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the
MME.
pgw: Specifies
that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the
P-GW.
sgw: Specifies
that the session trace is to occur on one or all interfaces on the
S-GW.
imei id
Specifies the International
Mobile Equipment Identification number of the subscribers UE. id must be
the 8 digit TAC (Type Allocation Code) and 6 digit serial number. Only
the first 14 digits of the IMEI/IMEISV are used to find
the equipment ID.
imsi id
Specifies the International
Mobile Subscriber Identification (IMSI). id must be
the 3 digit MCC (Mobile Country Code), 2 or 3 digit MNC (Mobile
Network Code), and the MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification Number).
The total should not exceed 15 digits.
interface { all | interface }
Specifies the interfaces
where the session trace application will collect data.
all: Specifies
that all interfaces associated with the selected network element
interface:
Specifies the interface type where the session trace application
will collect trace data. The following interfaces are applicable
for the network element type:
- MME:
- s1mme: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S1-MME
interface between the MME and the eNodeB.
- s3: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S3 interface
between the MME and an SGSN.
- s6a: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S6a
interface between the MME and the HSS.
- s10: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S10
interface between the MME and another MME.
- s11: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S11
interface between the MME and the S-GW.
- P-GW:
- gx: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the Gx interface
between the P-GW and the PCRF.
- s2a: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2a
interface between the P-GW and the HSGW.
- s2b: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2b
interface between the P-GW and an ePDG.
- s2c: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S2c
interface between the P-GW and a trusted, non-3GPP access device.
- s5: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S5 interface
between the P-GW and the S-GW.
- s6b: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S6b
interface between the P-GW and the 3GPP AAA server.
- s8b: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S8b
interface between the P-GW and the S-GW.
- sgi: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the SGi
interface between the P-GW and the PDN.
- S-GW:
- gxc: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the Gxc
interface between the S-GW and the PCRF.
- s11: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S11
interface between the S-GW and the MME.
- s4: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S4 interface
between the S-GW and an SGSN.
- s5: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S5 interface
between the S-GW and the P-GW.
- s8b: Specifies
that the interface where the trace will be performed is the S8b
interface between the S-GW and the P-GW.
trace-ref id
Specifies the trace
reference for the trace being initiated. id must be
the MCC (3 digits), followed by the MNC (3 digits), then the trace
ID number (3 byte octet string).
collection-entity ip_address
Specifies the IP address
of the collection entity where session trace data is pushed. ip_address must
be a valid IPv4 address and is specified in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Use this command to
initiate a session trace for a specified subscriber device or ID
on one or all interfaces on a specified network element.
IMPORTANT:
Session trace configuration
is performed in the Global Configuration Mode using the session trace command.
Refer to the Global Configration Mode Commands chapter in this reference
for more information.
Example:
The following command
initiates a session trace on a P-GW S5 interface for a subscriber
with an IMSI of
322233123456789 and
sets the trace reference as
322233987654 and
the collection entity IP address as
1.2.3.4:
session trace subscriber
network-element pgw imsi 322233123456789 interface s5 trace-ref 322233987654 collection-entity 1.2.3.4
The following command
initiates a session trace on an MME S6a interface for a subscriber
with an IMSI of
322233123456789 and
sets the trace reference as
322233987654 and
the collection entity IP address as
1.2.3.4:
session trace subscriber
network-element mme imsi 322233123456789 interface s6a trace-ref 322233987654 collection-entity 1.2.3.4
setup
Enters the system setup
wizard which guides the user through a series of questions regarding
the system basic configuration options such as initial context-level administrative
users, host name, etc.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Usage:
The setup wizard provides
a user friendly interface for initial system configuration.
IMPORTANT:
If the configuration
script generated by the setup wizard is applied when an existing configuration
is in use the options which are common to both are updated and all
remaining options are left unchanged.
sgsn imsimgr
Enters commands to
manage the SGSN IMSIMgr audits.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
sgsn imsimgr { add-record
imsi sessmgr instance sessmgr# | audit-with sessmgr { all | instance
sessmgr# } | remove-record imsi }
add-record imsi
Adds a record for an
IMSI to the IMSI manager’s audit table and associates a
specific Session Manager (SessMgr) with the IMSIMgr for the IMSI
audit..
imsi - enter up to 15
digits. An IMSI consists of the 3-digit MCC (mobile country code) + the
2- or 3-digit MNC (mobile network code) + the MSIN (mobile
station identification number) for the remaining 10 or 9 digits
(depending on the length of the MNC).
sessmgr instance sessmgr#
Identifies a specific
Session Manager (SessMgr) to associate with the IMSIMgr for the
IMSI audit.
sessmgr# -
enter up to 4 digits, 0 to 4095.
audit-with sessmgr { all | instance
sessmgr# }
Initiate an IMSI audit
with a specific Session Manager (SessMgr) or with all SessMgrs.
sessmgr# -
enter up to 4 digits, 0 to 4095.
remove-record
Delete a specific IMSI
from the IMSI audit table.
imsi
- enter up to 15 digits. An IMSI consists of the 3-digit MCC (mobile
country code) + the 2- or 3-digit MNC (mobile network code) + the
MSIN (mobile station identification number) for the remaining 10 or
9 digits (depending on the length of the MNC).
Usage:
Use this command to
manage the IMSIMgr’s audit functions. Associate one or
multiple SessMgrs with the IMSIMgr for the audits.
Example:
sgsn imsimgr audit-with
sessmgr instance 245
sgsn offload
This command configures
the offloading procedure and actually starts and stops the offloading
of subscribers which is part of the SGSN’s Gb flex load
redistribution functionality.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
sgsn offload gprs-service srvc_name { activating | connecting } [ nri-value | stop | t3312-timeout seconds]
srvc_name
A unique string of 1
to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a specific GPRS service.
activating
Instructs the SGSN to
offload any subscribers sending an ‘activate request’ message.
connecting
Instructs the SGSN to
offload any subscribers sending either an ‘attach request’ or
a ‘RAU request’ message.
nri-value nri-value
Instructs the SGSN to
check the P-TMSI and use the SGSN matching the configured NRI value
to offload subscribers
nri-value:
stop
Instructs the SGSN to
stop offloading subscribers from the pool area.
t3312-timeout seconds
Configures the timer
for sending period RAUs to the MS. Default is 4 seconds.
seconds: Must
be an integer from 2 to 60.
Usage:
Use this command to
configured the offloading of subscribers which is a part of the SGSN’s
load redistribution operation. This command can be used anytime
an SGSN is to be taken out of service.
Example:
The following command
instructs the SGSN to notify all MS to detach and reattach.
sgsn offload gprs-service srvc_name activating nri-value nri_value
show
The following commands
provide outputs for a variety of parameters and statistics:
show aaa
Use this command to
view AAA statistics for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show aaa { group { all | name aaa_group } | local
counters } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
group { all | name aaa_group }
Displays AAA group configuration
parameters.
all: If the
exec context is local, all the default AAA groups, and the AAA groups
configured in all the contexts are displayed. If the exec context
is not local, only the context specific AAA groups are displayed.
name aaa_group:
Displays AAA group configuration of the specified group. aaa_group must
be the name of an exisitng AAA group, and must be a string of 0
to 64 characters in length.
local counters
Displays information
for current context.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to view accounting and authentication statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays AAA statistics for the current context:
show aaa local counters
The following command
displays AAA statistics for the AAA group
aaa_group1:
show aaa group name aaa_group1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
analyzer statistics
This command displays
statistic information for protocol analyzers.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
analyzer statistics [ name
protocol
[ verbose ] ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
name protocol
Displays detailed information
for the specified protocol analyzer.
protocol must
be an available analyzer name, and must be one of the following:
- dns
- file-transfer
- ftp
- http
- icmp
- icmpv6
- imap
- ip
- ipv6
- mms
- p2p
- pop3
- rtcp
- rtp
- rtsp
- sdp
- secure-http
- sip
- smtp
- tcp
- udp
- wsp
- wtp
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output is the standard level which is the
concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display statistic information for active charging protocol analyzers.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed statistic information for all P2P protocol analyzers:
show active-charging
analyzer statistics name p2p verbose
The following command
displays detailed statistic information for all TCP protocol analyzers:
show active-charging
analyzer statistics name tcp verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
bandwidth-policy
This command displays
information on bandwidth policies configured in a service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
bandwidth-policy { all | name bandwidth_policy } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all bandwidth policies configured in the service.
name
Displays detailed information
for the specified bandwidth policy.
bandwidth_policy must
be a bandwidth policy name, and must be a string from 1 through
63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information on bandwidth policies configured in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed information for the bandwidth policy named
standard:
show active-charging
bandwidth-policy name standard
show active-charging
charging-action
This command displays
information for charging actions configured in the active charging
service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
charging-action { { { all | name action_name } [ service
name acs_service ] } | statistics [ name action_name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for each configured charging action.
name action_name
Displays detailed information
for specific charging action.
action_name must
be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
statistics
Displays statistical
information for all configured charging action.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or specified charging action(s) in the specified Active
Charging Service.
acs_service must
be the name of an ACS and must be a string of 1 through 15 characters
in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for charging actions configured in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays a detailed information for all charging actions:
show active-charging
charging-action all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
content-filtering category policy-id
This command displays
Content Filtering category policy definitions.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
available on StarOS 8.0 and earlier.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
content-filtering category policy-id { all | id policy_id } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays definitions
of all Content Filtering category policies.
id policy_id
Displays definitions
of a specific Content Filtering category policy.
policy_id must
be a CF policy ID, and must be an integer from 1 through 4294967295.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Content-Filtering category definitions for a specific/all
Policy IDs.
Example:
The following command
displays Content Filtering category definitions for policy ID 3:
show active-charging
content-filtering category policy-id id 3
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
content-filtering category statistics
This command displays
category-based content filtering statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
content-filtering category statistics [ rulebase { name
rulebase_name | all } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
rulebase { name rulebase_name | all }
name rulebase_name:
Displays category-based content filtering statistics, optionally
for a specific or all rulebase.
rulebase_name must
be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
all: Displays
category-based content filtering statistics for each configured
rulebase in the active charging service separately.
verbose
Specifies that the
output should provide as much information as possible. If this option
is not specified then the output is the standard level, which is
the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view category-based content filtering statistics for a specific rulebase,
or cumulative statistics for all rulebases in an active charging
service.
Example:
The following command
displays category-based content filtering statistics for the rulebase
named
consumer.
show active-charging
content-filtering category statistics rulebase name consumer
The following command
displays cumulative category-based content filtering statistics
for all rulebases in verbose mode:
show active-charging
content-filtering category statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
content-filtering server-group
This command displays
information for Content Filtering Server Group (CFSG) configured
in the service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
content-filtering server-group [ statistics [ verbose ] ] [ name cfsg_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
name cfsg_name
Displays detailed information
for the specified Content Filtering Server Group.
cfsg_name specifies
the name of the configured Content Filtering Server Group, and must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 63 characters
in length.
statistics
Displays statistical
information for all configured Content Filtering Server Groups.
verbose
Specifies that the
output provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output is at the standard level, which is
the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for Content Filtering Server Group configured
in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays information for the CFSG named
test12:
show active-charging
content-filtering server-group name test12
The following command
displays detailed information
for all CFSG:
show active-charging
content-filtering server-group statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
credit-control
This command displays
statistics for Diameter/RADIUS prepaid credit control service
in the Active Charging Service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
credit-control { statistics [ all | group group_name ] | session-states [ rulebase rulebase_name ] [ content-id content_id ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
statistics [ all | group group_name ]
Displays prepaid credit
control statistics.
all: Displays
all available statistics.
group group_name:
Displays statistics for the specified credit control group. group_name must
be the name of a credit control group, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session-states [ rulebase rulebase_name ] [ content-id content_id ]
Displays prepaid CCA
session status based on rulebase and/or content ID.
rulebase rulebase_name:
Displays the CCA session state counts for the specified rulebase. rulebase_name must
be the name of a rulebase configured for credit control service,
and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
content-id content_id:
Displays CCA session state counts for the specified content ID. content_id must
be the content ID of a credit control service, and must be an integer
from 1 through 65535.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view statistics for Diameter/RADIUS prepaid credit control
service in an Active Charging Service.
Example:
The following command
shows active charging statistics of configured Diameter or RADIUS
Credit control Application:
show active-charging
credit-control statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
edr-format
This command displays
information about EDR formats configured in an Active Charging Service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
edr-format [ statistics ] [ all | name
edr_format_name
] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all EDR formats.
statistics
Displays statistics
for all or the specified EDR format.
If neither all nor name is specified, summarized
statistics over all EDR formats is displayed.
name edr_format_name
Displays information
for the specified EDR format.
edr_format_name must
be the name of an existing EDR format, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for EDR format(s) in an active charging service.
Example:
The following command
displays all configured EDR formats in a active charging service.
show active-charging
edr-format all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
edr-udr-file
This command displays
CDR flow control information. This command also displays the EDR
and UDR file related information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
edr-udr-file { flow-control-counters [ verbose ] | statistics } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
flow-control-counters [ verbose ]
Displays the counters
for dropped EDR/UDR records. These counters are for when
CDRMOD uses flow control to stop ACSMgrs/SessMgrs from
sending the records.
verbose displays
detailed information.
statistics
Displays EDR and UDR
file statistics.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view CDR flow control information.
Example:
The following command
displays EDR and UDR files statistics:
show active-charging
edr-udr-file statistics
The following command
displays CDR flow control information:
show active-charging
edr-udr-file flow-control-counters
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
file-space-usage
This command displays
the file space used by CDR/EDR files.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
file-space-usage [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view CDR/EDR file space usage information. The context
in which this command is used is not relevant.
show active-charging
firewall statistics
This command displays
Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
firewall statistics [ callid call_id | domain-name domain_name | nat-realm nat_realm | protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp } | username user_name ] [ acsmgr
instance instance_id ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
acsmgr instance instance_id
Specifies an ACS Manager
instance ID.
instance_id must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
callid call_id
Specifies a Call Identification
number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
domain-name domain_name
Specifies a domain
name for the statistics.
domain_name must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
nat-realm nat_realm
Specifies a NAT realm
name for the statistics.
nat_realm must
be a string of 1 through 31 characters in length.
protocol { icmp | ip | other | tcp | udp }
Specifies a protocol
for the statistics:
- icmp: ICMP
protocol
- ip: IP protocol
- other: Protocols
other than TCP, UDP, and ICMP
- tcp: TCP
protocol
- udp: UDP
protocol
username user_name
Specifies user name
for the statistics.
user_name must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
verbose
Specifies that the
output should provide as much information as possible. If this option
is not specified then the output is the standard level, which is
the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics. If you are in
the local context, statistics for all contexts are displayed. Otherwise,
only statistics of your current context are displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays Active Charging Stateful Firewall statistics:
show active-charging
firewall statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
firewall track-list
This command displays
the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any Denial-of-Service
(DOS) attacks.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
firewall track-list attacking-servers [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view details of servers being tracked for involvement in any DOS attack.
Example:
The following command
displays the list of servers being tracked for involvement in any
DOS attacks:
show active-charging
firewall track-list attacking-servers
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
flows
This command displays
information for active charging flows.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
flows { all | [ connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ]
seconds
] [ flow-id
flow_id
] [ full ] [ idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ]
seconds
] [ ip-address
[ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ]
address
]
[ nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip
nat_ip_address
] } ]
[ port-number [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ]
number
] [ rx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
] [ rx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
] [ session-id session_id ] [ summary ] [ trans-proto { icmp | tcp | udp } ] [ tx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number ] [ tx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than]
number ] [ type
flow_type
] } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all active charging flows.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] seconds
Displays information
for flows filtered by connected time period.
- < seconds:
Displays flows that have been connected less than the specified
number of seconds.
- > seconds:
Displays flows that have been connected more than the specified
number of seconds.
- greater-than seconds: Displays
flows that have been connected more than the specified number of
seconds.
- less-than seconds: Displays
flows that have been connected less than the specified number of seconds.
seconds must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
flow-id flow_id
Displays information
for specified active charging flow ID.
full
Displays all available
information for the specified flows.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] seconds
Displays information
for flows filtered by idle time period.
- < seconds:
Displays flows that have been idle less than the specified number
of seconds.
- > seconds:
Displays flows that have been idle more than the specified number
of seconds.
- greater-than seconds: Displays
flows that have been idle more than the specified number of seconds.
- less-than seconds: Displays
flows that have been idle less than the specified number of seconds.
seconds must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ip-address [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ] address
Displays information
for flows filtered by IPv4 IP address.
- server: Specifies
the ip address for a specific server.
- subscriber:
Specifies subscriber details for this ip-address. address is
an IPv4 IP address in the x.x.x.x format.
- < address:
Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is lesser than address.
- > address:
Specifies an IPv4 IP address that is greater than address.
- greater-than address: Specifies
an IPv4 IP address that is greater than address.
- less-than address: Specifies
an IPv4 IP address that is lesser than address.
address must
be an IPv4 address in decimal notation.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address [ nat-port nat_port ] ] }
IMPORTANT:
The nat keyword
and options are only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
Displays information
for flows filtered by Network Address Translation (NAT) required
or not required setting.
- not-required:
Sessions with NAT processing not required.
- required:
Sessions with NAT processing required.
- nat-ip nat_ip_address: Sessions
using specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address must
be an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.
- nat-port nat_port: Sessions
using specified NAT IP address and NAT port number. nat_port must
be an integer from 0 through 65535.
port-number [ server | subscriber ] [ < | > | IPv4 | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information
on flows filtered by port number.
- server: Specifies
the port-number for a specific server.
- subscriber:
Specifies subscriber details for this port-number. number must
be an integer from 0 through 65535.
- < number: Specifies
a port number that is less than the specified port-number.
- > number: Specifies
a port number that is greater than the specified port-number.
- greater-than number: Specifies
a port number that is greater than the specified port-number.
- less-than number: Specifies
a port number that is less than the specified port-number.
rx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information
on flows filtered by the number of bytes received in the flow.
- < number: Specifies the
number of bytes that is less than the specified rx-bytes.
- > number: Specifies
number of bytes that is greater than the specified rx-bytes.
- greater-than number: Specifies
number of bytes that is greater than the specified rx-bytes.
- less-than number: Specifies
number of bytes that is less than the specified rx-bytes.
number must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
rx-packets [< | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information
on flows filtered by the number of packets received in the flow.
- greater-than number: Specifies
the number of packets that is greater than the specified rx-packets.
- less-than number: Specifies
the number of packets that is less than the specified rx-packets.
number must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
session-id session_id
Displays detailed information
for specific active charging session ID.
summary
Displays summary information
for defined sessions, based on defined parameters.
trans-proto { icmp | tcp | udp }
Displays information
on flows filtered by the transport protocol.
- icmp: ICMP
protocol type flow
- tcp: TCP
protocol type flow
- udp: User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) flows
tx-bytes [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information
on flows filtered by the number of bytes received in the flow.
- < number: Specifies the
number of bytes that is less than the specified tx-bytes.
- > number: Specifies
number of bytes that is greater than the specified tx-bytes.
- greater-than number: Specifies
number of bytes that is greater than the specified tx-bytes.
- less-than number: Specifies
number of bytes that is less than the specified tx-bytes.
number must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
tx-packets [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] number
Displays information
on flows filtered by the number of packets received in the flow.
- greater-than number: Specifies
the number of packets that is greater than the specified tx-packets.
- less-than number: Specifies
the number of packets that is less than the specified tx-packets.
number must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
type flow_type
Displays information
on flows filtered by flow type of application protocol.
flow_type must
be one of the following:
- dns: DNS
protocol type flow
- ftp: FTP
protocol type flow
- http: HTTP
protocol type flow
- icmp: ICMP
protocol type flow
- icmpv6: ICMPv6
protocol type flow
- imap: Internet
Message Access Protocol (IMAP) protocol type flow
- ip: IP protocol
type flow
- ipv6: IPv6
protocol type flow
- mms: MMS
protocol type flow
- p2p: P2P
protocol type flows including one or more of the following applications:
-
actsync
-
aimini
- applejuice
- ares
-
battlefd
- bittorrent
- ddlink
- directconnect
- edonkey
- fasttrack
- feidian
- filetopia
-
freenet
- fring
- gadu_gadu
- gnutella
- gtalk
- halflife2
- hamachivpn
-
iax
- imesh
-
iptv
- iskoot
- irc
- jabber
- manolito
- msn
- mute
-
nimbuzz
- oovoo
-
openft
- orb
- oscar
-
paltalk
- pando
-
pandora
- popo
- pplive
- ppstream
- qq
-
qqgame
- qqlive
-
quake
-
rdp
-
secondlife
- skinny
- skype
- slingbox
- sopcast
- soulseek
- steam
- tvants
- tvuplayer
- uusee
- vpnx
- vtun
-
warcft3
- winmx
- winny
- wofwarcraft
- xbox
- yahoo
- zattoo
- pop3: POP3
protocol type flow
- rtcp: RTCP
protocol type flow
- rtp: RTP
protocol type flow
- rtsp: RTSP
protocol type flow
- secure-http:
Secure HTTP protocol type flow
- sip: SIP
protocol type flow
- smtp: SMTP
protocol type flow
- tcp: TCP
protocol type flow
- udp: User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) flows
- unknown:
Unknown type of protocol type flow; not listed here.
- wsp-connection-less:
Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) connection less flow.
- wsp-connection-oriented:
Wireless Session Protocol (WSP) connection oriented flow.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display charging flow type information.
Example:
The following command
displays a detailed flow information for a session id of
test:
show active-charging
flows session-id test
The following command
displays a detailed flow information for a P2P type session:
show active-charging
flows full type p2p
The following command
displays a detailed information for a P2P type flow:
show active-charging
flows type p2p
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
fw-and-nat policy
This command displays
Firewall-and-NAT Policy information.
IMPORTANT:
This command is only
available in StarOS 8.1, and in StarOS 9.0
and later. For more information on this command please contact
your local service representative.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
fw-and-nat policy { { { all | name fw_nat_policy } [ service
name acs_service ] } | { statistics { all | name fw_nat_policy } } } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all Firewall-and-NAT policies configured, optionally all in
a specified service.
name fw_nat_policy
Displays detailed information
for the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.
fw_nat_policy specifies
the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy in the specified
Active Charging Service.
acs_service must
be the name of an Active Charging Service, and must be an alpha
and/or numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics
Displays statistics
for the all/specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Firewall-and-NAT Policy information.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed information for the Firewall-and-NAT policy named
standard:
show active-charging
fw-and-nat policy name standard
show active-charging
group-of-prefixed-urls
This command displays
information on group of prefixed URLs configured in a service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
group-of-prefixed-urls { all | name prefixed_url_group } [ service
name acs_service ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all group of prefixed URLs configured in a service.
name prefixed_url_group
Displays detailed information
for the specified group of prefixed URLs.
prefixed_url_group must
be the name of a group of prefixed URLs, and must be a string of
1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or the specified group of prefixed URLs within the specified
Active Charging Service.
acs_service must
be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information on group of prefixed URLs configured in an Active Charging
Service.
Example:
The following command
displays for the group of prefixed URLs named
test123:
show active-charging
group-of-prefixed-urls name test123
show active-charging
group-of-ruledefs
This command displays
information on group of ruledefs configured in a service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
group-of-ruledefs { { all | name group_of_ruledefs } [ service name acs_service ] | statistics
name group_of_ruledefs } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all groups of ruledefs configured, optionally all in a specified service.
name group_of_ruledefs
Displays detailed information
for the specified group of ruledefs. group_of_ruledefs must
be the name of a group of ruledefs, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or the specified group of ruledefs within the specified
Active Charging Service.
acs_service must
be the name of an Active Charging Service, and must be a string
of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics name group_of_ruledefs
Displays statistics
for the specified group of ruledefs. group_of_ruledefs must
be the name of a group of ruledefs, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information on group of ruledefs configured in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays information on all groups of ruledefs configured:
show active-charging
group-of-ruledefs all
show active-charging
nat statistics
This command displays
NAT realm statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
nat statistics [ nat-realm nat_realm ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
show active-charging
nat statistics
This command when issued
in the local context displays statistics for all NAT realms in all
contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command displays
statistics for all NAT realms in that context.
show active-charging
nat statistics nat-realm nat_realm
This command when issued
in the local context displays statistics for the specified NAT realm
in all contexts. When issued in a specific context, this command
displays statistics for the specified NAT realm in that context.
nat-realm nat_realm
Specifies the NAT realm’s
name.
nat_realm must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 31 characters
in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view NAT realm statistics.
Example:
The following command
when issued in the local context, displays NAT realm statistics
for NAT realms named
test135 in
all contexts:
show active-charging
nat statistics nat-realm test135
show active-charging
p2p-dynamic-rules
This command displays
P2P Dynamic signature file information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
p2p-dynamic-rules [ verbose ] [ acsmgr
instance instance_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
acsmgr instance instance_id
Specifies an ACS Manager
instance ID.
instance_id must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
verbose
Displays P2P Dynamic
rule statistics in detail.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view P2P Dynamic signature file statistics/information.
Example:
The following command
displays P2P Dynamic rule information:
show active-charging
p2p-dynamic-rules
show active-charging
packet-filter
This command displays
information on packet filters configured in a service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
packet-filter { all | name packet_filter } [ service
name acs_service ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all packet filters configured, optionally all configured in
a service.
name packet_filter
Displays detailed information
for the specified packet filter.
packet_filter must
be a packet filter’s name, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or the specified packet filter within the specified Active
Charging Service.
acs_service must
be the Active Charging Service’s name, and must be a string
of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information on packet filters configured in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays information for the packet filter
filter12:
show active-charging
packet-filter name filter12
show active-charging
rulebase
This command shows
information for rulebases configured in a system or service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
rulebase { { { all | name rulebase_name } [ service
name acs_service ] } | statistics [ name rulebase_name ] } | [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays details of
all rulebases configured in the system.
name rulebase_name
Displays details of
the specified rulebase.
rulebase_name must
be string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays details of
all or the specified rulebase configured within the specified Active
Charging Service.
acs_service must
be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
statistics
Displays statistical
information for all or the a specific rulebase.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view various statistics for a specific charging rulebase.
Example:
The following command
displays active charging rulebase statistics.
show active-charging
rulebase statistics
The following command
displays configurations and statistics for a Rulebase named
rulebase_1.
show active-charging
rulebase name rulebase_1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
ruledef
This command displays
information for rule definitions (ruledefs) configured in the ACS
service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
ruledef { all | charging | firewall | name ruledef_name | post-processing | routing | statistics [ all { charging | firewall [ wide ] | post-processing } | name ruledef_name [ wide ] ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
charging
Displays information
for all Charging ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
firewall
Displays information
for all Firewall ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
name ruledef_name
Displays detailed information
for the specified ruledef.
ruledef_name must
be the name of an existing ruledef, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
post-processing
IMPORTANT:
This keyword is only
available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
Displays information
for all post-processing ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
routing
Displays information
for all Routing ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
service svc_name
This keyword is obsolete.
statistics [ all { charging | firewall [ wide ] | post-processing } | name ruledef_name [ wide ] ]
Displays statistical
information for all/specified ruledefs configured in the
ACS service. If none of the optional arguments are supplied, statistics
totaled for all ruledefs will be displayed.
all: Displays
statistics for all ruledefs of the specified type configured in
the ACS service.
charging:
Displays statistics for all Charging ruledefs configured in the
service.
firewall:
Displays statistics for all Firewall ruledefs configured in the
service.
post-processing:
Displays statistics for all Post-processing ruledefs configured
in the service.
IMPORTANT:
The post-processing
keyword is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
name ruledef_name:
Displays statistics for the specified ruledef. ruledef_name must
be the name of an existing ruledef, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
wide: Displays
all available information in a single wide line.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information for ruledefs configured in the ACS service.
Example:
The following command
displays active charging ruledef statistics.
show active-charging
ruledef statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
service
This command displays
Active Charging Service details.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
service { all | name
acs_service
} [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all configured Active Charging Service.
name acs_service
Displays detailed information
for the specified Active Charging Service.
acs_service must
be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Active Charging Service details.
Example:
The following command
displays details for the Active Charging Service named
test1.
show active-charging
service name test1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
sessions
This command displays
statistics for specific active charging service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
sessions [ full [ wide ] | summary | display-dynamic-charging-rules | dynamic-charging ] { [ all ] | [ filter_keyword ] + } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
full [ wide ]
Displays all available
information for the specified session.
Optionally all available
information can be displayed in a single wide line.
summary
Displays summary information
for defined sessions based on defined parameters.
display-dynamic-charging-rules
Displays information
for the dynamic-charging rules configured per session under Gx/Ty
interface support.
dynamic-charging
Displays information
for dynamic charging sessions.
filter_keyword
The following keywords
are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords.
Not all filters are available for all command keywords. Multiple
filter keywords can be entered on a command line.
When multiple filter
keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the filter
keywords specifications.
For example, if you
enter the following command:
show active-charging
sessions full active-charging-service acs_1
Counters for active
charging sessions active in active charging service acs_1 with
full details is displayed. Information for all other services is
not displayed.
acsmgr instance instance
Displays session information
for a specific ACS Manager instance.
active-charging-service acs_service
Displays session information
for the specified Active Charging Service.
all
Displays session information
for all active charging sessions.
callid
Specifies the call
identification number.
display-dynamic-charging-rules
Displays Dynamic Charging
Rules configured.
dynamic-charging
Displays session information
for all Dynamic Charging Sessions.
firewall { not-required | required }
Displays session information
for sessions with Firewall Processing required or not required,
as specified.
fw-and-nat policy fw_nat_policy
Displays information
for the specified Firewall-and-NAT Policy.
fw_nat_policy specifies
the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
imsi
Specifies the International
Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the subscriber session.
ip-address
Specifies the IP address
for the specific charging service.
msid
Displays active charging
session information for a specific subscriber’s Mobile
Station Identification (MSID) number.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-realm nat_realm ] }
Displays session information
for sessions with NAT required or not required, as specified.
nat-realm nat_realm specifies
a NAT realm name. nat_realm must
be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
rulebase
Displays information
for a rulebase that is configured in an active charging session.
rx-data
Displays the bytes
received in the session.
session-id
Displays detailed session
information for a specific session identification.
tx-data
Displays the bytes
sent in the session.
type
- dns: Displays
session information for a DNS application type.
- ftp: Displays
session information for an FTP application type.
- http: Displays
session information for an HTTP application type.
- icmp: Displays
session information for an ICMP application type.
- icmpv6: Displays
session information for an ICMPv6 application type.
- imap: Displays
session information for an IMAP application type.
- ip: Displays
session information for an IP application type.
- ipv6: Displays
session information for an IPv6 application type.
- mms: Displays
session information for an MMS application type.
- p2p: Displays
session information for a P2P application type:
-
actsync
-
aimini
- applejuice
- ares
-
battlefd
- bittorrent
- ddlink
- directconnect
- edonkey
- fasttrack
- feidian
- filetopia
-
freenet
- fring
- gadu_gadu
- gnutella
- gtalk
- halflife2
- hamachivpn
-
iax
- imesh
- irc
- iskoot
- jabber
- manolito
- msn
- mute
-
nimbuzz
- oovoo
-
openft
- orb
- oscar
-
paltalk
- pando
-
pandora
- popo
- pplive
- ppstream
- qq
-
qqgame
- qqlive
-
quake
-
rdp
-
secondlife
- skinny
- skype
- slingbox
- sopcast
- soulseek
- steam
- tvants
- tvuplayer
- uusee
- vpnx
- vtun
-
warcft3
- winmx
- winny
- wofwarcraft
- xbox
- yahoo
- zattoo
- pop3: Displays
session information for a POP3 application type.
- rtcp: Displays
session information for an RTCP application type.
- rtp: Displays
session information for an RTP application type.
- rtsp: Displays
session information for an RTSP application type.
- secure-http:
Displays session information for a secure-http application type.
- sip: Displays
session information for a SIP application type.
- smtp: Displays
session information for an SMTP application type.
- tcp: Displays
session information for a TCP application type.
- udp: Displays
session information for an UDP application type.
- unknown:
Displays session information for an unknown application type.
- wsp-connection-less:
Displays session information for a wsp-connection-less application
type.
- wsp-connection-oriented:
Displays session information for a wsp-connection-oriented application
type.
username
Displays session information
for a specific user name.
dynamic-charging
Displays the all sessions
having received at least one Gx message from Session Manager/IMS Authorization.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the configuration information for an active charging session.
Example:
The following command
displays full information of an active charging session.
show active-charging
sessions full all
The following command
displays an active charging session summary.
show active-charging
sessions summary
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
subsystem
This command shows
service and configuration counters for the active charging service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
subsystem { all | facility acsmgr { all | instance
instance_value
} } [ rulebase
name
rulebase_name
] | [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays active charging
service subsystem information.
facility acsmgr [ all | instance instance_value ]
Displays logged events
for all active charging managers or for a specific instance.
instance_value must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rulebase name rulebase_name
Displays rulebase statistics
for a specific rulebase configured in a system.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for active charging service manager.
Example:
The following command
displays active charging service subsystem information.
show active-charging
subsystem all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
timedef
This command displays
the details of timeslots configured in specified time definition(s).
IMPORTANT:
This command is only
available in StarOS 8.1 and in StarOS 9.0
and later.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
timedef { all | name timedef_name } [ service
name acs_service ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all timedefs configured in the service.
name timedef_name
Displays detailed information
for the specified timedef.
timedef_name must
be the name of a timedef, and must be an alpha and/or numeric
string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
service name acs_service
Displays information
for all or a specific timedef configured within the specified Active
Charging Service.
acs_service must
be the Active Charging Service name, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view details of timeslots configured in specified timedef(s) that
have been configured for the Time-of-Day Activation/Deactivation
of Rules feature.
Example:
The following command
displays timeslot details of all timedefs configured in the Active
Charging Service:
show active-charging
timedef all
show active-charging
udr-format
This command displays
information about UDR formats configured in an Active Charging Service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
udr-format { all | name
udr_fromat_name
} [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
for all UDR formats.
name udr_fromat_name
Displays information
for the specified UDR format.
udr_format_name must
be the name of an existing UDR format, an must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for UDR format(s) in an active charging service.
Example:
The following command
displays all configured UDR formats in a active charging service.
show active-charging
udr-format all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics
This command displays
URL Blacklisting statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics [ rulebase { all | name rulebase_name } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
rulebase { all | name rulebase_name }
Displays information
on URL Blacklisting configured in a rulebase.
all: Displays
URL Blacklisting statistics for all rulebases.
name rulebase_name:
Displays URL Blacklisting statistics for the specified rulebase. rulebase_name must
be a rulebase name, and must be an alpha and/or numeric
string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
verbose
Displays detailed URL
Blacklisting statistics.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view URL Blacklisting hits and misses statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays cumulative URL Blacklisting statistics:
show active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics
The following command
displays URL Blacklisting statistics for the rulebase
rulebase_1:
show active-charging
url-blacklisting statistics rulebase name rulebase_1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show active-charging
xheader-format
This command displays
x-header format configurations.
IMPORTANT:
This is a customer-specific
command. Please contact your local sales representative for more
information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show active-charging
xheader-format { all | name xheader_format } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all x-header formats configured.
name xheader_format
Displays information
for the specified x-header format.
xheader_format must
be an x-header format’s name, and must be a string of 1
through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view details of x-header formats configured in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays information for the x-header format named
test12:
show active-charging
xheader-format test12
show administrators
Displays information
regarding all CLI users currently connected to the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show administrators [ session
id ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
session id
Indicates the output
is to contain additional information about the CLI user session
including the assigned session ID.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command displays
a list of administrative users that have command line interface sessions
active.
Example:
show administrators
show administrators
session id
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show alarm
Displays alarm information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show
alarm { all | audible | central-office | facility | outstanding [ all | chassis | port
slot/port | slot
slot ] [ verbose ] | statistics } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays the state
of all alarms in one screen.
audible
Displays the state
of the internal audible alarm buzzer on the SPC/SMC.
central-office
Displays the state
of the CO Alarm relays on the SPIO.
facility
Displays the state
of the facility (audible and CO) alarms.
outstanding [ all | chassis | port slot/port | slot slot ] [ verbose ]
Displays information
on currently outstanding alarms.
all: Displays
all alarm information.
chassis:
Displays chassis/power/fan alarms.
port slot/port:
Shows the alarm information for the specified port.
slot slot: Shows
the alarm information for the card in the specified slot.
verbose:
Displays more verbose output, including the internal alarm ID
statistics
Displays basic statistics
on the alarming subsystem, including the current number of outstanding alarms
of different severities and a cumulative total of alarms generated.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command Output section of the Command Line Interface
Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View alarms to verify
system status or to periodically check the general health of the system.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
displays all alarms that are currently outstanding:
show alarm outstanding all
The following command
displays more detailed information on all alarms that are currently outstanding:
show alarm outstanding
all verbose
The following command
displays alarm statistics:
show alarm statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show apn
Displays configuration
information for either a specific or all configured APNs.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show apn { all | name
apn_name
]
[ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
on all APNs configured on the system.
name apn_name
Displays information
for a specific APN.
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 62 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more options,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command
Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of one or all APNs for monitoring or troubleshooting
purposes. The output is a concise listing of APN parameter settings.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information
for all APNs configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for all APNs:
show apn all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show apn counter
ip-allocation
This command displays
the IP allocation method information/statistics counters on
per apn basis for all currently active calls.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show apn counter ip-allocation [all | name
apn_name] [|{grep
grep_options
| more}]
all
Displays statistics
for all APNs.
name apn_name
Displays statistics
for a specific APN.
apn_name is
the name of the preconfigured APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
{grep grep_options | more}
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to display the IP allocation counters on per apn basis for all currently
active calls. Output of this command gives the user clear idea of
how many sessions in each apn are using a particular type of ip-allocation
method.
If this command is
issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will
be cumulative for all APNs configured on the system regardless of
context. If no APN name is specified and the command is executed
from a context with multiple APNs configured, the output will be
cumulative for all APNs in the context.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for all APN on a system:
show apn counter ip-allocation all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show apn statistics
Displays APN statistics
for either a specific or all configured APNs.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show apn statistics [ all | name
apn_name
] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays statistics
for all APNs.
name apn_name
Displays statistics
for a specific APN.
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to view statistics for one or all APNs within a context for monitoring
or troubleshooting purposes.
If
this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics
displayed will be cumulative for all APNs configured on the system
regardless of context. If no APN name is specified and the command
is executed from a context with multiple APNs configured, the output
will be cumulative for all APNs in the context.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for an APN called isp2:
show apn statistics
name isp2
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asngw-service
This command displays
information about selected Access Service Network Gateway (ASN GW)
calls/services.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service { all | name service_name | session | statistics } [ bs-status [ address ip_addr | filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all configured ASN GW services.
name service_name
Displays information
only for the specified ASN GW service.
service_name must
be the name of an existing ASN GW service in the current context.
The service name must be an alpha and/or numeric string
of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session
Displays information
about configured ASNGW sessions. See the show asngw-service
session command
statistics
Total of collected
information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.
bs-status { address ip_addr | filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up } }
Displays the ASN BS
status based on IP address and various filters.
address ip_addr specifies
the IP address of ASN base station whose status is requested. ip_addr must
be an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address of ASN BS.
filter { all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up }:
Filters the requested BS’s staus on the basis of following
criteria:
- all: Displays the status
of all ASN BS.
- icmp-monitored: Displays
the status of ASN BS which are monitored through ICMP ping messages.
- no-calls: Displays
the status of ASN BS which has no active calls.
- summary: Displays the
summary of status of requested ASN BSs.
- up: Displays the of
status of ASN BSs which are in active state.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information for selected configured ASN GW services.
Example:
The following command
displays available information for all active ASN GW services.
show asngw-service all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asngw-service
session
This command displays
statistics for specific Access Service Network Gateway sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
session [ all | anchor-only [ full ] | callid call_id | counters | full | ip-address ipv4_address | msid msid_number | non-anchor-only [ full ] | peer-address ipv4_address | summary | username user_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all related
information for all active ASN GW service sessions.
anchor-only
Displays all available
information for all active ASN GW service sessions on an anchor
ASN GW only.
callid call_id
Displays available
information for the specific call identification number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
full
Displays all available
information for the associated display or filter keyword.
ip-address ipv4_address
IP address of the subscriber.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid_number
Displays available
information for the specific mobile station identification number.
msid_number must
be an MSID number.
non-anchor-only
Displays all available
information for all active ASN GW service sessions on a non-anchor
ASN GW only.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
summary
Displays summary of
available information for associated display or filter keyword (previous keyword).
username user_name
Name of specific user
within current context. Displays available information for the specific
user name.
user_name must
be followed by an user name.
The
user name can an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through
127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for an ASN GW session.
Example:
The following command
displays all available ASN GW sessions.
show asngw-service
session all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asngw-service
session counters
This command displays
statistics for specific Access Service Network Gateway sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
session counters [ [ function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operation | ms-state-change | paging | qos } ] | [ anchor-only | callid call_id | ip-address ipv4_address | msid msid_number | non-anchor-only | peer-address ipv4_address | username user_name ] [ r4-only | r6-only | verbose ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
anchor-only
Displays all available
information for all active anchor sessions in an ASN GW service.
callid call_id
Displays available
information for the specific call identification number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operation | ms-state-change | paging | qos }
Displays the counters
for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.
auth-relay:
Displays information about authentication relay messages.
context-transfer:
Displays information about context-transfer messages.
data-path:
Displays information about data-path registration messages.
handoff:
Displays information about hand-off messages.
im-operations:
Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.
ms-state-change:
Displays information about MS state change messages.
paging: Displays
information about paging messages.
qos: Displays
information about RR messages.
ip-address ipv4_address
IP address of the subscriber.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid_number
Displays available
information for the specific mobile station identification number.
msid_number must
be an MSID number.
non-anchor-only
Displays all available
information for all active non-anchor sessions in an ASN GW service.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
r6-only
Displays all available
counters for R6 interface in an ASN GW session.
r4-only
Displays all available
counters for R4 interface in an ASN GW session.
username user_name
Displays available
session information for the specific WiMAX user in ASN GW service session.
user_name must
be followed by an user name.
The
user name can an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through
127 characters in length.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the counters of an ASN GW session.
Example:
The following command
displays the counters for data path type function.
show asngw-service
session counters function-type data-path
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asngw-service
statistics
Displays statistics
for all ASN GW sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
statistics { [ function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging | qos} [ r4-only | r6-only ] ] | name service_name | r4-only | r6-only | verbose | peer-address ipv4_address [ verbose ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
function-type
Displays information
about selected function type on R4 or R6 interface.
function-type { auth-relay | context-transfer | data-path | handoff | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging | qos} [ r4-only | r6-only ]
Displays the counters
for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.
auth-relay:
Displays information about authentication relay messages.
context-transfer:
Displays information about context-transfer messages.
data-path:
Displays information about data-path registration messages.
handoff:
Displays information about hand-off messages.
im-operations:
Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.
ms-state-change:
Displays information about MS state change messages.
paging: Displays
information about paging messages.
qos: Displays
information about RR messages.
r4-only:
Displays information about selected function on R4 interface.
r6-only:
Displays information about selected function on R6 interface.
name service_name
Displays specific service.
service_name must
be a service name.
The
service name can be one to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
long.
r4-only
Displays statistics
of R4 interface in ASN GW services.
r6-only
Displays statistics
of R6 interface in ASN GW services.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP Peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ASN GW statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays information about selected MS-State-Change function.
show asngw-service
statistics function-type ms-state-change
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
This command displays
information about selected Access Service Network Paging Controller
and Location Registry (ASN PC/LR) services.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asnpc-service { all | id | name service_name | session | statistics } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all configured ASN PC services.
paging-group
Displays all the configured
paging-groups and associated paging nodes, and the offset count.
For a specific paging group, enter the paging group id number.
name service_name
Displays information
only for the specified ASN PC service.
service_name must
be the name of an existing ASN PC service in the current context.
The service name must be an alpha and/or numeric string
of 1 through 63 characters in length.
session
Displays information
about configured ASN PC sessions.
statistics
Total of collected
information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information for selected configured ASN PC services.
Example:
The following command
displays available information for all active ASN PC services.
show asnpc-service all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
session
This command displays
statistics for specific ASN PC service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asnpc-service
session [ all | callid call_id | counters | full | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address | summary ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all related
information for all active ASN PC service sessions.
callid call_id
Displays available
information for the specific call identification number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
full
Displays all available
information for the associated display or filter keyword.
msid msid_number
Displays available
information for the specific mobile station identification number.
msid_number must
be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
summary
Displays summary of
available information for associated display or filter keyword (previous keyword).
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for an ASN PC session.
Example:
The following command
displays all available ASN PC session counters in verbose mode.
show asnpc-service
session all
The following command
displays full ASN PC session counters in verbose mode.
show asnpc-service
session full
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
session counters
This command displays
session counters for ASN PC service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
session counters [ all | callid call_id | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address | verbose ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all available
counters for all ASN PC service sessions.
callid call_id
Displays available
information for the specific call identification number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
msid msid_number
Displays available
information for the specific mobile station identification number.
msid_number must
be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the counters of an ASN PC session.
Example:
The following command
displays the counters for ASN PC service sessions in verbose mode.
show asnpc-service
session counters verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
session counters verbose
This command displays
session counters for ASN PC service sessions in complete detail.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
session counters verbose [ function-type { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging } ] [ all | callid call_id | msid msid_number | peer-address ipv4_address ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all available
counters for all ASN PC service sessions in verbose mode.
callid call_id
Displays available
information for the specific call identification number in verbose
mode.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
function-type { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging }
Displays the counters
for specific type of functions in an ASN GW session.
context-transfer:
Displays information about context-transfer messages.
im-operations:
Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.
ms-state-change:
Displays information about MS state change messages.
paging: Displays
information about paging messages.
msid msid_number
Displays available
information for the specific mobile station identification number
in verbose mode.
msid_number must
be an MSID number.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
r4-only
Displays statistics
of R4 interface in ASN PC services in verbose mode.
r6-only
Displays statistics
of R6 interface in ASN PC services in verbose mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the counters of an ASN PC session in verbose mode.
Example:
The following command
displays the counters for data path type function.
show asnpc-service
session counters verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
statistics
Displays statistics
for all ASN PC service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asngw-service
statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address | verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
name service_name
Displays specific service.
service_name must
be a service name.
The
service name can be one to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
long.
peer-address ipv4_address
Address of specific
IP Peer.
ipv4_address must
be an IPv4 address, in dotted decimal notation.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ASN PC statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays information about ASN PC service in verbose mode.
show asnpc-service
statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show asnpc-service
statistics verbose
Displays statistics
for all ASN PC service in verbose mode.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show asnpc-service
statistics verbose [ function-type { context-transfer | im-operations | ms-state-change | paging } ] | all | r4-only | r6-only ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
function-type { context-transfer | ms-state-change | paging }
Displays the statistics
for specific type of functions in an ASN PC service in verbose mode.
context-transfer:
Displays information about context-transfer messages.
im-operations:
Displays information about idle mode state operation messages.
ms-state-change:
Displays information about MS state change messages.
paging: Displays
information about paging messages.
all
Displays statistics
of all ASN PC services in verbose mode.
r4-only
Displays statistics
of R4 interface in ASN PC services.
r6-only
Displays statistics
of R6 interface in ASN PC services.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ASN PC service statistics in verbose mode.
Example:
The following command
displays information about selected MS-State-Change function.
show asnpc-service
statistics verbose function-type ms-state-change
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show banner
Displays the configured
banner message for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show banner { all | charging-service | motd | lawful-intercept | pre-login } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all banners
configured for a service in a system including enhanced charging service.
charging-service
Displays banner message
configured for a enhanced charging service in current context.
motd
Display the banner
message that is configured for the current context.
lawful-intercept
Display the banner
message that is configured for users that have Lawful Intercept privileges.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the configured
banner to verify the message of the day contents for possible change
show bcmcs counters
Displays BCMCS-specific
counters and statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show bcmcs counters { all | callid call_id | flow-id flow_id }
all
Displays BCMCS-specific
counters and statistics for all multicast sessions.
callid call_id
Displays BCMCS-specific
counters and statistics for a specific call ID.
flow_id flow_id
Displays BCMCS-specific
counters and statistics for a specific BCMCS flow, defined by a
flow ID.
Usage:
Use this command to
view BCMCS-specific statistics. You may narrow the results of the command
output by specifying a specific call ID or flow ID.
Example:
show bcmcs counters all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show bcmcs statistics
Displays BCMCS-specific
statistics for the current PDSN-service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show bcmcs statistics [ pdsn-service
service_name
]
pdsn-service service_name
Defines a specific
PDSN service from which to gather BCMCS-specific statistics.
Usage:
Shows several sets
of BCMCS-specific statistics, and may be configured to show statistics only
for a certain PDSN service.
Example:
show bcmcs statistics
pdsn-service service_name
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show boot
Displays information
on the current boot image in use.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show boot [ initial-config
| { grep
grep_options | more } ]
initial-config
Identifies the OS image,
configuration file, and boot priority used during the initial start
up of the system.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the boot information
in preparing for maintenance activities by verifying current boot
data. The boot image in use may not be the same as the boot image
stored on the SPC/SMC due to upgrades and pending reboots. show boot initial-config displays
the actual boot image and configuration file loaded during boot. This
may or may not be the highest priority image and makes this command
useful when comparing the loaded image to the priority list.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
displays the boot system configuration priority list:
show boot
The following command
displays the initial configuration after a system boot:
show boot initial-config
show bssap+ statistics
Displays statistics
for base station system application part plus in a Gs service sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show bssap+ statistics [ gs-service gs_svc_name ] [ vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more} ]
gs-service gs_svc_name
Specifies the name
of a specific Gs service to filter the BSSAP+ information.
gs_svc_name is
the name of a configured Gs service for which BSSAP+ is
applied and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters
and is case sensitive.
vlr { name vlr_name | isdn-number E164_ISDN_Num }
Specifies the name
of the VLR or SS7 address in E.164 ISDN format to filter the BSSAP+ information.
name vlr_name is name
of the VLR must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1
to 63 characters.
E164_VLR_num is
an ISDN number for VLR per E.164 number plan and must be an numerical
string of 1 to 15 digits.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
| {grep grep_options | more}
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the statistics of BSSAP+ application on a system.
Example:
The following command
displays information about BSSAP+ in a Gs service named
gssvc1.
show bssap+ statistics gs-service gssvc1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show bulkstats
Displays the information
on bulk statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show bulkstats [ [ data ] | [ schemas ] | [ variables [ apn | asngw | asnpc | bcmcs | card | closedrp | common | context | cscf | ecs | egtpc | | fa | gprs | gtpc | gtpp | ha | ippool | ipsg | lac | lma
| mag | mipv6ha | nat-realm | mme | pdif | pgw | phsgw | phspc | port | ppp | radius | rp | sccp | sgsn | sgtp | sgw | ss7link | ss7rd | system | vpn ] [ obsolete ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ] ]
data
Displays collected
bulk statistical data.
schema
Displays the configuration
of the statistics to be collected on a per-schema basis.
[ variables [ apn | asngw | asnpc | bcmcs | card | closedrp | common | context | cscf | ecs | egtpc | | fa | gprs | gtpc | gtpp | ha | ippool | ipsg | lac | lma | mag | mipv6ha | nat-realm | mme | pdif | pgw | phsgw | phspc | port | ppp | radius | rp | sccp | sgsn | sgtp | sgw | ss7link | ss7rd | system | vpn ] [ obsolete ]
Displays all valid
bulkstat schema statistics, or only the statistics for the specified
schema.
If the obsolete keyword
is used, obsolete (but still available) schema variables are displayed.
An asterisk (*) is displayed next to schema variables that
have been obsoleted.
For information on
available schemas, refer to the Bulk Statistics Configuration Mode
Commands chapter.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For information on
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section.
Usage:
This command is used
to display information on bulk statistics supported by the system.
The variable keyword
can be used to list statistics supported by the system either for
all schemas, or for an individual schema.
The schema keyword
can be used to display the configuration of bulkstatistic settings
including the schema.
The data keyword
can be used to display bulkstatistic data collected up to that point.
Example:
The following command
displays the bulk statistics data:
show bulkstats data
The following command
displays the bulk statistics schema configuration:
show bulkstats data schemas
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show card
Displays card information
based upon the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show card { diag [ card_num ] | hardware [ card_num ] | info [ card_num ] | mappings | table [ all ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
diag [ card_num ] | hardware [ card_num ] | info [ card_num ] | mappings | table [ all ]
Specifies what card
information is to be displayed.
diag [ card_num ]:
indicates diagnostic information is to be displayed for all cards
or the card specified by card_num. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48.
hardware [ card_num ]:
indicates information on the installed hardware is to be displayed
for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48.
info [ card_num ]:
indicates detailed information is to be displayed for all cards
or the card specified by card_num. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 to 48.
mappings:
indicates the front installed to rear installed card mapping is
to be displayed.
table [ all ]:
indicates information for each card in front and RCC slots is to
be displayed. The all keyword indicates
all 48 slots are to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the card information
to verify card installations for front and rear as well as for checking
basic or detailed card information.
Example:
The following command
displays the diagnostic information for a card in slot
8:
show card diag 8
The following command
displays the detailed information for a card in slot
8:
show card info 8
The following command
displays the card mappings for the chassis:
show card mappings
The following command
displays the card table:
show card mappings
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cli
Displays current CLI
users and associated session information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show cli {session | history}[ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
session
Displays information
about the current CLI session.
history
Displays CLI command
history for this CLI session.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show current command
line interface sessions when there is some unexpected output from a
chassis and a check of current CLI users may reveal other activities
in progress.
show clock
Displays the current
system data and time.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show clock [ universal ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
universal
Displays the date and
time in universal coordinated time (UTC).
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command Output section of the Command Line Interface
Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Check the current time
of a chassis to compare with network wide time or for logging purposes
if network accounting and/or event records appear to have
inconsistent timestamps.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following displays
the system time in local time and UTC, respectively.
show clock
show clock universal
show configuration
Displays current configuration
information for the card, context, port, or target configuration
file as specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show configuration [ card
card_num | context
name
[ radius group [ all | name
group
] ] | port
slot/port |
srp ] [ showsecrets ] [ url
url ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
card card_num | context name [radius group [all|name group]]| port slot/port
Specifies the type
of configuration information to be displayed.
card card_num:
specifies a specific card for which configuration information is
to be displayed. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48.
context name: specifies
a specific context for which configuration information is to be
displayed.
radius group[all|name group: specifies
a specific or all RADIUS server group/s configured in a
specific context for which configuration information is to be displayed.
port slot/port:
specifies a specific port for which configuration information is
to be displayed.
srp
Shows the Service Redundancy
Protocol configuration.
showsecrets
Show unencrytpted secret
keys saved in the configuration. If this keyword is not specified,
secret keys are not displayed.
url url
Default: configuration
which is currently in use.
This keyword is not
available to users with Operator level permissions. Specifies the
location of the configuration data to use for information display.
The url may
refer to a local or a remote file. url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
Specifies the source
of the copy.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
IMPORTANT:
Configuration files
should be named with a .cfg extension.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the current configuration
to review recent changes.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
displays the local in use port configuration information for port
24/1 in
verbose mode.
show configuration port 24/1 verbose
The following command
displays the card configuration for card 17 on host
remoteABC stored
in the configuration file in
/pub/config.cfg.
show configuration card 17
The following command
displays the configuration of all RADIUS server groups configured
in context
local
show configuration
context local radius group all
The following command
shows the configuration for a context named PDIF.
show configuration
context pdif
show configuration
errors
Displays current configuration
errors and warning information for the target configuration file
as specified for a service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show configuration
errors [ section { aaa-config | active-charging | apn | asngw-service | asnpc-service | closed-rp-service | cscf-service | diameter | fa-service | ggsn-service
| gprs-service | gs-service | ha-service | hsgw-service | imssh-service | imsue-service | ipms | ipsg-service
| iups-service | lac-service | lns-service | map-service
| mme-service | pdif-service | pdsn-service | phsgw-service | policy-grp-config | sccp-network | sgsn-op-policy | sgsn-service | sgtp-service | subscriber-config } ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
section { aaa-config | active-charging | apn | asngw-service | asnpc-service | closed-rp-service | cscf-service | diameter | fa-service | ggsn-service | gprs-service | ha-service | hsgw-service | imssh-service | imsue-service | ipms | ipsg-service | iups-service | lac-service | lns-service | map-service | mme-service | pdif-service | pdsn-service | phsgw-service | policy-grp-config | sccp-network | sgsn-op-policy | sgsn-service | sgtp-service | subscriber-config }
Specifies the services
and section to display and validate configuration.
aaa-config: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the AAA service(s) configured
on the system.
active-charging:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Enhanced
Charging Service(s)
and
the Personal Stateful Firewall service(s) configured on the system.
apn: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the APN configuration(s)
on the system.
asngw-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Access Service
Network Gateway (ASN-GW) Service configured in a specific context
for which configuration errors/warnings is to be displayed.
asnpc-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the ASN Paging Controller
and Location Registry (ASN PC-LR) Service(s) configured on the system.
closed-rp-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the closed RP
service(s) configured on the system.
cscf-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the Call Session Control
Function (CSCF) service(s) configured on the system.
diameter:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Diameter configuration(s)
on the system.
fa-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the Foreign Agent (FA)
service(s) configured on the system.
ggsn-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the GGSN service(s) configured
on the system.
gprs-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the GPRS service(s)
configured on the system.
gs-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the GS service(s)
configured on the system.
ha-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the Home Agent (HA) service(s)
configured on the system.
hsgw-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the HSGW service(s)
configured on the system.
imssh-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IMS Sh (IMSSh)
service(s) configured on the system.
imsue-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IMS UE service(s)
configured on the system.
ipms: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the IPMS service(s) configured
on the system.
ipsg-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IP Security
Gateway (IPSG) service(s) configured on the system.
iups-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the IuPS service(s)
configured on the system.
lac-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the Layer 2 Tunneling
Protocol (L2TP) Access Concentrator (LAC) service(s) configured
on the system.
lns-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the L2TP Network Server
(LNS) service(s) configured on the system.
map-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the MAP service(s)
configured on the system.
mme-service:
Specifies the configuration errors for MME service configured in
a specific context for which configuration errors/warnings
is to be displayed.
pdif-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the PDIF service(s)
configured on the system.
pdsn-service: Displays
configuration errors/warnings for the PDSN service(s) configured
on the system.
phsgw-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the PHS Gateway
service(s) configured on the system.
policy-grp-config:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the Policy Group
configuration(s) on the system.
sccp-network:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SCCP network
configuration(s) on the system.
sgsn-op-policy:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGSN operator
policy configuration(s) on the system.
sgsn-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGSN service(s)
configured on the system.
sgtp-service:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the SGTP service(s)
configured on the system.
subscriber-config:
Displays configuration errors/warnings for the subscriber
configuration(s) on the system.
verbose
Indicates the output
should provide as much information as possible. If this option is
not specified then the output will be the standard level which is
the concise mode.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
Regulating a Command’s Output in Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the current configuration errors and warning to review recent changes.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration errors and warnings for all services configured
in a context/system:
show configuration
errors verbose | more
The following command
displays configuration errors and warnings for Enhanced Charging
service
and Personal Stateful
Firewall service configured in a context:
show configuration
errors section active-charging verbose
show congestion-control
Displays information
pertaining to congestion control functionality on the system
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show congestion-control { configuration | statistics { a11mgr
| asngwmgr | asnpcmgr
| egtpinmgr
| gtpcmgr
| hamgr | l2tpmgr } [ all | instance
task_instance
] } [ |
{ grep
grep_options
| more } ]
configuration
Displays congestion
control configuration information including threshold parameters
and policy settings for the configured services.
statistics
Displays congestion
control statistics for one of the following services:
a11mgr: Specifies
that statistics are displayed for PDSN services.
asngwmgr:
Specifies that statistics are displayed for ASN GW services.
asnpcmgr:
Specifies that statistics are displayed for ASN PC-LR services.
egtpinmgr:
Specifies that statistics are displayed for EGTP ingress demuxmgr.
gtpcmgr:
Specifies that statistics are displayed for GGSN services.
hamgr: Specifies
that statistics are displayed for HA services.
l2tpmgr:
Specifies that statistics are displayed for L2TP managers.
all: Select
this keyword to display statistics based on the current state of
all instances of the specified task.
instance task_instance:
Specifies that statistics are to be displayed for a specific software
task instance. task_instance can be configured to any integer
value from 1 to 128.
IMPORTANT:
The inst column of
the show task
table command output can be used to determine the instance
of a particular task.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command displays
congestion control configuration information or statistics for a particular
service type.
When the all keyword
is used, the system compares the current state of all instances
of the specified task. The state is based on whether or not any
congestion control thresholds have been exceeded. If one or more
instances are experiencing congestion, the state is displayed as “Applied”,
and the various thresholds that have been crossed are indicated.
Example:
The following command
displays congestion control statistics for a PDSN service using
an
a11mgr task with
an instance of
2:
show congestion-control
statistics a11mgr instance 2
The following command
displays congestion control statistics for an ASN GW service using
an asngwmgr task with an instance of 2:
show congestion-control
statistics asngwmgr instance 2
The following command
displays congestion control statistics for an ASN PC-LR service
using an asnpcmgr task with an instance of 2:
show congestion-control
statistics asnpcmgr instance 2
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show content-filtering
category database
This command displays
details of the specified category based content filtering database
for content filtering application configured in a system/service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show content-filtering
category database [ active | all | facility
srdbmgr { all | instance
instance_value
} | url
url_string
] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
active
Displays the information
about all active databases, for example databases in memory.
This is the default
setting for category database information.
all
Displays the information
about all active databases, for example, databases in memory and
all saved databases on a system.
facility
Displays logged events
for a specific facility.
srdbmgr { all | instance instance_value }
Displays logged events
for all static rating database managers or for all or for a specific
instance.
- all: Displays
the logged events for all SRDB Manager instances.
- instance instance_value:
Displays events logged for a specific SRDB Manager instance. instance_value must
be an integer from 1 through 8.
url url_string
Displays the information
of the specific database located at the given URL.
url_string specifies
the name/location of category database to retrieve information,
and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through
512 characters in length.
verbose
This option enables
the detailed mode for additional information display for specific database.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information of database for category based content filtering application
in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays a detailed information for all active databases in memory.
show content-filtering
category database active all
The following command
displays the CF database status of all running SRDB manager.
show content-filtering
category database facility srdbmgr all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show content-filtering
category policy-id
This command displays
Content Filtering category policy definitions.
IMPORTANT:
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show content-filtering
category policy-id { all | id
cf_policy_id
} [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays definitions
of all Content Filtering category policies.
id cf_policy_id
Displays definitions
of a specific Content Filtering category policy.
cf_policy_id must
be a preconfigured category policy ID, and must be an integer from
1 through 4294967295.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Content-Filtering Category definitions for a specific/all
Policy IDs.
Example:
The following command
displays Content Filtering category definitions for policy ID 3:
show content-filtering
category policy-id id 3
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show content-filtering
category statistics
This command displays
statistics for the Category-based Content Filtering application
configured in a system/service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show content-filtering
category statistics [ facility srdbmgr { all | instance
instance_value
}
volume { all | number ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
facility
Displays logged events
for a specific facility.
srdbmgr { all | instance instance_value }
Displays logged events
for all Static Rating Database Manager instances or for specified
instance.
- all: Displays
events logged for all SRDB Manager instances.
- instance instance_value:
Displays events logged for a specific SRDB Manager instance. instance_value must
be an integer from 1 through 8.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the statistics of Category Based Content Filtering application
in a service. This command’s output also indicates capability
of the system to perform Content Filtering and Dynamic Content
Filtering if configured.
IMPORTANT:
Content filtering cannot
be performed if less than two PACs/PSCs are activated. Dynamic
Content Filtering cannot be performed if less than three PACs/PSCs
are activated.
Example:
The following command
displays the detailed statistics of configured category based content
filtering application:
show content-filtering
category statistics
The following command
displays the detailed statistics of configured category based content
filtering application based on running SRDB Manager
instance1.
show content-filtering
category statistics facility srdbmgr instance instance1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show content-filtering
category url
This command displays
the information about the categories of the database at the specific
URL configured for category based content filtering application
in a system/service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show content-filtering
category url
url_string
[ policy-id
cf_policy_id
| rulebase
rulebase_name
] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
url url_string
Displays the category
information of the specific URL.
url_string specifies
the URL, and must be an alpha and/or numeric string of
1 through 512 characters in length.
policy-id cf_policy_id
This option displays
the category information of specific URL configured with specific
content filtering category policy identifier in active charging
configuration mode for category based content filtering.
cf_policy_id must
be a preconfigured category policy id in Active Charging Configuration
Mode.
rulebase rulebase_name
This option displays
the category information of specific URL configured in Active Charging Configuration
mode for category based content filtering in specific Rulebase.
rulebase_name must
be the name of an existing rulebase, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
verbose
This option enables
the detailed mode for additional information display for specific database.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information of a database URL for category based content filtering
application in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays a detailed information for all active databases in memory.
show content-filtering
category url verbose /cf_server/cf/optcmd.bin verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show content-filtering
server-group
This command displays
information for content Filtering Server Group (CFSG) configured
in the service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show content-filtering
server-group [ name
cfsg_name
| statistics ] | [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
name cfsg_name
Displays detailed information
for the specified Content Filtering Server Group.
statistics
Displays statistical
information for all configured Content Filtering Server Groups.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for Content Filtering Server Group configured
in a service.
Example:
The following command
displays a detailed information for all charging actions:
show content-filtering
server-group statistics
The following command
displays a details of a specific charging action:
show content-filtering
server-group name sahire
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show context
Displays information
on currently configured contexts.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show context [ all
| name
context_name
] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | name context_name
all: display
information for all currently configured contexts.
name context_name:
display information for the context specified as context_name only.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View configured contexts
when the context of interest needs to be looked up. This may be useful
in verifying configuration or in troubleshooting the system.
Example:
The following command
displays information for the configured context named
sampleContext:
show context name sampleContext
The following command
displays information for all contexts:
show context all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cpu
Displays information
on system CPUs.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show cpu { info [ card
card_num [ cpu
cpu_num ] ] [ graphs ] [ verbose ] | table } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
info [ card card_num [ cpu cpu_num ] ] [ graphs ] [ verbose ]
Specifies information
for an entire card or a specific CPU is to be displayed.
card card_num:
specifies the card to display associated information. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48 and must refer to an installed
card.
cpu cpu_num:
optionally selects a specific CPU on the card of interest to display
specific information. cpu_num must
be a value in the range 0 through 3 and must refer to an installed
CPU.
graphs: in
addition to textual CPU information display CPU utilization information
in graphs.
verbose:
output is to display all information available.
table
Display, in tabular
format, all cards and CPUs.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View CPU statistics
to aid in diagnosing service problems for the case of overload conditions.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
displays the CPU information in tabular format for all CPUs on all
installed cards:
show cpu table
The following command
displays CPU information for card
8 in verbose mode:
show cpu info card
8 verbose
The following command
displays information for CPU
0 on card
1:
show cpu info card
1 cpu 0
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crash
Displays summary of
crashes or information on a specific crash.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crash { list | number
crash_num } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
list | number crash_num
list: indicates
a list of recent crash data is to be displayed.
number crash_num:
indicates the information for the crash specified by crash_num is
to be displayed. The crash number must be an existing crash which
would be displayed using the list keyword.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
VIew the crash list
to determine frequency of crashes or if crashes occur at some specific time
of day. This may also be used to view information on a specific
crash to aid in troubleshooting.
Example:
The following displays
the list of recent crashes.
show crash list
The following command
will display the crash information for crash number
11.
show crash number 11
show credit-control
sessions
This command displays
credit control sessions information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show credit-control
session [ all | callid | full | mdn | nai | summary ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
session [ all | callid | full | mdn | nai | summary ]
Displays the credit
control session status based on the following keywords:
all: Displays
all available information for Credit Control sessions
callid: Displays
the Credit Control SessionCall ID
full: Displays
All available information for the associated display or the filter
keyword
mdn: Displays
the Credit Control MDN
nai: Displays
the Credit Control NI
summary:
Displays the summary of Credit Control session information
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
show active credit control application for service sessions.
Example:
The following command
shows the configured Credit control application sessions:
show credit-control sessions
show credit-control
statistics
This command displays
credit control statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show credit-control
statistics cc-service name
cc-service
Specifies the credit
control service name.
name must
be an existing Credit Control service, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
show active credit control statistics.
Example:
The following command
shows the configured credit control statistics for a service named
service1:
show credit-control
statistics cc-service service1
show crypto group
Displays information
pertaining to configured crypto groups.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto group [ name
group_name
| summary ]
name group_name
Displays information
for a specific crypto group.
group_name is
the name of the group for which to display information.
summary
Displays state and
statistical information for configured crypto groups in this context.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information and statistics pertaining to one or all configured crypto
groups within the current context.
If the summary keyword
is not used, detailed information is displayed.
The following command
displays detailed information for a crypto group called
group1:
show crypto group name group1
show crypto ikev1
Displays pre-shared
key information for peer security gateways configured within the
context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto ikev1 { keys | policy [
preference
] | security-associations [ summary ] }
keys
Specifies the IKE pre-shared
key information based on the peer security gateway.
policy [ preference ]
Specifies the IKE policy
priority for which configuration information will be displayed.
The priority can be
configured to any integer value from 1 to 100.
If no preference is
specified, information will be displayed for all configured policies.
security-associations [ summary ]
Specifies that established
IPSec SA information should be displayed.
Usage:
Use this command to:
- Display pre-shared
key information. This information can be used to verify configuration
and/or for troubleshooting.
- Verify the configuration
of IKE policies within the context.
- Display established
IPSec SA information. This information can be used for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command
lists the pre-shared keys received from peer security gateways as
part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange:
show crypto ikev1 keys
The following command
displays information for an IKE policy with a preference of 1:
show crypto ikev1 policy 1
The following command
displays the currently established SAs:
show crypto ikev1 security-associations summary
show crypto ikev2-ikesa
security-associations summary
Summary view of ikev2-ikesa
SAs
Privilege:
Administrator, Security
Administrator
Syntax
show crypto ikev2-ikesa
security-associations summary
Usage:
Shows a summary of
the of the SAs configured for a crypto template. It shows the total configured
SA lifetime in seconds and the number of seconds left on the timer.
Example:
Use this command to
create the SA summary:
show crypto ikev2-ikesa
security-associations summary
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto ipsec
Displays IPSec security
associations (SAs) configured within or facilitated by the context
and can optionally display statistics for them.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto ipsec security-associations
map-type { ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip } | summary
[ distribution | ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id | map-type map_type ] | tag
map_name
map-type { ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip }
Specifies that information
for all crypto maps of a specific type configured within the context
will be displayed. The following types can be specified:
-
ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber:
P-CSCF Subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic
IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1:
IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev2-subscriber:
IKEv2 Subscriber Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec
Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual
(Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile
IP IPSec Tunnel
summary [ distribution | ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id | map-type map_type | template-map map_name ]
Specifies that only
security association summary information should be displayed.
distribution -
Show IPSec Manager SA distribution information.
ipsecmgr ipsec_mgr_id -
Show summary SA information for the spcified IPSec manager instance
ID. must be an integer from 1 through 200.
map-type map_type -
Show summary SA information for the specfied type of crypto map.The
following types can be specified:
-
ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber:
P-CSCF Subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic
IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1:
IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec
Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual
(Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile
IP IPSec Tunnel
tag map_name
Specifies that SAs
should be displayed for the specified crypto map.
map_name is
the name of the crypto map configured in the context and can be
from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
Usage:
Use this command to
display IPSec SA information and statistics. This information can
be used for performance monitoring and/or troubleshooting.
The displayed information
categorizes control signal and data statistics. Data statistics
are further categorized according to the encapsulation method, either
GRE or IP-in-IP.
Example:
The following command
displays summary SA statistics for all IPSec managers.
show crypto ipsec security-associations summary
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto ipsec
transform-set
Displays IPsec transform
set configuration information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto ipsec transform-set [ transform_name ]
transform_name
Specifies the name
of a particular IPsec transform set for which to display information.
transform_name is
the name of the IPsec transform set and can be from 1 to 127 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify the configuration of IPsec transform sets within the context.
If no keyword is specified,
information will be displayed for all IPsec transform sets configured
within the context.
IMPORTANT:
This command is used
in PDIF Release 8.3 only.
Example:
The following command
displays information for an IPsec transform set named test1:
show crypto ipsec transform-set test1
show crypto isakmp
keys
Displays pre-shared
key information for peer security gateways configured within the
context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto isakmp keys
Usage:
Use this command to
display pre-shared key information based on the peer security gateway.
This information can be used to verify configuration and/or
for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command
lists the pre-shared keys received from peer security gateways as
part of the Diffie-Hellman exchange:
show crypto isakmp keys
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto isakmp
policy
Displays ISAKMP policy
configuration information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto isakmp
policy [ preference ]
preference
Specifies the ISAKMP
policy priority for which configuration information will be displayed.
The priority can be
configured to any integer value from 1 to 100.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify the configuration of ISAKMP policies within the context.
If no preference is
specified, information will be displayed for all configured policies.
Example:
The following command
displays information for an ISAKMP policy with a preference of 1:
show crypto isakmp
policy 1
show crypto isakmp
security-associations
Displays currently
established IKE security associations (SAs) facilitated by the context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto isakmp
security-associations [ cookies ]
cookies
Specifies that cookies
should be displayed.
Usage:
Use this command to
display established IPSec SA information. This information can be used
for troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command
displays the currently established SAs:
show crypto isakmp
security-associations
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto managers
Shows statistics per
IPSec Manager.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto managers [ context context_id | crypto-map map_name | instance instance_num | summary
[ distribution | ike-stats | ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats | ikev2-stats [ demux-stats ] | ipsec-sa-stats | npu-stats ] ]
context context_id
Show IPSec manager
statistics for the context with the specified context identifier
number.
must be an integer
from 1 through 64.
crypto-map map_name
Show IPSec Managers
for a specific crypto map.
map_name must
be the name of an existing crypto map.
instance instance_num
Show statistics for
the specified IPSec manager instance.
instance_num must
be an integer from 1 through 284.
summary [ distribution | ike-stats | ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats | ikev2-stats
[ demux-stats ] | ipsec-sa-stats | npu-stats ]
Shows stats per service
ip address for each manager.
distribution -
Shows a summary list of IPsec manager distribution.
ike-stats -
Shows a summary list of IPSec IKE statistics. for each IPsec manager.
ipsec-3gpp-cscf-stats
- Displays CSCF IPSec Statistics on each IPsec Manager.
ikev2-stats -
Displays IKEv2 Statistics on each IPsec Manager.
- demux-stats -
Displays session demux statistics on each IPsec Manager.
ipsec-sa-stats Shows
a summary list of IPsec Security Association statistics for each
IPsec Manager.
npu-stats -
Displays NPU statistics on each IPsec Manager.
Usage:
Use this command to
view statistics relating to IPSec managers.
Example:
The following command
displays summary information for all IPSec managers:
show crypto managers summary
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto map
Displays crypto map
configuration information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto map [ map-type [ ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-ikev2-subscriber | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip] | tag map_name | summary ]
map-type [ ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber | ipsec-dynamic | ipsec-ikev1 | ipsec-ikev2-subscriber | ipsec-l2tp | ipsec-manual | ipsec-mobile-ip ]
Specifies that information
for all crypto maps of a specific type configured within the context
will be displayed. The following types can be specified:
-
ipsec-3gpp-cscf-subscriber:
P-CSCF subscriber IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-dynamic: Dynamic
IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev1:
IKEv1 IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-ikev2-subscriber:
IKEv2 Subscriber Tunnel
- ipsec-l2tp: L2TP IPSec
Tunnel
- ipsec-manual: Manual
(Static) IPSec Tunnel
- ipsec-mobile-ip: Mobile
IP IPSec Tunnel
tag map_name
Specifies the name
of a crypto map for which to display configuration information.
map_name is
the name of the crypto map configured in the context and can be
from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
summary
Displays summary information
for all crypto maps configured in the context.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify the configuration of crypto maps within the context.
If no keyword is specified,
information will be displayed for all maps configured within the
context regardless of type.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for a dynamic crypto map named
test_map3:
show crypto map tag test_map3
show crypto statistics
Displays IPSec statistics.
Product:
PDSN,
GGSN, PDG/TTG,
PDIF, SCM
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto statistics
ikev1 |
ikev2 [service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ] | ipsec-3gpp-cscf
[ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]
ikev1
Displays global ikev1
statistics for this context.
ikev2 [ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]
Displays global ikev2
statistics for this context.
service-ip-address ip-address:
Specified PDIF service ip address.
service-name name: Specified
PDIF service name.
ipsec-3gpp-cscf [ service-ip-address ip-address ] [ service-name name ]
Displays global CSCF
IPSec SA statistics for this context.
service-ip-address ip-address:
Specified CSCF service ip address.
service-name name: Specified
CSCF service name.
Usage:
Use this command to
display statistics for IPSec tunnels facilitated by the context.
This information can be used for performance monitoring and/or
troubleshooting
Example:
The following command
displays cumulative IPSec statistics for the current context:
show crypto statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show crypto transform-set
Displays transform
set configuration information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show crypto transform-set [ transform_name ]
transform_name
Specifies the name
of a particular transform set for which to display information.
transform_name is
the name of the transform set and can be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify the configuration of transform sets within the context.
If no keyword is specified,
information will be displayed for all transform sets configured within
the context.
IMPORTANT:
This command is used
in PDIF Release 8.1. In PDIF Release 8.3, the syntax of this command
is changed to show
crypto ipsec transform-set.
Example:
The following command
displays information for a transform set named test1:
show crypto transform-set test1
show cscf nat
Displays the mapping
created for each of the media streams present in an established
dialog.
Product:
SCM (P-CSCF, A-BG)
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
show cscf nat media
mapping { all | aor aor }
media mapping { all | aor aor }
all: Displays
the UE/Network origins and destinations, including their IP
addresses/port numbers and associated contexts.
aor aor : Displays
information for a specific AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the status of configured Network Address Translation (NAT) support.
Example:
The following command
displays the status of the mapping created for each of the media
streams present on this system:
show cscf nat
media mapping all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cscf peer-servers
Displays name, IP address,
and status of configured peer servers visible to the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show cscf peer-servers { all | full | name service_name [ server-name server_name ] }
all | full | name service_name [ server-name server_name ]
all: Displays
the peer server list names and the servers within those lists including
their IP addresses/port numbers and domain names.
full: Displays
additional details regarding the peer servers within the configured
lists on the system.
name service_name [ server-name server_name ]:
Displays the same information as the full keyword output, but for
a specific peer server list or specific server.
service_name/server_name must
be an existing peer server list or server and be from 1 through
80 alpha and/or numeric characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the status of configured peer servers.
Example:
The following command
displays the status of a peer server named
icscf3 that
is a member of peer server list
cscf-main:
show cscf peer-servers
name cscf-main server-name icscf3
The following command
displays the status of all peer servers in configured peer server
groups in this context:
show cscf peer-servers full
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cscf service
Displays configuration
and/or statistic information for CSCF services on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show cscf service { all [ counters ] | diameter policy_control
statistics service-name service_name [ vpn-name name ] | grey-list
name name | li-packet-cable
statistics | name service_name [ counters ] | statistics
name service_name [ all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name
{ message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name ] | subscription
name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all [ counters ]
Displays configuration
information for all CSCF services configured on this system.
counters: Displays
statistics with the configuration information for all CSCF services
configured on the system.
diameter policy_control
statistics service-name service_name [ vpn-name name ]
Displays Diameter (DPECA)
statistics on the CSCF Rx interface with the configuration information.
service-name service_name:
Specifies the name of a CSCF service for which the statistics will
be displayed. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
vpn-name name: Specifies
the name of a context in which all statistics for all services will
be displayed. name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
grey-list name name
Displays the list of
run-time grey-listed users and their remaining barred period for
the specified CSCF service.
name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
li-packet-cable statistics
Displays Lawful Intercept
statistics.
name service_name [ counters ]
Displays configuration
information for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
counters: Displays
statistics with the configuration information for the specific CSCF service.
statistics name service_name [ all | calls | ip-security | message | package-name { message-summary | presence | reg | winfo } | registrations | sigcomp | tcp | vpn-name name ]
Displays service statistics
for a specific CSCF service configured on this system. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
all: Displays all CSCF
service statistics.
calls: Displays session
statistics related to CSCF calls.
ip-security: Displays
session statistics related to CSCF IPSec.
message: Displays session
statistics for the SIP method MESSAGE.
package-name: Displays
session statistics for the associated event package.
- message-summary: Displays
session statistics for the “message-summary” event package.
- presence: Displays
session statistics for the “presence” event package.
- reg: Displays session
statistics for the “reg” event package.
- winfo: Displays session
statistics for the “watcher-info” event package.
registrations: Displays
session statistics related to CSCF registrations, re-registrations,
and de-registrations.
sigcomp: Displays session
statistics related to CSCF sigcomp.
tcp: Displays session
statistics related to CSCF TCP.
vpn-name name: Displays
session statistics for a specific CSCF service configured in a specific
context on this system. name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword must be
followed by another statistics-related keyword.
subscription name service_name
Displays service level
subscription information for a specific service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display configuration information and/or statistics for
any or all CSCF services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the CSCF service named
cscf1:
show cscf service statistics
name cscf1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cscf sessions
Displays statistics
for CSCF sessions on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show cscf sessions { counters { calls { duration | first-response-time | invite-processing-time | post-answer-delay | post-dial-delay | service service_name | session-release-delay | session-setup-delay } service service_name | subscription { duration | service service_name | setup-time } service service_name } | duration | full
[ callleg-id id | from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ] [ media-type type ] | summary
[ from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters { calls { duration | first-response-time | invite-processing-time | post-answer-delay | post-dial-delay | service service_name | session-release-delay | session-setup-delay } service service_name | subscription { duration | service service_name | setup-time } service service_name }
Displays counters for
all CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
calls: Counters associated
with calls in CSCF service.
- duration:
Displays the call duration time.
- first-response-time:
Displays the time interval for the first response received for INVITE.
- invite-processing-time:
Displays the INVITE message processing time in CSCF.
- post-answer-delay:
Displays the time interval for post answer delay.
- post-dial-delay: Displays
the time interval for the ringing or success response for INVITE.
- service service_name:
Displays specific service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword may be
used alone with the counters keyword or
following any other counters-specific keyword.
- session-release-delay:
Displays the time interval for releasing the call.
- session-setup-delay:
Displays the time interval for session setup.
subscription: Counters
associated with subscriptions in CSCF service.
- duration: Displays
the SIP Subscription duration time.
- service service_name:
Displays specific service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword may be
used alone with the subscription keyword
or following any other subscription-specific keyword.
- setup-time: Displays
the SIP Subscription setup time.
duration
Displays the call duration
for all CSCF sessions.
full [ callleg-id id | from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ] [ media-type type ]
Displays all the session
information for the active CSCF sessions matching the filter criteria.
callleg-id id: Specifies
a call leg from which session statistics are to be displayed. id must be
an existing call-leg ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
from-aor aor: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions originating
from this specific AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
service service_name:
Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions
using this CSCF service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
session-id id: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions with this
ID. id must
be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
to-aor aor: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions sent to
this specific AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
media-type type: Displays
information about specific media type, if any. type must
be an existing media type and be from 1 to 9 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
summary [ from-aor aor | service service_name | session-id id | to-aor aor ]
Displays session summary
information for sessions matching the filter criteria.
from-aor aor: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions originating
from this specific AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
service service_name:
Specifies that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions
using this CSCF service. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
session-id id: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions with this
ID. id must
be an existing session ID and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
to-aor aor: Specifies
that session statistics are to be displayed for sessions sent to
this specific AoR. aor must
be an existing AoR and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
duration | setuptime
duration: Displays
session duration counters.
setuptime: Displays
session setup time counters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Refer to Regulating
a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display session information for any or all CSCF sessions.
Example:
The following command
displays the output for CSCF session duration:
show cscf sessions duration
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cscf sip
Displays SIP statistics
for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show cscf sip statistics
name service_name [ interface { domain domain_name | ip address ip_address } | vpn-name name ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
statistics name service_name
name service_name:
Specifies the name of the CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
interface { domain
name domain_name | ip address ip_address }
SIP statistics will
be displayed for this interface.
domain name domain_name:
Specifies the domain associated with the CSCF service. domain_name must
be an existing domain and be from 1 to 64 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
ip address ip_address:
Specifies the destination or source ip address associated with the
CSCF service.
vpn-name name
Specifies the name
of the context in which the service is configured.
name must
be an existing context and be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Refer to Regulating
a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display SIP statistics for a specific CSCF service.
IMPORTANT:
This command displays
counters for SIP statistics for a specified CSCF service. Counters are
incremented when SIP messages are sent (Tx) or received (Rx). SIP
Request, Response, and Error counters are maintained at various
levels in the SIP stack. These values are dependent on the packet
flow. For example, if packets are dropped at an initial stage of
parsing and error detection, the counters may not increment. All
2xx Response counters for individual requests are maintain outside
the SIP layer and will not track re-transmissions and erroneous
packets that are dropped. All other counters do keep track of re-transmissions.
Example:
The following command
displays SIP statistics for the CSCF service named
cscf1:
show cscf sip statistics
name cscf1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show cscf tcp
Displays TCP connection
information for a specific CSCF service configured on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show cscf tcp connections
service service_name [ facility
{ cscfmgr | sessmgr } | full | remote-ip ip_address | remote-port port_number ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
connections service service_name
service service_name:
Specifies the name of the CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
facility { cscfmgr | sessmgr }
Facility type for which
connection details have to be retrieved.
cscfmgr:
Facility type cscfmgr.
sessmgr:
Facility type sessmgr.
full
Displays detailed information
related to each connection.
remote-ip ip_address
Remote IP address to
match the connection.
remote-port port_number
Remote port to match
the connection.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Refer to Regulating
a Command’s Output for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display TCP connection information for a specific CSCF service.
IMPORTANT:
More than one optional
keyword may be used per command.
Example:
The following command
displays TCP connections for the CSCF service named
cscf1:
show cscf tcp connections
service cscf1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show css delivery-sequence
This is a restricted
command. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show css server
This is a restricted
command. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show css service
This is a restricted
command. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this command is obsoleted.
show dhcp
Displays counter information
pertaining to DHCP functionality based on specific criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show dhcp [ counters | full | summary ] [ all | apn apn_name | callid id | chaddr mac_address | dhcp-service svc_name | imsi imsi | user-address address | msid msid | server server_address | username name ]
counters
Displays DHCP counter
information.
full
Displays all available
information pertaining to the criteria specified.
summary
Displays a summary
of the DHCP statistics.
all
Displays counter information
for each active PDP context.
apn apn_name
Displays information
based on a specific APN name.
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
callid id
Displays information
for a specific call identification number.
id must be
specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
chaddr mac_address
Displays information
for a specific mobile node.
mac_address must
be MAC address of mobile node.
dhcp-service svc_name
Displays information
for a specific DHCP service.
svc_name is
the name of the DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
imsi imsi
Displays information
for a specific International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI).
imsi is an
integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
user-address address
Displays information
for a specific DHCP-assigned user IP address.
address is
the IP address expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
msid msid
Displays information
for a specific Mobile Subscriber Identity (MSID).
msid must
be from 1 to 15 digits.
server server_address
Displays information
for a specific DHCP server.
server_address is
the IP address of the server expressed in dotted-decimal notation.
username name
Displays information
for a specific subscriber.
name can
be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters (including wildcards
(‘$’ and ‘*’))
and is case sensitive.
Usage:
Counters pertaining
to DHCP functionality can be displayed as cumulative values or for specific
APNs, PDP contexts, servers, or DHCP services.
Example:
The following command
displays DHCP counter information for a DHCP service called DHCP-Gi:
show dhcp dhcp-service DHCP-Gi
The following command
displays DHCP counter information for a DHCP Call Id 01ca11a2:
show dhcp call-id 01ca11a2
The following command
displays DHCP information for the specified mobile node:
show dhcp chaddr 00:05:47:00:37:44
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show dhcp statistics
Displays DHCP statistics
for the specified servers.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show dhcp statistics [ dhcp-service
svc_name
| server
ip_address
]
dhcp-service svc_name
Displays statistics
for a specific DHCP service.
svc_name is
the name of the desired DHCP service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters in length and is case sensitive.
server ip_address
Displays statistics
for a specific DHCP server.
ip_address is
the IP address of the desired server and must be entered in dotted
decimal notation.
Usage:
Statistics for a single
DHCP service or DHCP server can be viewed using the dhcp-service or server keywords
respectively.
Cumulative
statistics for all DHCP services and servers within a context can
be viewed by executing the command with no keywords from within
the context in which they’re configured.
If this command is
issued from within the local context, the statistics displayed will
be cumulative for all dhcp servers configured on the system regardless
of context.
Example:
The following command
allows you to view statistics for all configured DHCP servers within
the context:
show dhcp statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show dhcp-service
Displays configuration
information for either a specific, or for all DHCP servers configured.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show dhcp-service { all | name
svc_name }
all
Displays information
for all configured DHCP services.
name svc_name
Displays information
for a specific DHCP service.
svc_name is
the name of the service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of one or all DHCP services for monitoring
or troubleshooting purposes. he output is a concise listing of DHCP
service parameter settings.
If
this command is executed from within the local context with the
all keyword, information for all DHCP services configured on the
system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for a DHCP service called dhcp1:
show dhcp-service name dhcp1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show dhcp status
Displays configuration
information for either a specific, or for all DHCP service and servers
configured.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show dhcp status [ dhcp-service
svc_name
] [ server
ip_addr
]
all
Displays information
for all configured DHCP services.
dhcp-service svc_name
Displays information
for a specific DHCP service.
svc_name is
the name of the service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
server ip_address
Displays status for
a specific DHCP server.
ip_address is
the IP address of the desired server and must be entered in dotted
decimal notation.
Usage:
This command is used
to show/verify the status or configuration of one or all
DHCP services along with count of cumulative leased addresses and
addresses leased at that time for monitoring or troubleshooting
purposes. The output is a concise listing of DHCP service parameter
settings.
If
this command is executed from within the local context with the
all keyword, information for all DHCP services configured on the
system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays status of a DHCP service called ggsn_dhcp1:
show dhcp status dhcp-service ggsn_dhcp1
State shown in display
is consolidated across session managers, i.e. for each session manager,
DHCP server have a timestamp value associated with its state.
For a DHCP server,
its timestamp value is compared for each session manager and the
state associated with the latest value is shown.
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show diameter aaa-statistics
This command displays
Diameter AAA statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter aaa-statistics [ all | group group_name [ server server_name ] | server server_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays all available
Diameter server statistics.
group group_name [ server server_name ]
Displays all Diameter
server statistics within the specified AAA group.
group_name must
be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 1 through 64
characters in length.
server_name must
be the name of a Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through
64 characters in length.
server server_name
Displays Diameter server
statistics for the specified server.
server_name must
be the name of the Diameter server, and must be a string of 1 through
64 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Diameter AAA statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays all available Diameter server statistics:
show diameter aaa-statistics all
show diameter accounting
servers aaa-group
This command displays
Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter accounting
servers [ aaa-group group_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
group_name
group_name must
be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 0 through 64
characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group.
Example:
The following command
displays Diameter accounting server information for a AAA group
named
group12:
show diameter accounting
servers aaa-group group12
show diameter authentication
servers aaa-group
This command displays
Diameter Authentication server information for a specified AAA group.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter authentication
servers [ aaa-group group_name ]
group_name
group_name must
be the name of a AAA group, and must be a string of 0 through 64
characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Diameter authentication server information for a AAA group.
Example:
The following command
displays Diameter authentication server information for a AAA group named
group12:
show diameter authentication
servers aaa-group group12
show diameter endpoints
This command displays
the status of Diameter client endpoint(s).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter endpoints { all | endpoint endpoint_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays status of
all Diameter client endpoints.
endpoint endpoint_name
Displays status of
the specified Diameter client endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the status of Diameter client endpoints.
If you are in the local
context, then all contexts are searched for the specified endpoint(s). Specify all to see
all endpoints; otherwise, just the named endpoint will be displayed.
If no argument is provided, a summary of all endpoints is displayed.
Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command
displays status of all Diameter client endpoints.
show diameter endpoints all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show diameter message-queue
This command displays
Diameter message queue statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter message-queue
counters { inbound | outbound } [ endpoint endpoint_name [ peer-host peer_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] | session-id session_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
counters { inbound | outbound }
Specifies the message
counters:
inbound:
Specifies Diameter inbound messages
outbound:
Specifies Diameter outbound messages
endpoint endpoint_name
Specifies the Diameter
endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id
Specifies the Diameter
peer host.
peer_id must
be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id
Specifies the Diameter
peer realm.
realm_id must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
session-id session_id
Specifies the session
ID.
session_id must
be a string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the count of the messages in the Diameter message queue for specific
counter type, session ID, or endpoint, peer host, and peer realm.
Example:
The following command
displays message queue statistics for outbound messages specific
to the Diameter endpoint
st16.starentnetworks.com:
show diameter message-queue
counters outbound endpoint st16.starentnetworks.com
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show diameter peers
This command displays
Diameter peer information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter peers [ full | summary ] [ all | [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ peer-host peer_id ] [ peer-realm realm_id ]+ ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
full
Displays full details
of all or specified Diameter peers.
summary
Displays summary details
of all or specified Diameter peer(s).
all
Displays details of
all Diameter peers.
endpoint endpoint_name
Displays details of
the specified Diameter endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the origin endpoint value, and must be a string of 1 through
255 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id
Displays details of
the specified Diameter peer host.
peer_id must
be the peer host value, and must be a string of 1 through to 63
characters in length.
peer-realm realm_id
Displays details of
the specified Diameter peer realm.
realm_id must
be the Diameter peer realm ID, and must be a string of 1 through
127 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the details of Diameter peers.
If you are in the local
context, then all contexts are searched for the specified peer(s).
This is similar to
the show subscribers CLI
command and supports multiple filter options specified at the same
time.
If filter options are
specified (e.g., all, endpoint,
etc.), the default is for one line of output to be displayed per
peer. Use full to
get detailed information per peer, or summary to
get summarized information about all matching peers.
If no filter options
are specified, a summary output for all peers is displayed. Use
the full option
to get detailed information about every peer.
Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command
details of the Diameter endpoint named
endpoint12:
show diameter peers
endpoint endpoint12
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show diameter route
status
This command displays
Diameter route health status information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter route
status [ endpoint
endpoint_name
| full [ endpoint
endpoint_name
] ] [ host
host_name
| peer
peer_id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
full
Displays information
of which Diameter clients are using which peer/host combinations.
endpoint endpoint_name
Displays detailed information
of the specified Diameter client endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
host host_name
Displays information
for the specified Diameter host.
host_name must
be the name of a Diameter host, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
peer peer_id
Displays information
for the specified Diameter peer.
peer_id must
be the name of a Diameter peer host, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the Diameter route health status.
If you are in the local
context, then the route information used by Diameter endpoints in
all ST16 contexts will be used in the display.
The route status displays
status of peer/host combinations. Refer to the route-failure CLI
command in Diameter Endpoint Configuration mode. When no options
are specified, the display will give one line per peer/host combination,
indicating how many Diameter clients are using each combination,
and for how many clients the combination is available or failed.
Specify full to
see which Diameter clients are using which peer/host combinations.
Specify host or peer to see
just combinations with the named host or peer. Specify endpoint to see
detailed information about the named Diameter client.
Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command
displays route health status details of the Diameter client endpoint
named
endpoint12:
show diameter route
status endpoint endpoint12
show diameter route
table
This command displays
the Diameter routing table.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter route
table [ wide ] [ endpoint endpoint_name ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
wide
Displays the route
table information in wide-format.
endpoint endpoint_name
Displays the Diameter
routing table for the specified endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be a string of 1 through
63 characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view the status of Diameter client endpoints.
If you are in the local
context, then the route information used by Diameter endpoints in
all chassis contexts will be used in the display.
The route table displays
all static and dynamic routes. Refer to the route-entry CLI command
in Diameter Endpoint Configuration Mode.
Default value: N/A
Example:
The following command
displays status of the Diameter client endpoint named
endpoint12.
show diameter route
table endpoint endpoint12
show diameter statistics
This command displays
Diameter peer statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show diameter statistics [ [ proxy ] endpoint endpoint_name [ peer-host peer_id [ peer-realm realm_id ] ] ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
endpoint endpoint_name
Displays statistics
for the specified DIameter endpoint.
endpoint_name must
be the name of a Diameter endpoint, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
peer-host peer_id
Displays statistics
for the specified Diameter host peer.
peer_id must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 255 characters
in length.
peer-realm realm_id
Displays statistics
for the specified Diameter peer realm.
realm_id must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 through 127 characters
in length.
proxy
Displays proxy related
statistics.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view Diameter statistics for the specified endpoint or proxy.
Example:
The following command
displays Diameter peer statistics for the endpoint named
endpoint12:
show diameter statistics
endpoint endpoint12
show dns-client
Displays DNS cache
and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show dns-client { cache
client name [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ] | statistics
client name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
cache client name [ query-name name | query-type { A | SRV } ]
Specifies that the
cache for the defined DNS client is to be displayed.
name: Defines
the name of the DNS client whose cache is to be displayed. name must
be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or numeric
characters in length.
query-name name: Filters
DNS results based on the domain name. name must
be from 1 to 255 characters in length. name is the
domain name used to perform the DNS query. name is different
from the actual domain name which is resolved. For example, to resolve
the SIP server for service.com,
the query name is _sip._udp.service.com and
the query type is SRV.
query-type:
- A: Filters
DNS results based on domain IP address records (A records).
- SRV: Filters
DNS results based on service host records (SRV records).
statistics client name
Specifies that statistics
for the defined DNS client are to be cleared.
name: Defines
the name of the DNS client whose statistics are to be displayed. name must
be an existing DNS client and be from 1 to 255 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display DNS cache and/or statistics for a specified DNS client.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for a DNS client named
domain1.com:
show dns-client statistics client domain1.com
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show dynamic-policy
statistics
Displays policy control
and charging (PCC) statistics from the interface communicating with
the PCRF (Gx(x)).
Product:
HSGW, PDSN, S-GW
Syntax
show dynamic-policy
statistics { hsgw-service name | pdsn-service name | sgw-service name }
hsgw-service name
Displays policy control
and charging statistics from the Gxa interface communicating with
the PCRF. name must
be an existing HSGW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
pdsn-service name
Displays policy control
and charging statistics from the Gx interface communicating with
the PCRF. name must
be an existing PDSN service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
sgw-service name
Displays policy control
and charging statistics from the Gxc interface communicating with
the PCRF. name must
be an existing S-GW service name and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
display PCC statistics for the specified service and its Gx interface communicating
with the PCRF.
Example:
The following command
displays PCC statistics for a PDSN service named
cdma4:
show dynamic-policy
statistics pdsn-service cdma4
show egtpc peers
Displays information
about eGTP-C peers.
Syntax
show egtpc peers [ address ip_address | egtp-service name [ address ip_address ] | interface { mme [ address ip_address ] | pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-egress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] } ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
address ip_address
Displays information
about a specific eGTP-C peer based on the IP address of the peer. ip_address must
be an existing eGTP-C peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
egtp-service name [ address ip_address ]
Displays information
about eGTP-C peers associated with a specific service. name must
be an existing egtp-service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
address ip_address:
Additionally, the results can be filtered based on the IP address
associated with the service. ip_address must
be an existing eGTP-C peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
interface { mme [ address ip_address ] | pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-egress [ address ip_address ] | sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ] }
Displays information
about eGTP-C peers associated with the service interface configured
on this system.
mme [ address ip_address ]:
Displays information about eGTP-C MME peers associated with the
service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results
can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the MME
peer. ip_address must
be an existing MME peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
pgw-ingress [ address ip_address ]:
Displays information about eGTP-C P-GW ingress peers associated
with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally,
the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with
the P-GW ingress peer. ip_address must
be an existing P-GW ingress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted
decimal notation.
sgw-egress [ address ip_address ]:
Displays information about eGTP-C S-GW egress peers associated with
the service interface configured on this system. Additionally, the results
can be filtered based on the IP address associated with the S-GW
egress peer. ip_address must
be an existing S-GW egress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted
decimal notation.
sgw-ingress [ address ip_address ]:
Displays information about eGTP-C S-GW ingress peers associated
with the service interface configured on this system. Additionally,
the results can be filtered based on the IP address associated with
the S-GW ingress peer. ip_address must
be an existing S-GW ingress peer and be expressed in IPv4 dotted
decimal notation.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on using the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the
Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information about eGTP-C peers associated with the service interface
configured on this system. The output contains the following information
about the peer:
- Status of the peer
- Echo status
- Restart counter status
- Peer restart counter
knowledge
- Service ID
- Peer IP address
- Current sessions
- Maximum sessions
IMPORTANT:
The primary command, show egtpc peers,
when entered without additional keywords, displays information for
all peers associated with the service operating on this system.
Example:
The following command
returns an output for an eGTP-C S-GW egress peers associated with
the service interface configured on this system with an IP address
of 1.2.3.4:
show egtpc peers interface
sgw-egress address 1.2.3.4
The following command
returns an output for an eGTP-C MME peer associated with the service interface
configured on this system with an IP address of 1.2.3.4:
show egtpc peers interface
mme address 1.2.3.4
show egtp-service
Displays configuration
information for evolved GPRS Tunneling Protocol (eGTP) services
on this system.
Syntax
show egtp-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all eGTP services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific eGTP service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing eGTP service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for eGTP services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the eGTP service named
egtp1:
show egtp-service name egtp1
show egtpc sessions
Displays eGTP-C session
information.
Syntax
show egtpc sessions [ egtp-service name | interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingress } ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
egtp-service name
Displays information
about eGTP-C sessions associated with a specific service. name must
be an existing egtp-service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingress }
Displays information
about eGTP-C sessions associated with the service interface configured
on this system.
mme:
Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the MME
interface configured on this system.
pgw-ingress: Displays
information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the P-GW ingress interface
configured on this system.
sgw-egress:
Displays information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the S-GW
egress interface configured on this system.
sgw-ingress: Displays
information about eGTP-C sessions associated with the S-GW ingress interface
configured on this system.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on using the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the
Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:
Use this command to
display session information for a specific eGTP service or for sessions
associated with an interface type configured on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with
all P-GW ingress interfaces configured on this system:
show egtpc sessions
interface pgw-ingress
The following command
displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with
all MME interfaces configured on this system:
show egtpc sessions
interface mme
show egtpc statistics
Displays evolved GPRS
Tunneling Protocol Control (eGTP-C) plane statistics for a specific
service name or interface type.
Syntax
show egtpc statistics [ egtp-service name | interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingess } | mme-address ip_address | pgw-address ip_address | sgw-address ip_address ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
egtp-service name
Displays statistics
for a specific eGTP service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing eGTP service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
interface { mme | pgw-ingress | sgw-egress | sgw-ingess }
mme: Displays
eGTP-C statisitics for all MME interfaces.
pgw-ingress:
Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP P-GW ingress interfaces.
sgw-egress:
Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP S-GW egress interfaces.
sgw-ingress:
Displays eGTP-C statisitics for all eGTP S-GW ingress interfaces.
mme-address ip_address
Displays eGTP-C statistics
for a specific MME IP address. ip_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
pgw-address ip_address
Displays eGTP-C statistics
for a specific P-GW IP address. ip_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
sgw-address ip_address
Displays eGTP-C statistics
for a specific S-GW IP address. ip_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
verbose
Displays the maximum
amount of detail available for this commands output. If this option
is not specified, the output is truncated to a more concise level.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on using the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the
Command Line Interface Overview chapter.
Usage:
Use this command to
display evolved GPRS Tunneling Protocol Control (eGTPC) plane statistics
for a specific service name or interface type.
Example:
The following command
displays eGTPC statistics for interfaces configured as S-GW ingress interfaces:
show egtpc statistics
interface sgw-ingess
The following command
displays eGTP-C session information for sessions associated with
all MME interfaces configured on this system:
show egtpc sessions
interface mme
show external-inline-servers
This command is obsolete.
show fa-service
Displays information
on configured foreign agent services.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show fa-service { all | name
fa_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | name fa_name
all: indicates
information on all foreign agent services is to be displayed.
name fa_name:
indicates only the information for the FA service specified as fa_name is
to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display foreign agent
service configuration information.
Example:
The following commands
display information on the FA service
sampleService and
all services, respectively.
show fa-service name sampleService
show fa-service all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show fans
Displays the current
control status, speed, and temperature for the upper and lower fans.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show fans [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the fan information
to verify system hardware status as necessary.
Example:
The following command
displays information regarding the cooling fans in the system:
show fans
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show file
Displays the contents
of the file specified. The contents are paginated as if it were normal
ASCII output.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show file
url
url [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
url url
Specifies the location
of a file to display.
url may
refer to a local or a remote file.
url must
be entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
IMPORTANT:
Use of the SMC hard
drive is not supported in this release.
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the contents
of files to view such information as log data, trace information, etc.
Example:
The following will
display the contents of the local file
/pub/log.txt.
show file //pcmcia1/pub/log.txt
The following command
will display the contents of the file
/pub/log.txt on
remote host
remoteABC.
show file ftp://remoteABC/pub/log.txt
show firewall flows
This command is obsolete.
show firewall ruledef
This command is obsolete.
show firewall statistics
This command is obsolete.
show fng-service
This command displays
information about specified FNG service configuration, status, and
counters, and includes information about the total current sessions
maintained by the FNG.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show fng-service { all [ counters ] | name service_name | session | statistics }
all
Displays information
for all configured FNG services.
counters
Displays counters associated
with the FNG service.
name service_name
Displays information
only for the specified FNG service.
service_name must
be the name of an existing FNG service in the current context and
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
session
Displays information
about configured FNG sessions.
IMPORTANT:
See show fng-service session for
detailed options.
statistics service_name
Total of collected information
for specific protocol since the last restart or clear command.
IMPORTANT:
See show fng-service statistics for
detailed options.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in
the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in
the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information for selected configured FNG services.
Example:
The following command
displays available information for all active FNG services.
show fng-service all
IMPORTANT:
Command output descriptions
are available in the Statistics
and Counters Reference.
show fng-service
session
This command displays
statistics for specific FNG sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show fng-service session [ all | callid call_id| counters | full [ all | callid call_id| ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip_address| username name] | ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip-address| summary [ all | callid call_id| ip-address ip-address| peer-address ip-address| username name ] | username name ]
all
Displays all related
information for all active FNG sessions.
callid
Displays PPP information
for the call.
call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
counters
Displays counters for
the configured FNG sessions.
full
Displays all available
information for the associated display or filter keyword.
ip-address ipv4_address
The IPv4 address of
the subscriber.
ipv4_address must
be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
peer-address ipv4_address
The IPv4 address of
a specific IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be entered in standard IPv4 notation.
summary
Displays summary information
for FNG sessions.
username user_name
The name of a specific
user within the current context. Displays available information
for the specific username.
user_name must
be followed by a username.
The username can an
alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to 127 characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in
the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in
the ST-series Multimedia
Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for an FNG session.
Example:
The following command
displays all available FNG sessions.
show fng-service session all
IMPORTANT:
Command output descriptions
are available in the Statistics
and Counters Reference.
show fng-service
statistics
Displays statistics
for the FNG since the last restart or clear command. The output
includes the number of each type of protocol message. For example,
the output includes the various types of EAP messages.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show fng-service statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address ]
name service_name
Displays statistics
for the specified service.
service_name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address ipv4_address
Displays statistics
for a specific IP peer.
ipv4_address must
be entered in standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the section “Regulating a Command’s Output” in
the chapter “Command Line Interface Overview” in
the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display FNG statistics.
IMPORTANT:
You may use more than
one keyword per command line.
Example:
The following command
displays information about the FNG service.
show fng-service statistics
IMPORTANT:
Command output descriptions
are available in the Statistics
and Counters Reference.
show freeze-ptmsi
imsi
Displays the P-TMSI
(packet-temporary mobile subscriber identify) corresponding to the
IMSI (international mobile subscriber identity) that has entered
a frozen state after the purge timeout timer expires.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show freeze-ptmsi imsi
imsi_num
imsi imsi_num
Specifies the IMSI
that has been frozen. The first three digits are the MCC (mobile
country code). The next two or three digits are the MNC (mobile
network code). The remaining digits are the MSIN ( mobile station
identification number).
imsi_num:
Enter a sequence of up to 15 digits.
Usage:
This command enables
the operator to know whether a frozen IMSI has an associated P-TMSI.
Example:
The following command
displays the P-TMSI corresponding to a frozen IMSI:
show freeze-ptmsi imsi 262090426000194
show ggsn-service
Displays configuration
information for GGSN services on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ggsn-service { all | name
ggsn_svc_name
}
[ | { grep
grep_options
| more }]
all
Displays information
for all GGSN services configured with the given context.
name ggsn_svc_name
Specifies the name
of a specific GGSN service for which to display information.
ggsn_svc_name is
the name of a configured GGSN service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of one or all GGSN services for monitoring
or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of
GGSN service parameter settings.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information
for all GGSN services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for a GGSN service called ggsn1:
show ggsn-service name ggsn1
show ggsn-service
sgsn-table
This new command is
the only way to list all SGSNs by IP address and show the current
number of subscribers to each SGSN.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ggsn-service sgsn-table
Usage:
While there are existing
commands to show SGSN subscriber information, this new command is
the only way to list all SGSNs by IP address and show the current
number of subscribers to each SGSN.
Example:
The following command
will bring up a table showing the current active/inactive
status, IP address, reboots/restarts and SGSN users.
show ggsn-service sgsn-table
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show global-title-translation
Displays configuration
information for the global title translation (GTT).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show global-title-translation { address-map
name
| association
name
}
address-map name
Displays GTT database. name must
be a unique identification comprised of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
association name
Displays GTT association
list.
name must
be a unique identification comprised of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
Usage:
This command displays
the configuration for the GTT.
Example:
The following command
displays the address map called gtt-ad1.
show global-title-translation
address-map gtt-ad1
show gmm-sm statistics
This command displays
statistics for the GPRS Mobility Management and Session Management
(GMM/SM) configuration of the system’s SGSN service.
GMM/SM supports mobility to allow the SGSN to know the
location of a Mobile Station (MS) at any time and to activate, modify
and deactivate the PDP sessions required by the MS for user data transfer.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gmm-sm statistics [ gmm-only | sm-only ] [ gprs-service srvc_name [ nsei nse_id | routing-area
mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] | [ sgsn-service srvc_name [ rnc mcc
mcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id rnc-id rnc_id | routing
areamcc mcc_id mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id ] ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
gmm-only
Enter this keyword
to display only GPRS mobility management (GMM) information for other specified
keyword parameters for the current context.
sm-only
Enter this keyword
to display only session management (SM) information for other specified keyword
parameters for the current context.
gprs-service srvc_name
Enter this keyword
to display the statistics for the specified GPRS service. The display
request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.
srvc_name must
be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
nsei
Enter this keyword
to display the GMM/SM session statistics for the identified
network service entity (NSEI).
sgsn-service srvc_name
Enter this keyword
to display the statistics for the specified SGSN service. The display
request can be narrowed by adding additional keywords.
srvc_name must
be an alphanumeric string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters.
rnc
Enter this keyword
to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics
just for the specified ( rnc-id) radio network controller (RNC).
rnc-id rnc_id
Enter this keyword
to identify the specific RNC.
rnc_id must
be an integer from 0 through 4095.
routing-area mcc mcc_id
mnc mnc_id lac lac_id rac rac_id
Enter the routing-area keyword
to fine-tune the display of the GMM/SM session statistics
for a specified routing area (RA) identified by the MCC, MNC, LAC
and RAC.
mcc mcc_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the mobile country code (MCC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
mcc_id must
be an integer from 100 through 999.
mnc mnc_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the mobile network code (MNC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
mnc_id must
be an integer from 00 through 999.
lac lac_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the location area code (LAC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
lac_id must
be an integer from 1 through 65535.
rac rac_id
Enter this keyword
to specify the routing area code (RAC) as part of the identification
of the RNC or RA.
rac_id must
be an integer from 1 through 255.
verbose
This keyword displays
all possible statistics for specified command or keyword.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display usage statistics for the GMM/SM session configurations
for SGSN services, including a BSC’s attaches, activations,
and throughput.
Example:
The following command
displays GMM/SM statistics for a specific routing area
defined for the GPRS service:
show gmm-sm statistics
gprs-service gprs1 routing-area mcc 123 mcc 131 lac 24 rac 11
The following command
displays all possible information for GMM/SM statistics:
show gmm-sm statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gprs-service
Displays the statistics
of GPRS service(s) configured in a given context on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gprs-service { all | name
gprs_srvc_name
} [ | { grep
grep_options
| more }]
all
Displays information
for all GPRS services configured with the given context.
name gprs_srvc_name
Specifies the name
of a specific GRPS service for which information is to be displayed.
gprs_srvc_name is
the name of a configured GPRS service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of one or all GPRS services for monitoring
or troubleshooting purposes. The output is a concise listing of
GPRS service parameter settings.
If this command is
executed from within the local context with the all keyword, information
for all GPRS services configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for all GPRS services configured
in this context:
show gprs-service all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gs-service
Displays configuration
information and statistics for Gs service configured on system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gs-service { all | name
svc_name
} [ | { grep
grep_options
| more }]
all
Displays information
for all Gs services configured with in the given context.
name svc_name
Specifies the name
of a specific Gs service for which to display information.
svc_name is
the name of a configured Gs service and can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to verify the configuration of one or all Gs services for monitoring or
troubleshooting purposes.
If
this command is executed from within the local context with the
all keyword, information for all Gs services configured on the system
will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for all Gs services configured
on a system:
show gs-service all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpc
Displays GTPv0, GTPv1-C,
GTPv1-U information with filtering options.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpc [ full | counters | summary ] { all | apn
apn_name
| imsi
imsi_value
[ nsapi
nsapi_value
] | callid
callid
| sgsn-address
ip_address
| ggsn-service
ggsn_name
| user-address
ip_address
| username
username
}
[ full | counters | summary ]
Specifies the level
of information to be displayed. The following levels can be used:
- full: Indicates
detailed information is to be displayed.
- counters:
Indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.
- summary:
Indicates only summary information is to be displayed.
{ all | apn apn_name | imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ] | callid callid | sgsn-address ip_address | ggsn-service ggsn_name | user-address ip_address | username username }
Specifies the filter
criteria used when displaying GTP information. The following filters
can be used:
- all: Specifies
that all available information is to be displayed.
- apn apn_name:
Specifies that GTP information for a particular APN will be displayed. apn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
- imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]:
Specifies that GTP information will be displayed for a particular International
Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). imsi_value is
an integer value from 1 to 15 characters. Optionally, the IMSI could
be further filtered by specifying a particular PDP context using
the Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI). nsapi_value is
an integer value from 5 to 15.
- callid callid: Specifies that
GTP information will be displayed for a particular call identification
number. callid must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
- sgsn-address ip_address:
Specifies that GTP information for a particular SGSN will be displayed. ip_address is
the address of the SGSN in dotted decimal notation.
- ggsn-service ggsn_name: Specifies
that GTP information for a particular GGSN service will be displayed. ggsn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is
case sensitive.
- user-address ip_address: Specifies
that GTP information for a particular user address will be displayed. ip_address is
the address of the user’s PDP context in dotted decimal
notation.
- username username: Specifies
that GTP information for a particular username will be displayed. username can
be from 1 to 127 alpha and/or numeric characters (including
wildcards (‘$’ and ‘*’))
and is case sensitive.
Usage:
This command displays
statistics for every GTP message type based on the filter criteria. This
information is useful for system monitoring or troubleshooting.
Example:
The following command
displays GTPC counters for a GGSN service named ggsn1:
show gtpc counters
ggsn-service ggsn1
The following command
displays GTPC full information:
show gtpc full
The following command
displays GTPC summary information for a specific call identification number
of 05f62f34:
show gtpc summary
callid 05f62f34
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpc statistics
Display GTPv0, GTPv1-C,
GTPv1-U statistics with filtering options.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpc statistics [ apn-name
apn_name
] [ custom1
| custom2] [sgsn-address
address
] [ ggsn-service
svc_name
] [ verbose ]
apn-name apn_name
Specifies that GTP
statistics for a particular APN will be displayed.
apn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
custom1
Displays the statistics
of GTP-C messages for preservation mode and free of charge service.
This keyword is customer-specific
license enabled and used for Preservation-Mode and Free-of-Charge
Service which are enabled under customer-specific license. For more
information on this support, contact your local representative.
custom2
Displays the statistics
of GTP-C messages for overcharging protection on loss of radio coverage
for a GGSN service.
This
keyword is feature-specific license enabled and used for subscriber
overcharging protection on loss of radio coverage at the GGSN service.
For more information on this support, contact your local representative.
sgsn-address address
Specifies that GTP
statistics for a particular SGSN will be displayed.
address is
the address of the SGSN in dotted decimal notation.
ggsn-service svc_name
Specifies that GTP
statistics for a particular GGSN service will be displayed.
ggsn_name can
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case
sensitive.
verbose
Specifies that detailed
statistics will be displayed.
Usage:
The information displayed
by this command consists of session statistics such as the number
of currently active sessions categorized by PDP context type, and
statistics for every GTP message type. The statistics are cumulative.
If the verbose keyword
is used, additional information will be displayed such as statistics for
every type of error code.
Example:
The following command
displays verbose GTP statistics:
show gtpc statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpp accounting
Displays information
on the GPRS Tunneling Protocol Prime (GTPP).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpp accounting servers
Usage:
This command is used
to view the status of GTPP accounting servers configured within
a context for monitoring or troubleshooting purposes.
If this command is
issued from within the local context, a information for all GTPP accounting
servers configured on the system is displayed regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
displays the status of and information on configured GTPP accounting servers:
show gtpp accounting servers
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpp counters
Displays GTPP counters
for configured charging gateway functions (CGFs) within the given
context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpp counters { all | cgf-address
cgf_address
}
all
Displays counters for
all CGFs configured within the context.
cgf-address cgf_address
Displays counters for
a specific CGF.
cgf_address is
the IP address of the CGF expressed in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Counters for a single
CGF can be viewed using the cgf-address keyword. Counters
for all CGFs in the context can be viewed by entering the command
with the all keyword.
If this command is
issued from within the local context and no CGF-address is specified, the
counters displayed will be cumulative for all CGFs configured on
the system regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
displays counters for all CGF:
show gtpp counters all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpp group
Displays information
pertaining to the configured GTPP storage server group.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpp group [name
gtpp_group_name
| all] ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more }]
name gtpp_group_name
Displays information
and CDR statistics of the GTPP server group named gtpp_group_name.
gtpp_group_name is
name of the configured/default GTPP storage server group.
all
Displays statistics
of all configured GTPP storage server group including default group.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For more information
on the usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the CDR statistics on the basis of GTPP server groups. It shows
the information for all or specific GTPP server group configured
in the context from which this command is issued.
Example:
The following command
displays the status of the GTPP server group backup server configured
in a context called
GTPP_Group1:
show gtpp group name GTPP_Group1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpp statistics
Displays GTPP statistics
for configured CGFs within the context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpp statistics [ cgf-address cgf_address ]
cgf-address cgf_address
Specifies the IP address
of a specific CGF for which to display statistics and is express
in dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Statistics for a single
CGF can be viewed by specifying its IP address. Statistics for all CGFs
in the context can be viewed by not specifying
an IP address.
If
this command is issued from within the local context, the statistics
displayed will be cumulative for all CGFs configured on the system
regardless of context.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for a CGF with an IP address of 192.168.1.14:
show gtpp statistics
cgf-address 192.168.1.14
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpp storage-server
Displays information
pertaining to the configured GTPP storage server.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show gtpp storage-server [ counters { all | group
name
name
} | group name
name
| local file { counters { all | group name
name
} | statistics [ group
name
name
] } | status [ verbose ] | streaming { counters { all | group name
name
} | statistics [ group
name
name
] } ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters
Displays counters for
the external GTPP storage server.
group name name
Displays GTPP backup
server information for the specified group.
local file
Displays statistics
and counters for the local storage-server. This is the hard disk
if hard disk support has been enabled with the gtpp storage-server
mode command in the GTPP Group Configuration Mode.
statistics
Displays statistics
for the GTPP storage server.
status [ verbose ]
Displays status of
the GTPP storage server. verbose enables
the detailed view.
streaming
Displays the status
of CDRs backup on HDD while ‘streaming’ mode is
enabled.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Executing this command
with no keywords displays status information for the GTPP backup
server configured in the context from which this command is issued.
Example:
The following command
displays the GTPP CDR file statistics stored on the local SMC hard
disk.
show gtpp storage-server
local file counters all
The following command
displays the status of the GTPP backup server configured in a context
called ggsn1:
show gtpp storage-server
The following command
displays statistics for the GTPP backup server configured in a context
called ggsn1:
show gtpp storage-server statistics
The following command
displays gtpp storage server counters:
show gtpp storage-server counters
The following command
displays gtpp storage server status:
show gtpp storage-server status
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show gtpu-service
Displays configuration
information for GPRS Tunneling Protocol user plane (GTP-U) services
on this system.
Syntax
show gtpu-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all GTP-U services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific GTP-U service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing GTP-U service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for GTP-U services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the GTP-U service named
egtp1:
show egtp-service name egtp1
show ha-service
Displays information
on configured home agent services.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ha-service { all | name
ha_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | name ha_name
all: indicates
information on all home agent services is to be displayed.
name ha_name:
indicates only the information for the HA service specified as ha_name is
to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display home agent
service configuration information.
Example:
The following commands
displays information on the HA service
sampleService and
all services, respectively.
show ha-service name sampleService
show ha-service all
show hardware
Displays information
on the system hardware.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show hardware { card [ card_num ] | inventory | version [ board | diags | fans] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
card [ card_num ]
Provide the hardware
information for all cards or the card specified by card_num. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48 and must refer to an installed
card.
inventory
Display the hardware
information for all slots in tabular format.
version [ board | diags | fans]
Display the CPU information
for all application cards and fan controller version for the upper
and lower fan trays.
board: Only
include the CPLD and FPGA version information.
diags: Only
include the CFE diagnostics version information.
fans: Show
the fan controller versions for the upper and lower fan trays.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the hardware information
to verify part lists and hardware component versions with reserve
stock
Example:
The following displays
the hardware information for a card installed in slot
1.
show hardware card 1
The following command
displays the hardware inventory for the entire chassis.
show hardware inventory
The following command
results in the display of the CPU version for all application cards
displaying only the CPLD and FPGA information.
show hardware version board
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show hd raid
Shows the output of
the RAID established on the ST40 SMCs.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Administrator, Operator
Syntax
show hd raid [ verbose ]
Example:
show hd raid verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show hd-storage-policy
Displays ACR counter
and statistic information.
Product:
HSGW, P-GW, S-GW
Syntax
show hd-storage-policy { counters { all | name name } | statistics { all | name name } }
counters { all | name name }
all: Specifies
that ACR counter information for all HD storage policies configured
on the system is to be displayed.
name name: Specifies
that ACR counter information for an HD storage policy with the specified
name is to be displayed.
statistics { all | name name }
all: Specifies
that ACR statistic information for all HD storage policies configured
on the system is to be displayed.
name name: Specifies
that ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy with the
specified name is to be displayed.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ACR counter and statistic information.
Example:
The following command
displays ACR statistic information for an HD storage policy named
pgwsgw:
show hd-storage-policy
statistics name pgwsgw
show hsgw-service
Displays configuration
information for HRPD Serving Gateway (HSGW) services on this system.
Syntax
show hsgw-service { all | name service_name } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all HSGW services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific HSGW service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing HSGW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for HSGW services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the HSGW service named
hsgw1:
show hsgw-service name hsgw1
show ims-authorization
policy-control
Displays information
and statistics specific to the policy control in IP Multimedia Subsystem
(IMS) authorization service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ims-authorization
policy-control statistics [ service ims_auth_svc_name
| server { ip-address ip_address [ port port_value ] | name server_name } ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
statistics
Displays the total
collected statistics of all policy control parameters of IMS authorization
service sessions since the last system restart or clear command.
service ims_auth_svc_name
Displays the total
collected statistics of all IMS authorization sessions processed
by a specific IMS authorization service since the last system restart
or clear command. ims_auth_svc_name must
be an existing IMS authorization service name.
server { ip-address ip_address [ port port_value ] | name server_name }
Displays the server-level
message statistics and the server IP address.
Specify the PCRF server
IP address or server name.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information and statistics about policy control configuration in
existing IMS authorization services.
Example:
The following command
displays the existing IMS authorization service name
ims_auth_gx1 on
the system:
show ims-authorization
policy-control statistics service ims_auth_gx1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ims-authorization
policy-gate
Displays information
of installed Policy Gates for specific subscriber in IP Multimedia
Subsytem (IMS) authorization service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ims-authorization
policy-gate { { status [ summary | full ] [ { imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value
] } | callid call_id | { ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc } [ rulename rule_name ] } | { counters [ all | { imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ] } | { rulename rule_name} | { callid
call_id } ] }
[ | { grep grep_options | more } ] ]
status [ summary | full ]
This option displays
the status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions
along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based
on the specified criteria.
summary: limits the
display to a summary on status of the installed policy gates and
their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS
authorization service based.
full: displays the
full information on status of the installed policy gates and their
flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization
service based.
counters all
This option displays
the counters/statistics of the installed policy gates and
their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an IMS
authorization service based on the specified criteria.
all displays the all
counters of the installed gates and their flow definitions along
with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service based.
imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates
and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an
IMS authorization service based on the specified International Mobile Subscriber
Identity (IMSI) named imsi_value.
nsapi nsapi_value specifies
Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI) named nsapi_value to
limit the display to a single PDP context of the subscriber.
callid call_id
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates
and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an
IMS authorization service based on the specified call identifier
named call_id.
ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc
This option displays
status of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions
along with the run-time status in an IMS authorization service named ims_auth_svc.
rulename rule_name
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the installed policy gates
and their flow definitions along with the run-time status in an
IMS authorization service based on the specific dynamic charging
rule named rule_name.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information/statistics/counters about
all of the installed policy gates and their flow definitions along
with the run-time status with specified criteria and filters in
existing IMS authorization services.
Example:
The following command
displays the full status of the installed policy gates in an existing
IMS authorization service on the system:
show ims-authorization
policy-gate status full
The following command
displays the all counters of the installed policy gates in an existing
IMS authorization service on the system:
show ims-authorization
policy-gate counters all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ims-authorization
servers
Displays information
and statistics specific to the authorization servers used for IP
Multimedia Subsytem (IMS) authorization service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
show ims-authorization
servers [ ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name
[ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ] ]
server [ ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name ]
Displays the information
and statistics of all authorization servers configured for IMS authorization service
in a system.
ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name:
Displays the configured authorization servers for IMS authorization
for an IMS authorization service named ms_auth_svc_name.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information and statistics about IMS authorization servers configured
on a system or IMS authorization service.
Example:
The following command
displays the information and statistics of the authorization servers
in IMS authorization service named
ims_auth_gx1:
show ims-authorization
servers ims-auth-service ims_auth_gx1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ims-authorization
service
Displays information,
configuration, and statistics of all/specific IP Multimedia Subsytem
(IMS) authorization service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
show ims-authorization
service { { all [ verbose ] | name ims_auth_svc_name | summary ] } | { statistics [ all | name ims_auth_svc_name ] [ verbose ] } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all [ verbose ]
Displays information
and configuration of all configured IMs authorization services with
a single line of information for each IMS authorization service.
verbose: Displays all
information and configuration data of every IMS authorization services configured
on system.
name ims_auth_svc_name ]
Displays the information,
statistics, and configuration data of an IMS authorization service
named ms_auth_svc_name.
summary
Displays summarized
information and configuration data of all IMS authorization services configured
in a system.
statistics [ all | name ims_auth_svc_name ] [ verbose ]
Displays the IMS Authorization
service statistics including following information:
- Initial authorization
procedures
- Re-authorization procedures
initiated by us
- Re-authorization procedures
initiated by servers
- Various failure statistics
If no criteria specified
summarized statistics of all IMS Authorization services are displayed
- all: displays
individual statistics for every IMS authorization service configured
on system.
- name ims_auth_svc_name:
Displays the statistics of the IMS authorization service named ims_auth_svc_name
- verbose: displays the
detailed statistics of a configured IMS authorization service.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the IMS Authorization service status, counters and configuration.
The status includes the state of a server table switchover. Statistics
option is used for various processes and procedure status.
Example:
The following command
displays the information and configuration data of the IMS authorization service
named
ims_auth_gx1:
show ims-authorization
service name ims_auth_gx1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ims-authorization
sessions
Displays information,
configuration, and statistics of sessions active in IP Multimedia
Subsystem (IMS) authorization service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
show ims-authorization
session [ full | summary ] | [ all | [ ims-auth-service
ims_auth_svc_name | imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ] | apn apn_name | ip-address ip_address | callid call_id ] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
full
Displays complete information
and configuration data of all sessions in IMS authorization services configured
in a system.
summary
Displays summarized
information and configuration data of all sessions in IMS authorization services
configured in a system.
all
Displays information
and configuration of all sessions running in IMS authorization services
with a single line of information for each IMS authorization session.
ims-auth-service ims_auth_svc_name ]
Displays the information,
statistics, and configuration data of sessions in an IMS authorization service
named ms_auth_svc_name.
imsi imsi_value [ nsapi nsapi_value ]
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the running services in an
IMS authorization service based on the specified International Mobile
Subscriber Identity (IMSI) named imsi_value.
nsapi nsapi_value specifies
Network Service Access Point Identifier (NSAPI) named nsapi_value to
limit the display to a single PDP context of the subscriber.
apn apn_name
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS
authorization service based on the access point name (APN) named apn_name.
ip-address ip_address
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS
authorization service based on the host IP address having IP address
value as ip_address.
callid call_id
This option displays
all of the counters/status of the running services in IMS
authorization service based on the specified call identifier named call_id.
summary
Displays summarized
information and configuration data of all IMS authorization services configured
in a system.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the sessions running under IMS Authorization service on
a system with different filter criteria.
Example:
The following command
displays the information and statistical data of a session in IMS authorization
service:
show ims-authorization
sessions full
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ip
Displays information
for the IP-based interfaces’ access group and access list information
along with address resolve protocol information for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip { access-group [ statistics] | access-list [ list_name ] | arp [ arp_ip_address ] | [summary ] | statistics ] ] | localhosts [ host_name ] | prefix-list [ detail [
list_name
] | name
list_name
| summary [
list_name
] ] | rip | route [ route_ip_address [ route_gw_address ] ] | static-route
sroute_ip_address [ sroute_gw_address ] | vrf vrf-name} [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
access-group [ statistics ]
Displays all configured
access groups in the current context along with the priority values.
statistics: Displays
all configured access groups along with packet and byte counters
for each ACL rule hit for the current context. In addition, it shows
the priority values.
access-list [ list_name ]
Indicates the output
is to display the information for all access control lists or the
list specified as list_name.
arp [ arp_ip_address ]
Displays the address
resolution protocol table or the ARP information associated with
the IP address specified as arp_ip_address. arp_ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
IMPORTANT:
When the VPN Manager
restarts, it removes all interfaces from the kernel and thus the kernel
removes all ARP entries. When this happens, the NPU still holds
all of the ARP entries so that there is no traffic disruption. When
this happens, from a user point of view, show ip arp is
broken since this command gathers information from the Kernel and
not the NPU.
localhosts [ host_name ]
Displays all the local
host information or only for the host specified as host_name.
prefix-list [ detail [ list_name ] | name list_name | summary [ list_name ] ]
This keyword list information
on configured IP prefix lists. With no keyword supplied, a list
of all prefix lists and their entries is displayed.
detail [ list_name ]:
Lists detailed information for all prefix lists and their entries.
If a list name is specified only the details for the specified prefix
list are displayed. list_name must
be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
name list_nam:
Lists the entries for a specified prefix list. list_name must
be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
summary [ list_name ]:
Lists summary information for all prefix lists and their entries.
If a list name is specified only the summary for the specified prefix
list are displayed. list_name must
be a string of from 1 through 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
rip
Displays general RIP
routing process information. (RIP is not supported at this time.)
route [ route_ip_address [ route_gw_address ] ]
Indicates the route
information to the address specified by route_ip_address is
to be displayed. The route gateway address may be specified as needed
to identify the route. route_ip_address and route_gw_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
static-route sroute_ip_address [ sroute_gw_address ]
Displays the static
route information for the address specified by sroute_ip_address is
to be displayed. The static route gateway address may also be specified
to identify the route. sroute_ip_address and sroute_gw_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
vrf vrf_name
Displays the routing
information of the VRF. vrf_name is a
name used to identify a VRF.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the IP information
to verify and/or troubleshooting communication difficulties between
to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command
displays the ACL for the list named
sampleACL.
show ip access-list sampleACL
The following command
will output the static route information to remote host 1.2.3.4.
show ip static-route 1.2.3.4
show ip as-path-access-list
Displays the contents
of a BGP router AS path access list in the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip as-path-access-list
list_name
list_name
The name of an existing
AS path access list configured in the current context.
must be an alpha and
or numeric string from 1 through 79 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the configured entries for the specified BGP router AS path access
list in the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays the contents of an AS path access list named
ASlist1:
show ip as-path-access-list ASlist1
show ip bgp
Disp[lays
BGP information for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip bgp [
ip_address/mask
| debugging |
filter-list
list_name
| neighbors [ip_adrress] |
route-map
map_name
| vpnv4 { all [network | neighbors |
summary ] | vrf vrf-name [ network ] | route-distinguisher
[ network | neighbors | summary ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
ip_address/mask
Specify the IP address
and netmask bits for the network for which information should be
displayed. ip_address is
an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation and mask is the
number of subnet bits, representing a subnet mask in shorthand. These
must be entered in the dotted-decimal notation/subnet bits
format (1.1.1.1/24).
debugging
Display debug flags
that are enabled.
filter-list list_name
Display routes that
match the specified filter list.
neighbors [ip_address]
Display information
for all neighbors or a specified neighbor. ip_address is
an IPv4 address in dotted-decimal notation
route-map map_name
Display routes that
match the specified route-map.
vpnv4 { all [network | neighbors | summary ] | vrf
vrf-name [ network ] | route-distinguisher [ network | neighbors | summary ] }
Display all VPNv4 routing
data, routing data for a VRF, or a route-distinguisher.
- all: displays
all VPN routing information. If this is specified, the information
displayed is gathered from all the VRF's known to BGP and displayed.
It could contain the list of neighbors, the list of networks, or
a particular network
- network:
displays the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- neighbors:
shows neighbor information for the all the vrfs including the default
vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- summary:
shows summary information of neighbors for all the vrfs including
the default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- vrf vrf name:
name used to identify a VRF. Information is only gathered from the
corresponding VRF. If there is no such VRF, an error is reported.
- network:
displays the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- route-distinguisher:
If specified along with the RD value, the information displayed
is gathered from the corresponding VRF whose RD value is the same
as the specified value. If there is no VRF associated with such
an RD, an error is reported.
- network:displays
the network for which information in the BGP routing table.
- neighbors:shows
neighbor information for the all the vrfs including the default
vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
- summary:shows
summary information of neighbors for all the vrfs including the
default vrf or for the VRF with a matching RD value.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command display
to BGP information for the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays information for all BGP neighbors:
show ip bgp neighbors
show ip interface
This command displays
the statistical and configuration information for the IP-based interfaces
including VRF table for specific context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip
interface [vrf vrf-name] [ name intfc_name [statistics] [tunnel [gre-keepalive ] ] [summary] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
vrf vrf_name
Displays the routing
information of the VRF. vrf_name is a
name used to identify a VRF.
name intfc_name
Indicates the name
of the interface for which information has to be displayed. If no
interface name is specified then information for all IP interfaces
is displayed.
ntfc_name is
name of the configured IP interface.
tunnel [ gre-keepalive ]
This keyword will filter
the IP interface information for tunnel type of interfaces.
It is applicable for GRE/IP-in-IP
type of tunnel interfaces only.
gre-keepalive: This
optional keyword displays the GRE keepalive information for GRE
tunnel configured with this IP interface.
statistics
Displays the session
statistics of all ingress and egress packets processed through this
IP interface.
summary
Displays summarized
information about requested IP interface/s.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the summarized of detailed configuration and statistical information
for configured IP interface. This information can be used to verify
and/or troubleshooting communication difficulties between
to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command
displays the interface information, including statistics, for the
IP interface
sampleInterface.
show ip interface sampleInterface statistics
The following command
displays the GRE keepalive information for an IP interface named
IP_gre1.
show ip interface IP_gre1 tunnel gre-keepalive
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ip ospf
This command displays
OSPF routing information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show
ip
ospf [ border-routers | database [ verbose ] [ ls-id
ip_addr
] [ adv-router
ip_addr
] [ ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa |
integer
} ] | debugging | interface | neighbor [ details ] | route | virtual-links ]
border-routers
Displays all known
area border routers (ABRs) and Autonomous System border routers
(ASBRs) for OSPF.
database [ verbose ] [ ls-id ip_addr ] [ adv-router ip_addr ] [ ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa | integer } ]
Displays a summary
of the database information for OSPF.
verbose:
Display detailed OSPF database information.
ls-id ip_addr:
Display OSPF database information for the LSAs with the specified
LSID.
adv-router ip_addr:
Display OSPF database information for the advertising router with
the specified LSID.
ls-type { router | network | summary | asbr-summary | external | nssa | LSA_Numerical_Type } ]:
Display OSPF database information for the specified LSA type.
debugging
Lists which debugging
parameters are enabled.
interface
Displays interface
information for OSPF.
neighbor [ details ]
Displays summary information
about all known OSPF neighbors.
details:
Displays detailed information about all known OSPF neighbors.
route [ summary ]
Displays the OSPF routing
table.
summary:
Displays the number of intra-area, inter-area, external-1 and external-2
routes.
virtual-links
Displays the OSPF virtual
links.
Usage:
Use this command to
display OSPF information.
Example:
To display general
OSPF information, enter the following command;
show ip ospf
show ip policy-forward
Displays information
for IP packet redirecting policy for HA.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip policy-forward
Usage:
Use this command to
see all the settings for IP packet redirection configuration from existing
HA to new HA during upgrade.
IMPORTANT:
It is a customer specific
command.
Example:
The following command
displays forward policy configuration for an HA:
show ip policy-forward
show ip pool
This command displays
statistics specific to IP pools.
Product:
PDSN,
GGSN, HA
, ASN-GW, A-BG
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ip pool [ address {pool-name
pool_name
| group-name
group_name} {used | free | hold | release} [limit
limit]| group-name
group_name
| groups | hold-timer { imsi
imsi
| msid
msid
| username
username
[ imsi
imsi
| msid
msid
] }| overlap | pool-name
pool_name
| private | public | resource | static | summary | verbose | wide ]
address {pool-name pool_name | group-name group_name} {used | free | hold | release} [ limit limit]
Displays IP pool addresses
for the specified IP pool or pool group that are currently in the
specified state.
pool-name pool_name:
Show IP addresses from the IP pool with the specified name. pool_name must
be the name of an existing IP pool.
group-name group_name:
Show IP addresses from the IP pool group with the specified name. group_name must be
the name of an existing IP pool group.
used: Display
the IP addresses that are in a used state.
free: Display
the IP addresses that are in a free state.
hold: Display
the IP addresses that are in a hold state.
release:
Display the IP addresses that ar4e in a release state.
limit limit: The
maximum number of address to display. limit must
be an integer from 1 through 524287.
group-name group_name
Show information about
the IP pool group with the specified name. group_name must
be the name of an existing IP pool group.
groups
List information about
all IP pool groups.
hold-timer {imsi imsi | msid msid | username username [imsi imsi | msid msid]}
Displays hold timer
address information for the specified IMSI, MSID, or username.
imsi imsi: The
IMSI for which to display hold-timer information. imsi must
be a valid IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) ID which
is a 15 character field that identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier.
msid msid: The
MSID for which to display hold-timer information. msid must
be a mobile subscriber ID from 7 through 16 digits.
username username:
The username for which to display hold-timer information. username must
be an alpha and or numeric string of from 1 through 127 characters.
IMPORTANT:
Active users cannot
be displayed. If an active ID or username is entered, the following
error message appears: Failure: No address matching the specified
information was found! Please confirm that the options used match
the network architecture/deployment,i.e. IMSI/MSID
only, Username only, or IMSI/MSID plus Username. Please
note that this command does not apply for addresses in the used state.
overlap
List information on
overlapping IP pools
pool-name pool_name
Show information about
the specified IP pool. pool_name must
be the name of an existing IP pool.
private
Show information about
IP pools marked private.
public
Show information about
IP pools marked public.
resource
Show information about
resource IP pools.
static
Show information about
static IP pools.
summary
Show a summary of all
IP pool information.
verbose
Show detailed information
about all IP pools.
wide
Show detailed information
formatted to more than 80 columns.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display statistics pertaining to IP Pools in the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays IP address information for an IP Pool named
pool1:
show ip pool address
pool-name pool
To display a summary
list for all IP pools in the current context, enter the following
command:
show ip pool summary
The following command
displays IP pool information for all IP pools configured in the
current context:
show ip pool verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ip ipsp
Displays the names
of IP pools that are enabled for the IP pool sharing protocol (IPSP)
and lists the disposition of addresses in the pools.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show
ip
ipsp [ summary ]
summary
Only show the disposition
of the addresses in the participating IP pools. Do not show the
names of the participating IP pools.
Usage:
Use this command to
list the names of IP pools that are participating in the IPSP and
list the disposition of IP addresses in those pools.
IMPORTANT:
For information on
configuring and using IPSP refer to the System Administration and Configuration
Guide.
Example:
To list information
on al IPSP participating pools and address disposition, enter the
following command:
show ip ipsp
show ipms status
Displays the status
of IPMS client service with information related to system and call
events. It also displays the status of IPMS servers configured.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ipms status [summary | all | server
address ip_address]
summary
Displays the summary
of all configured IPMS client and IPMS servers.
all
Displays information
for all configured IPMS client and IPMS servers.
server address ip_address
Displays status for
a specific IPMS server.
ip_address is
the IP address of the desired IPMS server and must be entered in
IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
This command is used
to show/verify the status or configuration of one or all
IPMS server along with system and call event information.
Example:
The following command
displays status of an IPMS server with IP address 1.2.3.4:
show ipms status server
address 1.2.3.4
show ipsg
Displays information
and statistics specific to the IP Services Gateway service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ipsg { service { all [ counters ] | name name } | sessions { all | callid num | counters { criteria } | full { criteria } | ip-address address | msid num | peer-address address | summary { criteria } | username name } | statistics [ name name | peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
service { all [ counters ] | name name }
Displays information
about the configured IPSG service.
all [ counters ]:
Displays information about all of the configured IPSG services on
the system.
name name: Displays
information about a specific IPSG service on the system. name must
be an existing IPSG service name.
sessions { all | callid num | counters { criteria } | full { criteria } | imsi num | ip-address address | msid num | peer-address address | summary { criteria } | username name }
all: Displays
session information including call ID, NAI, and home address for
all current IPSG sessions. This is the default behavior for the sessions keyword.
callid num: Displays
session information for a current IPSG session based on the call
ID. num must
be an existing IPSG service session call ID.
counters { criteria }:
Displays session counters for sessions matching the criteria. (See criteria below.)
full { criteria }:
Displays all available session information for sessions matching
the criteria. (See criteria below.)
ip-address address:
msid num: Displays
session information for a current IPSG session based on the MSID. num must
be an existing IPSG service session MSID.
peer-address address:
Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on
the IP address of the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages. address must
be an existing IPSG service session IP address for the device sending
the RADIUS accounting messages.
summary { criteria }:
Displays a summary of available session information for sessions
matching the criteria. (See criteria below.)
username name: Displays
session information for a specific IPSG session based on the username
of the subscriber. name must
be an existing IPSG service session subscriber username.
criteria:
all: Displays
session information for all exisitng IPSG service sessions.
callid num: Displays
session information for a specific IPSG session based on the call
ID. num must
be an existing IPSG service session call ID.
ip-address address:
Displays session information for a specific IPSG session based on
the IP address of the subscriber. address must
be an existing IPSG service session subscriber IP address.
msid num: Displays
session information for a specific IPSG session based on the MSID. num must
be an existing IPSG service session MSID.
peer-address address:
Displays session information for a current IPSG session based on
the IP address of the device sending the RADIUS accounting messages. address must
be an existing IPSG service session IP address for the device sending
the RADIUS accounting messages.
username name: Displays
session information for a specific IPSG session based on the username
of the subscriber. name must
be an existing IPSG service session subscriber username.
statistics [ name name | peer-address address ]
Displays the total
collected statistics of all IPSG sessions since the last system
restart or clear command.
name name: Displays
the total collected statisitcs of all IPSG sessions processed by
a specific service since the last system restart or clear command. name must
be an existing IPSG service name.
peer-address address:
Displays the total collected statistics of all IPSG sessions associated
with a specific IP address of the device responsable for sending
the RADIUS accounting messages. Displayed statistics are from the
last system restart or clear command.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information and statistics about existing IPSG services.
Example:
The following command
displays the existing IPSG services on the system:
show ipsg service all
The following command
displays all the existing IPSG service sessions on the system:
show ipsg session all
The following command
displays the cumulative IPSG session statistics on the system:
show ipsg statistics
The following command
displays the cumulative IPSG session statistics on the system for
an IPSG service named
ipsg1:
show ipsg statistics
name ipsg1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ipv6
Displays the statistics
for each rule in an IPv6 access control group.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ipv6 access-group
show ipv6 { access-group [ statistics] | access-list [ list_name ] | interface [ summary | name
interface_name [ statistics ] | neighbors | route
route_ip_address }
access-group [ statistics ]
Displays all configured
access groups in the current context along with the priority values.
statistics: Displays
all configured access groups along with packet and byte counters
for each IPv6 ACL rule hit for the current context. In addition,
it shows the priority values.
access-list [ list_name ]
Indicates the output
is to display the information for all access control lists or the
list specified as list_name.
interface [ summary | name interface_name [ statistics ]
This command displays
information about IPv6 interfaces. If no interface name is specified
then information for IPv6 interfaces is displayed.
summary:
Displays a summary of the interface information.
name interface_name:
Displays information for the IPv6 interface specified. Must be followed
by an interface_name.
statistics:
Includes the number on inbound and outbout IP packets statistics
that were registered by the kernel in the information displayed.
neighbors
Displays the neighbor
discovery table for this context.
route route_ip_address
Indicates the route
information to the address specified by route_ip_address is
to be displayed. The route gateway address may be specified as needed
to identify the route. route_ip_address using
colon ( : ) separated notation.
Usage:
Show the IPv6 information
to verify and/or troubleshoot communication difficulties between
to a remote host/node.
Example:
The following command
displays the ACL for the list named sampleACL.
show ipv6 access-list samplev6ACL
The following command
displays the interface information, including statistics, for the
IPv6 interface
samplev6Interface.
show ipv6 interface samplev6Interface statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ipv6 pool
Displays information
for ipv6 pools.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ipv6 pools [ name
ipv6 pool name
|
group-name
name
| { grep
grep_options | more } ]
name ipv6 name
Displays information
for a specified ipv6 pool.
group-name name
Displays information
for a specified IPv6 pools group.
name is the
name of the group of IPv6 pool and must be a string having 1 to
79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
see all the ipv6 pools.
Example:
The following command
displays ipv6 pool information:
show ipv6 pools
show iups-service
This command displays
information for Iu-PS services in the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show iups-service { all | name srvc_name }[ rnc { all | mcc
mcc_num mnc mnc_num | rnc_id } ]
all
Show information for
all IuPS services.
name srvc_name
srvc_name: must
be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a
specific existing IuPS service.
rnc all
Displays information
for all configured RNCs.
rnc mcc mcc_num
mnc mnc_num
Displays information
for a specific RNC.
- mcc_num: The
Mobile Country Code (MCC) of the RNC. Must be a 3 digit integer
from 200 through 999.
- mnc_num: The
Mobile Network Code (MNC) of the RNC. Must be a 2 or 3 digit integer
from 00 through 999.
rnc rnc_id
rnc_id: The
identification number of the RNC configuration instance. Must be
an integer from 0 to 4095.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for a specific Iu-PS service or for all Iu-PS services
configured within the context. It is also possible, but not required,
to fine-tune the display to only provide information for a specific
RNC.
Iu-PS services control
the interface between the SGSN and the RNCs in the UMTS Radio Access
Network (UTRAN). Iu-PS services include the control plane and the
data plane between these nodes.
Example:
The following command
displays information for a single Iu-PS service named
iups-svc-1:
show iups-service name iups-svc-1
The next command displays
information for all Iu-PS services configured in the current context:
show iups-service all
This command displays
information for a specific RNC for a specific Iu-PS services:
show iups-service name iups-svc-1
rnc 123
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show l2tp sessions
Displays information
for L2TP tunnels.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
full
Shows all available
information for the specified sessions.
summary
Shows a summary of
available information for the specified sessions.
counters
Shows counters for
the specified L2TP sessions.
all
Shows all current sessions.
callid id
Show session information
for the specified call id. The output of the command show l2tp tunnels contains
a field labeled Callid Hint which lists the call id information
to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte Hexadecimal number.
username name
Shows session information
for the specified subscriber. username has
a string length of 1 to 127 characters. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed.
msid ms_id
Shows session information
for the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard
characters $ and * are allowed.
lac-service service_name
Shows all L2TP sessions
in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name
Shows all L2TP sessions
in the specified LNS service.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address
Shows all L2TP sessions
to the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
In conjunction with sessions keyword,
indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies
how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be
one of the following:
- <: IP
address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address
less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
Usage:
Use this command to
show information for sessions in the current context.
IMPORTANT:
If this command is
executed from within the local context, cumulative session information
is displayed for all contexts.
Example:
The following command
displays cumulative statistics for all sessions processed within
the current context:
show l2tp sessions
The following command
displays all information pertaining to the L2TP session of a subscriber named
isp1vpnuser1:
show l2tp session
full username isp1vpnuser1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show l2tp statistics
Displays statistics
for all L2TP tunnels and sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
lac-service service_name
Shows L2TP statistics
for all tunnels and sessions in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name
Shows L2TP statistics
for all tunnels and sessions in the specified LNS service.
peer-address peer_address
Shows L2TP statistics
for all tunnels and sessions to the destination (peer LNS) at the
specified IP address. The peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
Usage:
Use this command to
display statistics for L2TP services.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for a specific LAC service named vpn1:
show l2tp statistics
lac-service service_name
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show l2tp tunnels
Displays information
for L2TP tunnels.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
full
Shows all available
information for the specified tunnels.
summary
Shows a summary of
available information for the specified tunnels.
counters
Shows counters for
the specified L2TP tunnels.
all
Shows all current tunnels.
callid id
Show tunnel information
for the specified call id. The output of the command show l2tp tunnels contains
a field labeled Callid Hint which lists the call id information
to use with this command. This is an 8-Byte Hexadecimal number.
username name
Shows tunnel information
for the specified subscriber. username has
a string length of 1 to 127 characters. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed.
msid ms_id
Shows tunnel information
for the mobile user identified by ms_id. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard
characters $ and * are allowed.
lac-service service_name
Shows all L2TP tunnels
in the specified LAC service.
lns-service service_name
Shows all L2TP tunnels
in the specified LNS service.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address
Shows all L2TP tunnels
to the destination (peer LNS) at the specified IP address. The peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
In conjunction with tunnels keyword,
indicates a range of peers is to be displayed.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies
how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be
one of the following:
- <: IP
address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address
less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
Usage:
Use this command to
show information for tunnels in the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays all of the tunnels currently being facilitated by LAC services
within the current context:
show l2tp tunnels all
The following command
displays information pertaining to the L2TP tunnel(s) established
for a LAC-service named vpn1:
show l2tp tunnels
full lac-service vpn1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show lawful-intercept
Displays information
on sessions that are currently being lawfully intercepted.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, or Inspector that have li-administrator privileges.
Syntax
show lawful-intercept [ full ] { [ all ] [ imsi
imsi_value ] [ intercept-id
li_id ] [ ip-addr
intercept_ip_addr ] [ msid
ms_id] [ username
subscriber_name ] | statistics }
full
Display full detailed
information.
all
Display information
for all lawful intercepts.
imsi imsi_value
Specifies the International
Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) of the intercepted subscriber session.
imsi_value is
an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
ipaddr intercept_ip_addr
Specifies the IP address
of the intercepted subscriber session.
intercept_ip_addr must
be specified using dotted decimal notation.
msid ms_id
Specifies the mobile
subscriber identification number of the intercepted subscriber session.
ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
username subscriber_name
Specifies the username
of the intercepted subscriber.
subscriber_name
refers to a previously configured user.
statistics
Display summary statistical
information for all Lawful Intercept sessions.
Usage:
Use this command to
display lawful intercept statistics.
IMPORTANT:
You must log in to
the system through a Secure Shell (SSH) using a system account that
has li-administrator privileges to use this command. For details
on using the Lawful Intercept capability of the system, refer to
System Administration and Configuration Guide.
Example:
To show detailed information
for a lawfully intercepted session with the MSID 0000100048, enter
the following command
show lawful-intercept
full msid 0000100048
show lac-service
Displays the information
for all LAC services or for a particular LAC service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show lac-service { all | name
service_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all
Display information
for all LAC services.
name service_name
Display information
only for the LAC service specified by service_name.
service_name is
up to a 60 character name given to the service when it was originally
configured.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
list information for LAC services configured on this system.
Example:
The following commands
display information for all LAC services and the LAC service named
lac1, respectively.
show lac-service all
show lac-service name lac1
show leds
Displays the current
status of the LEDs for a specific card or all cards.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show leds { all | card_num } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | card_num
all: indicates
the LED status for all cards is to be displayed.
card_num:
indicates the LED status for the card specified by card_num is
to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the status
of the LEDs as a part of an automated periodic script which checks
the LEDs of the chassis.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands
display the LED status for all cards and only card
8, respectively.
show leds all
IMPORTANT:
Refer to the descriptions
for Card LEDs and System LEDs in show card info command
in the Counters and Statistics Reference for information on the
LED color codes.
show license information
Displays the installed
license information as well as maximum number of sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show license
information { key_name | full} | { key } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
key_name | full
key_name:
the output displays the information for the key specified as key_name.
full: the
output displays the full features and quantities without any hardware
limits in place.
key:
indicates the output
is to display the installed keys in encrypted format.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the license information
to verify the proper keys have been installed. This command is also
helpful in troubleshooting user system access due to the maximum
number of sessions being reached.
Example:
The following displays
the encrypted installed key and the information for
sampleKey respectively.
show license information
show linecard table
Displays information
on the rear-installed interface cards.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show linecard table [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
table
Displays information
on all linecard slots in tabular format.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the line card
information to verify hardware inventories and installed components.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
show linecard table
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show lma-service
Displays statistic
and counter information for Local Mobility Anchor (LMA) services
on this system.
Syntax
show lma-service all
show lma-service name service_name
show lma-service session [ all | callid id | counters | full | ipv6-address { <
address | >
address | address | greater-than address [ less-than address ] | less-than address [ greater-than address ] } | summary | username name ]
show lma-service statistics [ lma-service name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
about all configured LMA services on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific LMA service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing LMA service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
session [ all | callid id | counters | full | ipv6-address { < address | > address | address | greater-than address [ less-than address ] | less-than address [ greater-than address ] } | summary | username name ]
Displays session information
filtered by the following parameters:
all: Displays
all active LMA sessions using LMA services on the system.
callid id: Displays
available session information for the specific call identification
number. id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters:
Displays session counters for active LMA sessions using LMA services
on the system. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:
- all
- callid
- ipv6-address
- username
Refer to the keyword
descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
full: Displays
additional session information for active LMA sessions using LMA
services on the system. This keyword includes the information in
the output of the ‘all’ keyword plus additional
information. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:
- all
- callid
- ipv6-address
- username
Refer to the keyword
descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
ipv6-address:
- < address and less-than adress: Displays summary
information for a group of IPv6 addresses that are less than the
specified IPv6 address using one of these keywords. A range can
be specified by including an address with the greater-than option. address must be
specified in colon separated notation.
- > address and greater-than address:
Displays summary information for a group of IPv6 addresses that
are greater than the specified IPv6 address using one of these keywords.
A range can be specified by including an address with the less-than option. address must
be specified in colon separated notation.
- address:
Displays summary information for a specific IPv6 address using an
LMA service on this system. address must
be specified in colon separated notation.
summary:
Displays the number of LMA sessions currently active for LMA services
configured on the system.
username name: Displays
available session information for a specific user in a service session. name must
be followed by an existing user name and must be from 1 to 127 alpha
and/or numeric characters.
statistics [ lma-service name ]
lma-service name: Displays
LMA service statistics for a specific LMA service. name must
be an existing LMA srvice and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for LMA services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the LMA service named
lma1:
show lma-service name lma1
show lns-service
Displays the information
for all LNS services or for a particular LNS service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show lns-service { all | name
service_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all
Display information
for all LNS services.
name service_name
Display information
only for the LNS service specified by service_name.
service_name is
up to a 60 character name given to the service when it was originally
configured.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
list information for LNS services configured on this system.
Example:
The following commands
display information for all LNS services and the LNS service named
lns1, respectively.
show lns-service all
show lns-service name lns1
show local-user
Displays information
pertaining to local-user accounts.
Privilege:
Security Administrator
Syntax
show local-user [ [ username name ] [ inactive filter ] [ verbose | wide ] | statistics [ verbose ] ]
username name
Specifies the name
of a specific local-user administrative account for which to display information.
name can
be from 3 to 16 alpha and/or numeric characters in length
and is case sensitive.
inactive filter
Specifies a filter
for displaying inactive local-user accounts.
filter can be
one of the following:
- < days : Displays accounts
that have been inactive less than the specified number of days.
- > days : Displays accounts
that have been inactive more than the specified number of days.
- greater-than days : Displays accounts
that have been inactive more than the specified number of days.
- less-than days : Displays accounts
that have been inactive less than the specified number of days.
days can
be configured to any integer value from 1 to 365.
[ verbose | wide ]
Default: wide
Specifies how the information
is to be displayed as one of the following options:
- verbose :
The data is displayed in list format. Additional information is
provided beyond what is displayed when the wide option
is used.
- wide : The
data is displayed in tabular format.
statistics [ verbose ]
Displays local-user
statistics.
Using the verbose keyword
displays additional statistics.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information and statistics on local-user administrative accounts.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed information on local-user administrative accounts
that have been inactive for more than 10 days:
show local-user inactive greater-than 10 verbose
The following command
displays detailed information for a local-user account named Test:
show local-user username
Test verbose
The following command
displays detailed local-user account statistics:
show local-user statistics verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show logging
Displays the defined
logging filters for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show logging [ active | verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
active | verbose
Default: all facilities
are shown in concise form.
active: indicates
only the active CLI logging filter information is to be displayed.
verbose:
indicates the output should provide as much information as possible.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View log filters to
trouble shoot disk utilization issues.
Example:
show logging
show logging active
show logging verbose
show logging active verbose
show logs
Displays active and
inactive logs filtered by the options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show logs [ active ] [ inactive ] [ callid
call_id ] [ event-verbosity
evt_verboseness] [ facility
facility ] [ level
severity_level ] [ pdu-data
pdu_format ] [ pdu-verbosity
pdu_verboseness ] [ proclet facility ] [ since
from_date_time [ until
to_date_time ] ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
active
Indicates output is
to display data from active logs.
inactive
Indicates output is
to display data from inactive logs.
callid call_id
Specifies a call ID
for which log information is to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
event-verbosity evt_verboseness
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in displaying of event data as one of:
- min - displays minimal
information about the event. Information includes event name, facility,
event ID, severity level, date, and time.
- concise - displays
detailed information about the event, but does not provide the event source
within the system.
- full - displays detailed
information about event, including source information, identifying
where within the system the event was generated.
level severity_level
level severity_level:
specifies the level of information to be logged,
severity_level,
from the following list which is ordered from highest to lowest:
- critical - display
critical events
- error - display error
events and all events with a higher severity level
- warning - display warning
events and all events with a higher severity level
- unusual - display unusual
events and all events with a higher severity level
- info - display info
events and all events with a higher severity level
- trace - display trace
events and all events with a higher severity level
- debug - display all
events
pdu-data pdu_format
Specifies output format
for the display of packet data units as one of:
- none - output is in
raw format (unformatted).
- hex - output being
displayed in hexadecimal format.
- hex-ascii - output
being displayed in hexadecimal and ASCII similar to a main-frame dump.
pdu-verbosity pdu_verboseness
Specifies the level
of verboseness to use in displaying of packet data units as a value
from 1 to 5 where 5 is the most detailed.
proclet facility
Shows the logs from
a specific proclet facility. The available facilities are the same
as those listed earlier.
since from_date_time [ until to_date_time ]
Default: no limit.
since from_date_time:
indicates only the log information which has been collected more
recently than from_date_time is
to be displayed.
until to_date_time:
indicates no log information more recent than to_date_time is
to be displayed. until defaults
to current time when omitted.
from_date_time and to_date_time must be
formatted as YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm or YYYY:MM:DD:HH:mm:ss. Where YYYY
is a 4-digit year, MM is a 2-digit month in the range 01 through
12, DD is a 2-digit day in the range 01 through 31, HH is a 2-digit
hour in the range 00 through 23, mm is a 2-digit minute in the range
00 through 59, and ss is a 2 digit second in the range 00 through
59.
to_date_time must
be a time which is more recent than from_date_time.
The use of the until keyword
allows for a time range of log information while only using the since keyword
will display all information up to the current time.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View log files for
general maintenance or troubleshooting system issues.
Example:
The following commands
display log information for the
a11mgr facility starting
with February 20th, 2003 at midnight where both are equivalent.
show logs facility a11mgr since 2003:02:20:00:00
show logs facility a11mgr since 2003:02:20:00:00:00
The following command
displays the log information for call ID
FE881D32 only
in active logs.
show logs active callid FE881D32
show mag-service
Displays statistic
and counter information for Mobile Access Gateway (MAG) services
on this system.
Syntax
show mag-service { all | name service_name | session [ all | callid id | counters | full | msid id | summary |
username name ] | statistics [ name service_name ] } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays information
for all configured MAG services on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific MAG service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing MAG service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
session [ all | callid id | counters | full | msid id | summary |
username name ]
all: Displays
all active MAG sessions using MAG services on the system.
callid id: Displays
available session information for the specific call identification
number. id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters:
Displays counters for all MAG services on the system.This keyword
can also be filtered by the following:
Refer to the keyword
descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
full: Displays
additional session information for all active MAG sessions using
MAG services on the system. This keyword includes the information
in the output of the ‘all’ keyword plus additional
information. This keyword can also be filtered by the following:
Refer to the keyword
descriptions in this command for information regarding these filters.
msid id: Displays
available information for a specific mobile station identification
number or group of numbers based on wildcard entry. id must be
a valid MSID number and can be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard
characters ('$' and/or '*'). The * wildcard
matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a
single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted
as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘). For example: ‘$’.
summary:
Displays the number of MAG sessions currently active for MAG services
configured on the system.
username name: Displays
available session information for a specific user in a service session. name must
be followed by an existing user name and must be from 1 to 127 alpha
and/or numeric characters.
statistics [ name service_name ]
name service_name:
Displays MAG service statistics for a specific MAG service. service_name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for MAG services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the MAG service named
mag1:
show mag-service name mag1
show map-service
Displays information
configured for the Mobile Application Part (MAP) services, including
MAP service features and operational configuration. Also includes
some related configuration information for the HLR and EIR configuration
parameters.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show map-service [ all | name srvc_name ]
name srvc_name
srvc_name: must
be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a
specific existing MAP service.
Usage:
Use this command to
display all MAP service or the statistics for a particular MAP service.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for the MAP service named
map-svc-1:
show map-service name
map-srvc-1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show map statistics
Displays Mobile Application
Part (MAP) statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show map statistics [ name srvc_name ]
name srvc_name
srvc_name: must
be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a
specific existing MAP service.
Usage:
Use this command to
display all MAP statistics or the statistics for a particular MAP service.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for the MAP service named
map-svc-1:
show map statistics
name map-svc-1
The following command
displays combined statistics for all MAP services in the current context:
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show maximum-temperatures
Shows the maximum temperature
reached by each card since the last temperature timestamp reset.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show maximum-temperatures [ verbose] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose
Indicates that the
output is to contain detailed information.
Usage:
Verify the maximum
temperature reached by components in the chassis since the indicated timestamp.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
show maximum-temperatures
show maximum-tempteratures verbose
show mbms bearer-service
Displays configuration
information for bearer service configured for multimedia broadcast
and multicast facility on this system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show mbms bearer-service [ all | apn
apn_name mcast-addr ip_address | service-type { broadcast | multicast } | full | instance instance_id | summary ] + [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
all
Displays information
on all bearer services configured on the system.
apn apn_name mcast-addr ip_address
Displays bearer service
information of MBMS for a specific APN apn_name bind
to given BM-SC (Broadcast Multicast - Service Center) server address ip_address.
apn_name is
the name of the APN and can be from 1 to 62 alpha and/or numeric
characters and is case sensitive.
ip_address is
the IP address of the BM-SC server in IPv4 dotted decimal notation
bind to the APN.
service-type { broadcast | multicast }
Displays information
for a specific type of service for MBMS.
broadcast: Specifies
the MBMS service type as broadcast only.
multicast: Specifies
the MBMS service type as multicast only.
full
Displays full information
for specific or all instances of bearer service in MBMS feature
on system.
instance instance_id
Displays session information
filtered for specific instances of bearer service in MBMS feature
on system.
instance_id is
the indicator for bearer service running for MBMS session and it
must be an integer from 1 through 64.
summary
Displays summary information
for specific or all instances of bearer service in MBMS feature
on system.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more options,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command
Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify the configuration of one or all bearer services and active instances
of bearer services under MBMS feature. It is also useful for monitoring
or troubleshooting purposes.
If
this command is executed from within the local context with the
all keyword, information for all bearer service instances running
under MBMS feature configured on the system will be displayed.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information for all bearer service instances
running on system:
show mbms bearer-service
full all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mipfa
Displays the foreign
agent information for the mobile IP calls specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show mipfa { [ [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
call_id | msid
ms_id | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username
user_name } | statistics [ fa-service
fa_name | peer-address [ peer_address | greater-than
peer_address | less-than
peer_address | > peer_address | < peer_address ] } ] | peers
fa-service service_name [ current-sessions
{ { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters | full | summary
Default: concise output.
counters:
indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.
full: indicates
detailed information is to be displayed.
summary:
indicates only summary information is to be displayed.
These options are not
available in conjunction with the statistics keyword.
all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | peer-address peer_ip_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username user_name
all: indicates
all available information is to be displayed.
callid call_id:
indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
msid ms_id:
specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI and /or
characters $ and * for wildcard filter.
show mipha msid 01234567$$
will show any subscriber
with a MSID that match the upper 8 digits of MSID supplied, i.e.
01234567 and any 2 digits at remaining 2 places.
peer-address peer_ip_address: specifies
the peer IP address for which MIP call information is to be displayed. peer_ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
reverse-tunnel { on | off }:
specifies either the on or off reverse IP tunnels information is
to be displayed.
username user_name:
specifies a user only for which MIP call information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
user_name must
be a sequence of character and /or wildcard characters $ and * for
wildcard matching with a string length of 1 to 127 characters.
statistics [ fa-service fa_name | peer-address [ peer_address | greater-than peer_address | less-than peer_address | > peer_address | < peer_address ]
Indicates the statistics
information is to be displayed for foreign agent service specified
as fa_name or
for the peer specified by the address peer_address.
fa-service fa_name :
indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to
be displayed. fa_name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address peer_address :indicates the
statistic information for the peer specified is to be displayed. peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
greater-than peer_address:
Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses greater than peer_address.
less-than peer_address:
Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses less than peer_address.
> peer_address:
Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses greater than peer_address.
< peer_address:
Specifies the range of IPv4 addresses less than peer_address.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address
In conjunction with mipfa [ summary ] peer-address keyword, indicates
a range of peers is to be displayed.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies
how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be
one of the following:
- <: IP
address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address
less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
peers fa-service service_name [ current-sessions { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ]
Displays peer servers
for the specified FA service.
fa-service service_name:
Specifies the name of the FA service from which the associated peer
servers are to be dispalyed. service_name must
be an existing FA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
current-sessions: Displays
only peer servers with current sessions meeting the following criteria:
- > | greater-than sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions higher than
the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “greater-than” and
the “>” symbol
are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- < sessions:
Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions higher
than the greater-than peramter
but less than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- < | less-than sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions lower than
the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “less-than” and
the “<” symbol
are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- > sessions:
Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions lower
than the less-than peramter
but more than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions that are equal
to the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
peer-address address:
Displays only peer servers matching the IP address entered in this
parameter. address must
be specified using IPv4 dotted decimal notation and can be followed
by the netmask of the address.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View MIP foreign agent
information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing
call information and filtering on the subscriber information using
various methods.
Example:
The following displays
the call information for all mobile IP FA calls and statistics for
fa1, respectively.
show mipfa all
The following command
displays the statistics for the foreign agent service
fa1.
show mipfa statistics
fa-service fa1
The following commands
displays call information for user
user6@aaa in
full detail and in summary.
show mipfa full username user6@aaa
show mipfa summary
username user1
The following displays
MIP FA call information for calls from mobile subscriber
4412345678 and
peer address
1.2.3.4, respectively.
show mipfa msid 4412345678
show mipfa peer-address 1.2.3.4
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mipha
Displays the home agent
information for the mobile IP calls specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show mipha { [ [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
call_id | imsi
imsi_num | ip-address
ip_addr | msid
msid_num | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username
user_name } | statistics [ ha-service
ha_name | peer-address
peer_address ] } ] | peers
ha-service service_name [ current-sessions
{ { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters | full | summary
Default: concise output.
counters:
indicates the output is to include the statistic counters.
full: indicates
detailed information is to be displayed.
summary:
indicates only summary information is to be displayed.
These options are not
available in conjunction with the statistics keyword.
msid msid_num
Displays the subscriber
with supplied MSID on HA.
msid msid_num:
specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits hexadecimal digit specified as an IMSI, MIN,
or RMI and /or characters $ and * for wildcard
filter.
In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is
enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this keyword/ filter
will show subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose
lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.
show mipha msid ABCD0123456789 or
show mipha msid 0123456789
will show any subscriber
with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplied, i.e. 0123456789.
show mipha msid 01234567$$
will show any subscriber
with a MSID that match the upper 8 digits of MSID supplied, i.e.
01234567 and any 2 digits at remaining 2 places.
all | callid call_id | imsi imsi_num | ip-address ip_addr | msid msid_num | peer-address [ operator ] peer_address | reverse-tunnel { on | off } | username user_name
all: indicates
all available information is to be displayed.
callid call_id:
indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi imsi_num:
Specifies an international mobile subscriber ID only for which information
is to be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity)
ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier.
ip-address ip_addr:
Show statistics for a call that has the specified IP address assigned. ip_addr must
be an IPv4 address specified in decimal notation.
msid msid_num:
Specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
peer-address peer_address:
indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to
be displayed. peer-address peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
reverse-tunnel { on | off }:
specifies either the on or off reverse IP tunnels information is
to be displayed.
username user_name:
specifies a user only for which MIP call information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
user_name must
be a sequence of character and /or wildcard characters $ and * for
wildcard matching with a string length of 1 to 127 characters.
peer-address [ operator ] peer_address
In conjunction with mipha [ summary ] peer-address keyword, indicates
a range of peers is to be displayed.
peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
operator implies
how to logically specify a range of peer-address and it must be
one of the following:
- <: IP
address less than to specified peer_address
- >: IP address
less than to specified peer_address
- greater-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
- less-than:
IP address less than to specified peer_address
statistics [ ha-service ha_name | peer-address peer_address ]
Indicates the statistics
information is to be displayed for home agent service specified
as ha_name or
for the peer specified by the address peer_address.
ha-service ha_name:
indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to
be displayed. ha_name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address peer_address:
indicates the statistic information for the peer specified is to
be displayed. peer-address peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
peers ha-service service_name [ current-sessions { { > | greater-than } sessions [ < sessions ] | { < | less-than } sessions [ > sessions ] | sessions } ] [ peer-address address ]
Displays peer servers
for the specified HA service.
ha-service service_name:
Specifies the name of the HA service from which the associated peer
servers are to be dispalyed. service_name must
be an existing HA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
current-sessions: Displays
only peer servers with current sessions meeting the following criteria:
- > | greater-than sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions higher than
the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “greater-than” and
the “>” symbol
are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- < sessions:
Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions higher
than the greater-than peramter
but less than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- < | less-than sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions lower than
the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000. Note: the keyword “less-than” and
the “<” symbol
are interchangeable in this instance of the command.
- > sessions:
Displays only peer servers that are currently running sessions lower
than the less-than peramter
but more than the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
- sessions:
Displays only peer servers currently running sessions that are equal
to the value entered in this parameter. sessions must
be an integer from 1 to 3000000.
peer-address address:
Displays only peer servers matching the IP address entered in this
parameter. address must
be specified using IPv4 dotted decimal notation and can be followed
by the netmask of the address.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View MIP home agent
information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing
call information and filtering on the subscriber information using
various methods.
Example:
The following displays
the call information for all mobile IP HA calls and statistics for
ha1, respectively.
show mipha all
show mipha statistics
ha-service ha1
The following commands
displays call information for user
isp1user1 in
full detail and in summary.
show mipha full username isp1user1
show mipha summary
username user1
The following displays
MIP HA call information for calls from mobile subscribers with reverse tunneling
off and peer
address
1.2.3.4, respectively.
show mipha reverse-tunnel off
show mipha peer-address 1.2.3.4
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mipv6ha
Displays MIPv6 Home
Agent-based information about selected Mobile IP calls.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show mipv6ha [ all | callid callid | counters filter | full filter | ipv6-address ip_addr| statistics
mipv6ha-service mipv6ha-service_name | summary filter | username user_name ]
all
Displays all information
for mipv6ha calls.
callid call_id
Specifies the Call
Identification number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
counters [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]
Displays the counters
associated with the HA-based MIPv6 service. The following filters
are available:
- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username
full [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]
Displays all available
information for the associated display or filter keyword.
The following filters
are available:
- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username
ipv6-address ip_addr
Displays information
for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a
specific or range of IP address ipv6_address. The address
must be specified using the IPv6 colon notation.
- <: Filters output
so that only information less than the specified IPv6 address value
is displayed.
- >: Filters output so
that only information greater than the specified IPv6 address value is
displayed.
- less-than:Filters output
so that only information less than the specified IPv6 address value
is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified IPv6 address
value is displayed.
statistics [ mipv6ha-service mipv6ha-service_name ]
Total of collected
information for specific protocol since last restart or clear command.
This can be filtered
according to a specified mipv6ha-service.
summary [ all | callid | ipv6-address | username ]
Displays summary information
for defined sessions, based on defined parameters.
The following filters
are available:
- all
- callid:
- ipv6-address
- username
username user_name
Displays session information
for a specific username.
Usage:
View MIPv6 home agent
information to support troubleshooting subscriber issues by viewing
call information and filtering on the subscriber information using
various methods.
Example:
The following displays
the call information for all mobile IP HA calls and statistics for
ha1, respectively.
show mipv6ha all
The following command
displays call information for user
mipv6hauser1 in
full detail and in summary.
show mipv6ha full
username mipv6hauser1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-hss service
Displays configuration
and setup information of MME-HSS service(s) running on a peer or
local system.
Syntax
show mme-hss service { all | name svc_name } [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
all
Displays configuration/setup
information for all MME-HSS services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration/setup
information for a specific MME-HSS service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing MME-HSS service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration/setup information for MME-HSS services
on this system.
This
command also displays the configured actions for failure handling
on various type of messages.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for all MME-HSS services configured
on the esystem:
show mme-hss service
all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-hss session
Displays session information
of MME-HSS service(s) running on a peer or local system.
Syntax
show mme-hss session [summary | full] [all | call-id call_identifier | mdn mdn_string | nai nai_string] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
summary
This keyword displays
the summarized output of this command.
full
This keyword displays
detailed output of this command.
all
This keyword displays
information of all MME-HSS sessions running on this system.
call-id call_identifier
Displays summarized
or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered
on the basis of the call identifier with an MME-HSS service configured
on this system.
call_identifier must
an existing call identity in eight character Hex digit format running
on an MME service on system.
mdn mdn_string
Displays summarized
or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered
on the basis of mobile directory Number (MDN) with an MME-HSS service
configured on this system.
mdn_string must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to100 charactes in
length.
nai nai_string
Displays summarized
or detailed statistics of MME-HSS sessions running and filtered
on the basis of Network Access Identifier(NAI) with an MME service
configured on this system.
nai_string must
be an alpha and/or numeric string of 1 to128 charactes in
length.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}
This argument searches
the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one
or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled
by the options specified with grep_options.
For details on the
usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view detialed or summarized session statistics of MME-HSS sessions
running on MME-HSS services on a system. This command also provides
the various filter criteria to display the session statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays information of all MME-HSS sessions of MME-HSS services running
on a system:
show mme-hss session all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
The
following command displays summarized session information of all
MME-HSS sessions running on a system:
show mme-hss session
summary all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service
Displays configuration
information for Mobility Management Entity (MME) services on this
system.
Syntax
show mme-service { all | name svc_name } [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
all
Displays configuration
information for all MME services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific MME service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing MME service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for MME services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the MME service named mme1:
show mme-service name mme1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-service
db statistics
This command displays
the MME database statistics for MME sessions for all or specific
session instances on this system.
Syntax
show mme-service db
statistics [instance smgr_instance] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
instance smgr_instance
This keyword specifies
that MME database statistics are to be displayed for a specific
instance of session manager running for MME service.
smgr_instance must
be specified as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295.
If instance is not specified summary statistics are displayed.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}
This argument searches
the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one
or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled
by the options specified with grep_options.
For details on the
usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view database statistics for all or a particular instance of session manager
for MME services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays the summary database statistics for the MME service on
a system:
show mme-service db statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-service
db record
This command displays
the MME database records of MME sessions grouped in session instances
on this system filtered with IMSI or GUTI as criteria.
Syntax
show mme-service db
record {all | imsi imsi_identifier | callid call_id | guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value} [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
all
This keyword specifies
the criteria to display all database records of a session instance
used for MME service.
imsi imsi_identifier
This keyword specifies
the filter criteria as International Mobile Subscriber Identity
(IMSI) imsi_identifier to
display the database records of a session instance.
imsi_identifier is
a 15 character IMSI field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
callid call_id
This keyword specifies
the filter criteria as call id call_id to
display the database records of a session instance.
call_id must
be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
guti plmn plmn_id group-id mme_grp_id code mme_code m-tmsi mtmsi_value
This set of keyword
specifies the filter criteria as Globally Unique Temporary Identifier
(GUTI) to display the database records for an MME service.
The GUTI is constructed
from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI where GUMMEI is constructed from PLMN
(MMC and MNC) plmn_id and
MME Identifier is constructed from an MME Group ID (MMEGI) mme_grp_id and
an MME Code (MMEC) mme_code.
Within the MME, the
mobile is identified by the M-TMSI mtmsi_value.
A GUTI has; 1) unique
identity for MME which allocated the GUTI; and 2) the unique identity
of the UE within the MME that allocated the GUTI.
Within the MME, the
mobile is identified by the M-TMSI. The Globally Unique MME Identifier (GUMMEI)
is constructed from public land mobile network id (PLMN) which constructed
with MCC and MNC. The MME Identifier (MMEI) is constructed from
an MME Group ID (MMEGI) and an MME Code (MMEC).
In other words The
GUTI is constructed from the GUMMEI and the M-TMSI.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}
This argument searches
the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one
or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled
by the options specified with grep_options.
For details on the
usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view database records for all or a particular instance of session manager
for MME services on this system with IMSI or GUTI as a filter criteria.
Example:
The following command
displays the summary database records of a session instance for
subscriber having IMSI as 123455432112345 in
the MME service:
show mme-service db
record imsi 123455432112345
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-service
enodeb-association
Displays configuration
information of associated eNodeB with an MME services on system.
Syntax
show mme-service enodeb-association [summary | full ] [all | mme-service-name mme_svc_name | peer-address peer_ip_address | peer-id peer_identifier] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more }]
summary
This keyword displays
the summarized output of this command.
full
This keyword displays
detailed output of this command.
all
This keyword displays
information of all eNodeBs associated with MME services on this system.
mme-service-name mme_svc_name
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with
specific MME service mme_svc_name configured
on this system.
mme_svc_name must
be an existing MME service on system.
peer-address peer_ip_address
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with
specific MME peer address peer_ip_address configured
with an MME service on this system.
peer_ip_address must
be a configured peer MME IP address in IPv4/IPv6 notation
with an existing MME service on system.
peer-id peer_identifier
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of eNodeBs associated with
specific MME peer id peer_identifier configured
with an MME service on this system.
peer_identifier
must be a configured peer MME Id between 1 through 4294967295 with
an existing MME service on system.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}
This argument searches
the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one
or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled
by the options specified with grep_options.
For details on the
usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information of eNodeBs associated with an MME
services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed service statistics of associated eNodeBs with
MME service named mme1:
show mme-service enodeb-association
full mme-service-name mme1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show mme-service
session
Displays session information
of MME service(s) running on a peer or local system.
Syntax
show mme-service session [summary | full | counters] [all | s1-peer s1_peer_ip_address | s11-peer s11_peer_ip_address | call-id call_identifier | pdn-address pdn_ip_address] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
summary
This keyword displays
the summarized output of this command.
full
This keyword displays
detailed output of this command.
counters
This keyword displays
all counters related events and messages for an MME session running
on a system.
all
This keyword displays
information of all MME sessions running on this system.
s1-peer s1_peer_ip_address
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of MME session running and
filtered on the basis of IP address of a peer connected through
S1 interface with an MME service configured on this system.
s1_peer_ip_address must
be a configured IP address of a peer on S1 interface in IPv4/IPv6
notation with an existing MME service on system.
s11-peer s11_peer_ip_address
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of MME session running and
filtered on the basis of IP address of a peer connected through
S11 interface with an MME service configured on this system.
s11_peer_ip_address must
be a configured IP address of a peer on S11 interface in IPv4/IPv6
notation with an existing MME service on system.
call-id call_identifier
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of MME session running and
filtered on the basis of the identifier of MME calls with an MME
service configured on this system.
call_identifier must
an existing call identity in eight character Hex digit format running
on an MME service on system.
pdn-address pdn_ip_address
Displays summarized
or detailed configuration information of MME session running and
filtered on the basis of IP address of connected PDN(s) with an
MME service configured on this system.
s11_peer_ip_address must
be a configured IP address of a peer on S11 interface in IPv4/IPv6
notation with an existing MME service on system.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| {grep grep_options | more}
This argument searches
the output of the root command and selects the lines matching one
or more patterns/options. The types of patterns are controlled
by the options specified with grep_options.
For details on the
usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view session information of MME session in an MME services on this
system.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed session statistics of an MME service running on
a system:
show mme-service session full
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
The
following command displays detailed session counters of an MME service
running on a system:
show
mme-service session counters
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show mme-service
statistics
This command displays
the service statistics of an MME service specified by various criteria.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
show mme-service statistics [sctp [mme-service
mme_svc_name] | s1ap [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier]| [emm-only | esm-only] [mme-service
mme_svc_name
| peer-id
peer_identifier] [verbose] [|{grep grep_options | more}]
emm-only
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to display
all EPS mobility management (EMM) related statistics.
esm-only
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as MME service name or peer MME identifier to display
all EPS session management (ESM) related statistics.
s1ap
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to display
all S1-AP statistics.
sctp
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as MME service name of peer MME identifier to display
all SCTP statistics.
mme-service mme_svc_name
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as MME service name to display all type of statistics
of an MME service; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
peer-id peer_identifier
This keyword sets the
filter criteria as identifier of MME peer to display all service
statistics of an MME service; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
verbose
This keyword displays
the comprehensive information of specific or set of arguments.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in CLI
Overview chapter of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
This command is used
to display the statistical information of an MME service based on various
filter criteria as local MME service or peer MME related to EMM,
ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP.
Example:
The following command
displays the service session statistics of all MME service on a
system related to all; i.e. EMM, ESM, SCTP, S1-AP, and SCTP:
show mme-service statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
The
following command displays the service session statistics of all
MME services on a system related to S1-AP:
show mme-service statistics s1ap
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
The following command
displays the service session statistics of all MME services on a
system related to EMM only:
show mme-service statistics
emm-only
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters Reference.
show multicast-sessions
Shows information for
multicast sessions defined by the specified keywords. Keywords described
under Command Keywords below are base commands that display distinctive
different types of data. Keywords described under Filter Keywords
are filters that modify or filter the output of the base commands.
Not all filter keywords are available for all command keywords commands.
Each command keyword lists the filter keywords that it accepts.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show multicast-sessions [
command_keyword
]
[
filter_keywords
] [ | { grep
grep_options
| more }
command_keyword
The following keywords
are base commands that each have a distinct display output. Only
one Command Keyword can entered on the command line.
debug-info { callid id | flowid id }
Displays internal call
troubleshooting information for multicast sessions defined by the
specified keywords.
callid id: Displays
subscriber information for the call specified by id. The call
ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
flowid id: Displays
information for a specifc BCMCS flow, defined by id. The flow
ID must be a hexidecimal number.
full
Displays all available
multicast session information. The following filter keywords are
valid for this command:
active,
all, callid, card-num, dormant, flowid, flowid-type, mcast-address,
pcf, pdsn-service, grep, more
summary
Only displays a summary
of multicast session information. The following commands are valid
for this command:
active,
all, callid, card-num, dormant, flowid, flowid-type, mcast-address,
pcf, pdsn-service, grep, more
filter_keywords
The following keywords
are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords.
Not all filters are available for all Command Keywords. Multiple
Filter Keywords can be entered on a command line.
When multiple Filter
Keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the Filter
Keywords specifications.
active
Only display information
for multicast sessions that are currently active.
all
If no keywords are
specified before all,
information for all multicast sessions is displayed. If keywords
are specified before all,
all information is displayed with no further options being allowed.
callid id
Displays multicast
session information for the call specified by id. The call
must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num
The slot number of
the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. card_num is
a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
dormant
Shows information for
subscriber sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
flowid id
Displays information
for a specific BCMCS flow, defined by id. The flow
ID must be a hexadecimal number.
flowid-type [ flow | program ]
Displays information
for multicast sessions according to the type of flow.
flow: Shows
all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “flow”.
program: Shows
all multicast sessions for the flow ID type “program”.
mcast-address ipv4_address
Show multicast sessions
for a specific multicast address. Must be followed by the IP address
of an interface, using dotted decimal notation.
pcf ipv4_address
Displays information
for multicast sessions connected via the packet control function,
defined by ipv4_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
pdsn-service svc_name
Displays information
for multicast session connected to the packet data service svc_name.The
packet data service must have been previously configured.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output of Command Line Interface
Reference for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information about multicast sessions.
The output of this
command may be considered for part of a periodic system auditing program
by verifying active and dormant sessions.
Example:
The following command
displays the all broadcast-multicast sessions active in a context/system:
show multicast-sessions all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show network-requested-pdp-context
Displays information
for the specified network-requested PDP context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show network-requested-pdp-context imsi
imsi_value
imsi imsi_value
Specifies that information
will be displayed for a particular International Mobile Subscriber
Identity (IMSI). imsi_value is
an integer value from 1 to 15 characters.
Usage:
USe this command to
display information pertaining to network-requested PDP contexts.
Example:
The following command
displays network-requested PDP context information for a subscriber
with an IMSI of 123456789:
show network-requested-pdp-context imsi 123456789
show network-service-entity
Displays information
regarding the network service entities (NSEs) in the network.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show network-service-entity { consolidated-status | fr-config [ peer-nsei nsei] | ip-config [ nsvl { all | instance value } }
consolidated-status
Displays NSVC status
information for all network service entities in the network. This
keyword is particularly useful for troubleshooting.
fr-config [ peer-nsei nsei]
Displays network service
configurations for NSEs using Frame Relay configurations.
peer-nsei nsei including
this optional keyword limits the display to a specific peer NSE
identified with an integer of 0 to 65535.
ip-config [ nsvl { all | instance value }
Displays network service
configurations for NSEs using IP configurations.
Including the nsvl keyword
limits the display to all or a single ( instance 0 to 3 ) network
service virtual link.
Usage:
Use this command to
display NSE information pertaining to the NSVCs of the NSEs in the networks
or NSEs configured for Frame Relay or IP.
Example:
The following command
displays the status of all the NSVCs for all the NSEs in the network.
show network-service-entity
consolidated-status
show nw-reachability
server
Show the configuration
for the network reachability servers for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show nw-reachability
server { all | name server_name }
all
Show configuration
information for all network reachability servers in the current context.
name server_name
Show configuration
information for the network reachability server with the specified
name.
server_name is
the name of a previously configured reachability server and must
be a string from 1 through 15 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
display configuration information on network reachability servers configured
in the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays information on all network reachability servers in the
current context:
show nw-reachability
server all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ntp
Displays the network
timing protocol associations and status.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ntp { associations | status } [ address ip_address ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
associations
associations:
displays the current NTP server associations and related statistics.
status
status: displays
the client permeates configured and the synchronization status.
address ip_address
address ip_address:
the IP address of a specific NTP server/client in the current
context. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View network timing
protocol information to troubleshooting system clock issues by displaying
the associations and status of the local NTP client.
Example:
The following displays
the NTP associations and status, respectively.
show ntp associations
show ntp status
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show orbem
Displays the ORB element
manager information and statistics for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show orbem { client { id
client_name | table } | event-notif-service
filters | session { id
session_name | table } | status } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
client { id client_name | table }
Indicates client information
is to be displayed. The keyword table is used
to output to the display information on all configured clients.
The keyword id is
used to specify a specific client for which information is to be displayed
specified as client_name.
client_name must
refer to an existing client which is found using the table keyword
option.
event-notif-service
filters
Displays information
pertaining to filters configured for the ORB Notification Service.
session { id session_name | table }
Indicates session information
is to be displayed. The keyword table is used
to output to the display information on all configured clients.
The keyword id is
used to specify a specific session for which information is to be displayed
specified as session_name.
session_name must
refer to an existing session which is found using the table keyword
option.
status
Indicates the ORB element
manage server status information is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display current sessions
when ORBEM system response may appear sluggish. This command is
also useful in periodic verification of the server status.
Example:
The following commands
will display the information for all clients.
show orbem client table
The following commands
display the information for the
clientName and
sessionID,
respectively:
show orbem client
id clientName
show orbem session id sessionId
The following command
displays the ORBEM server status:
show orbem status
The following command
displays the information for all sessions:
show orbem session table
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show patch-progress
This command displays
the status of the on-going software patch installation.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show patch-progress
Usage:
Use this command to
show the status of an on-going software patch installation.
IMPORTANT:
Software Patch Upgrades
are not supported in this release.
show pdg-service
Displays configuration
information about PDIF services configured on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show pdg-service { all | name service_name }
all
Displays information
for all configured PDG services.
name service_name
Displays information
for the specified PDG service only.
service_name must
be the name of an existing PDG service in the current context and
from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for PDG services.
Example:
The following command
displays available information for all active PDG services:
show pdg-service all
show pdg-service
statistics
Displays statistics
for the PDG/TTG since the last restart or clear command.
The output includes the number of each type of protocol message.
For example, the output includes the various types of EAP messages.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show pdg-service statistics [ name service_name | peer-address ipv4_address ]
name service_name
Displays statistics
for the specified PDG service.
service_name must
from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address ipv4_address
Displays statistics
for a specific subscriber with the specified WLAN IPv4 address.
ipv4_address must
be entered in standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display PDG service statistics.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for all active PDG services:
show pdg-service statistics
show pdif-service
Displays configuration
information about PDIF services configured on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show pdif service { all [ counters ] | name name [ counters ] | statistics [ name name | peer-address address ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all [ counters ]
Displays configuration
information and statistic counters for all PDIF services in the system.
name name [ counters ]
Displays configuration
information and statistic counters for a specified PDIF service
in the system. name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and an
existing PDIF service.
statistics [ name name | peer-address address ]
name name: Displays
service statistics for a specific PDIF service. name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and an
existing PDIF service.
peer-address address:
Displays service statistics for a specifid peer server. address must
be specified in IP v4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display configuration information and statistics about PDIF services on
the system.
Example:
The following example
displays configuration information about a PDIF service named
pdif23:
show pdif service
name pdif23
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show pdsn-service
Displays information
on configured packet data services for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show pdsn-service { all | name
pdsn_name } [ pcf-status [ address
ip_address | filter [ all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ] ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | name pdsn_name
all: indicates
information is to be displayed for all configured packet data services.
name pdsn_name:
indicates information only for the PDSN service specified is displayed. pdsn_name must
be the name of an existing PDSN service in the current context and
must be from 1 to 79 alpha and/or numeric characters.
pcf-status [ address ip_address | filter [ all | icmp-monitored | no-calls | summary | up ] ]
pcf-status:
This keyword by itself lists summary information for all PCFs.
address ip_address: Only
list information for the PCF with the specified IP address. ip_address must
be specified in IP v4 dotted decimal notation.
filter: Filter
the output so only the specified information is displayed. If filter
is specified with no keywords summary information for all PCFs is
displayed.
- all: Show
information for all the PCFs
- icmp-monitored:
Show information only for PCFs which are ICMP monitored
- no-calls:
Show information only for PCFs which have no active sessions
- summary:
Show only a summary of the status of the PCFs
- up: Show
information only for PCFs which are alive
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the PDSN service
information for standard system monitoring or troubleshooting.
Example:
The following will
display the information for the sampleService and for all configured
services, respectively.
show pdsn-service all
show pdsn-service name sampleService
show pgw-service
Displays configuration
information for PDN Gateway (P-GW) services on this system.
Syntax
show pgw-service { all | name service_name | statistics { all | name service_name } } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all P-GW services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific P-GW service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing P-GW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
statistics { all | name service_name }
Displays P-GW service
statistics.
all: Displays
statistics for all P-GW services on the system.
name service_name:
Displays statistics for a specific P-GW service. name must
be an existing P-GW srvice and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the
output to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference Guide.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information for P-GW services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the P-GW service named
pgw1:
show pgw-service name pgw1
show port
Displays information
such as statistics and information on configured ports.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show port { datalink counters [ slot/port ] | info { slot/port } [ vlan vlan_id ] | npu counters [ slot/port [ tagged | untagged | vlan
tag_id ] ] | table | utilization table } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
datalink counters slot/port
Display the information
for all data links or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must
refer to a previously configured port.
info { slot/port } [ vlan vlan_id ]
Display detailed information
for all ports within the chassis or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must
refer to a previously configured port.
vlan vlan_id:
Display detailed information about all VLANs in the port/slot.
If the optional vlan_id is
not specified, it will show port information for all VLANs in slot/port.
npu counters [ slot/port [ tagged | untagged | vlan tag_id ] ] | bound | unbound ]
Display the information
for network processing unit ports. The information for all ports
is output or only the one specified by slot/port. slot/port must
refer to a previously configured port.
tagged: Display
stats for all tagged packets.
untagged:
Display statistics for all untagged packets.
vlan tag_id:
Display NPU counters for a specified VLAN. tag_id must
be the VLAN tag ID of a previously configured VLAN.
bound: Displays
individual and cumulative npu port counters for the bound ports
within the current context. If the command is invoked the local
context all of the bound ports for all contexts and cumulative counter
values for all contexts is displayed.
unbound:
Displays individual and cumulative npu port counters for all unbound
ports within system.
table
Display information
on all physical ports on rear-installed interface cards.
utilization table
Show average port utilization
in Mbps. The output is a table that lists the current utilization
average, a 5 minute average, and a 15 minute average, for all enabled
ports.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display port information
for troubleshooting of network communications by viewing statistics
and configuration information for physical ports.
Example:
The following displays
detailed information for port 1 in slot 17:
show port info 17/1
show port table
The following displays
information for the data link port 33/1:
show port datalink counters 33/1
show port npu counters 33/1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show power
Displays information
about installed cards with power supplied.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show power [ all | chassis | card_num ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all | chassis | card_num ]
Default: chassis
all: indicates
power information for all cards is to be displayed.
chassis:
indicates the chassis power source(s) are to be displayed.
card_num:
specifies a specific card for which power information is to be displayed. card_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 48.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View power source information
to quickly check the power for all cards within a chassis.
IMPORTANT:
On some platforms,
only show power is
supported with no other keywords or variables.
Example:
The following displays
power supply status for the chassis.
show power
The following command
displays the power status for all slots
show power all
show ppp
Displays the point-to-point
protocol information, detailed or summarized, for one or all connections
by the use of filtering options.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ppp { [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
call_id | imsi
id | msid
ms_id | username
user_name } | statistics [ pcf-address [
pcf_ip_addr
| all ] | pdsn-service
pdsn_name ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters | full | summary
Provides an optional
modifier to the output for the level and type of information.
counters:
indicates the point-to-point protocol statistics are to be displayed.
full: indicates
all available information is to be displayed.
summary:
indicates only a summary of available information is to be displayed.
all | callid call_id | imsi imsi_id | msid ms_id | username user_name }]
all: indicates
all available information is to be displayed.
callid call_id:
indicates the PPP information only for the call specified by call_id is
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
imsi id: specifies
that PPP information only for the subscriber with the specified
id be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity) id is a 15
character field which identifies the subscriber’s home country
and carrier.
msid ms_id:
specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
username user_name:
specifies a user only for which PPP information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
statistics [ pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ] | pdsn-service pdsn_name ]
Statistics for all
packet data services is displayed.
pcf-address [ pcf_ip_addr | all ] :
Display statistics only for the time the session is connected to
the specified PCF (Packet Control Function) or for all PCFs. pcf_ip_addr
must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
pdsn-service pdsn_name:
Display statistics only for the service specified by pdsn_name. pdsn_name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the Point-to-Point
Protocol information to support troubleshooting subscriber connections
by viewing information for point-to-point connections for a specific subscriber.
Example:
The following displays
the PPP summary for all connections.
show ppp summary all
The following outputs
the point-to-point detailed information for the user
user1.
show ppp full username user1
The following command
displays the standard information for the call with ID
FF0E11CD.
show ppp callid ff0e11cd
The following command
displays the PPP statistics for
pdsn1.
show ppp statistics
pdsn-service pdsn1
The following command
provides summarized information for the PPP statistics.
show ppp
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show prepaid 3gpp2
This command displays
prepaid accounting information for all services or only the service
specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
all
This keyword displays
prepaid statistics for all services.
ggsn-service
Display statistics
for GGSN service(s).
ha-service
Display statistics
for HA service(s).
lns-service
Display statistics
for LNS service(s).
pdsn-service
Display statistics
for PDSN service(s).
{ all | name service_name }
all: Display
statistics for all services of the specified type.
name service_name:
Display statistics for the service named service_name of
the specified service type.
per-service-summary
Displays prepaid statistics
per service summary for all services.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Displays Pre-paid statistics
for a particular named service or for all services.
Example:
To display statistics
for a PDSN service name
PDSN1, enter
the following command:
show prepaid 3gpp2
statistics pdsn-service name PDSN1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show prepaid wimax
This command displays
prepaid WiMAX accounting information for all services or only the
service specified.
Syntax
show prepaid wimax
statistics { all | asngw-service { all | name
service_name
} | ha-service { all | name
service_name
} | per-service-summary } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
all
This keyword displays
prepaid statistics for all services.
asngw-service
Displays prepaid statistics
for ASN GW service(s).
ha-service
Displays prepaid accounting
statistics for HA service(s).
{ all | name service_name }
all: Display
statistics for all services of the specified type.
name service_name:
Display statistics for the service named service_name of
the specified service type.
per-service-summary
Displays prepaid statistics
per service summary for all services.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for named service or for
all services.
Example:
The following command
displays prepaid WiMAX accounting statistics for an ASN GW
service name
asn1:
show prepaid wimax
statistics asngw-service name asn1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show profile-id-qci-mapping
Displays QCI-RAN mapping
tables configured on this system.
Syntax
show profile-id-qci-mapping
table { all | name table_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more }]
all
Displays information
for all QCI-RAN mapping tables configured on this system.
name table_name
Displays information
for a QCI-RAN mapping tables configured for a specific QCI-RAN table
on this system.
table_name must
be an existing QCI-RAN table, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the contents of a specific QCI-RAN mapping table or all mapping
tables configured on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays the contents of a QCI-RAN mapping table named
table1:
show profile-id-qci-mapping
table name table1
show qci-qos-mapping
Displays QCI-QoS mapping
tables configured on this system.
Syntax
show qci-qos-mapping
table { all | name table_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more }]
all
Displays information
for all QCI-QoS mapping tables configured on this system.
name table_name
Displays information
for a QCI-QoS mapping tables configured for a specific QCI-QoS table
on this system.
table_name must
be an existing QCI-QoS table, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the contents of a specific QCI-QoS mapping table or all mapping
tables configured on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays the contents of a QCI-QoS mapping table named
table1:
show qci-qos-mapping
table name table1
show qos npu inter-subscriber
traffic
Displays configuration
information pertaining to NPU QoS priority queue bandwidth allocation
and sharing.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show inter-subscriber traffic { bandwidth | bandwidth-sharing }
bandwidth
Displays NPU QoS priority
queue bandwidth allocation configuration information.
bandwidth-sharing
Displays NPU QoS priority
queue bandwidth sharing configuration information.
Usage:
Use this command to
verify configuration information and for troubleshooting.
When the bandwidth
keyword is used, the output is a table showing the configuration status,
the priority queue, and the bandwidth allocation per DSCP.
When the bandwidth-sharing
keyword is used, the output of is a table displaying the bandwidth
sharing configuration per PAC/PSC slot/CP number.
For additional information
on the NPU QoS functionality, refer to the System Administration
and Configuration Guide.
IMPORTANT:
This functionality
is not supported for use with the PDSN at this time.
show qos npu stats
Displays NPU Qos statistics
per priority queue for a particular PAC/PSC:
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show qos npu stats
inter-subscriber traffic slot
slot_num
slot slot_num
Specifies the chassis
slot number in which the PAC/PSC for which to display statistics
is installed.
slot_num is
an integer from 1 to 48 that represents the slot in which a PAC/PSC
is installed. PACs/PSCs can be installed in slots 1 through
8, and/or 10 through 16.
Usage:
This command displays
packet and byte counts per NPU QoS priority queue on a per-PAC/PSC
basis.
For additional information
on the NPU QoS functionality, refer to the System Administration
and Configuration Guide.
IMPORTANT:
This functionality
is not supported for use with the PDSN at this time.
Example:
The following command
displays NPU QoS priority queue statistics for a PAC/PSC
installed in chassis slot number 4:
show qos npu stats
inter-subscriber traffic slot 4
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show radius
Displays and statistic
information for accounting and/or authentication.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show radius { accounting servers | authentication servers } [ detail ] [ admin-status { enabled | disabled } ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ] [ radius group
group_name
[ detail ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ] ]
accounting servers
Lists information for
configured accounting servers and their current state.
authentication servers
Lists information for
configured authentication servers and their current state.
[ detail ]
Displays historical
state information for configured servers of the specified type
admin-status { enabled | disabled }
Displays information
for accounting and/or authentication servers with an administrative
status of “enabled” or ”disabled”.
radius group group_name
Displays the authentication/authorization
RADIUS server group information for server group group_name with
in current context.
group_name will
be a string of size 1 to 63 character and specifies the name of
server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the RADIUS
server information as part of periodic monitoring of the health
of the system.
Example:
The following displays
the information on configured accounting servers:
show radius accounting server
The following command
displays detailed information for RADIUS accounting servers:
show radius accounting
servers detail
The following command
displays detailed information for RADIUS server group
star1 used
for authentication:
show radius authentication
servers radius group star1 detail
The following command
displays detailed information for RADIUS server group
star1 used
for accounting:
show radius accounting
servers radius group star1 detail
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show radius charging
servers
This command displays
the RADIUS authentication and accounting servers or server group
that are configured for use by charging services.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show radius charging servers [ radius group
group_name ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
radius group group_name all
Displays all RADIUS
counter information for the specified server group configured for
use by charging services.
group_name specifies
the name of server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting,
and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information about RADIUS servers or server group configured
for use by Charging Services.
Example:
The following command
displays RADIUS servers configured for Charging Services:
show radius charging servers
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show radius client
DIsplays information
about the RADIUS client configured on the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show radius client
status [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ]
status
Displays a status summary
for the RADIUS client.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
The configuration of
the RADIUS protocol on the system enables RADIUS client functionality.
This command is used
to view information pertaining to the status of the client.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed information pertaining to the system’s
RADIUS client:
show radius client status
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show radius counters
Displays RADIUS server
and statistic information for accounting and/or authentication.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show radius
counters { all | radius
group
group_name
all | server
ip_address [ port
number ] | summary [ all-contexts [ verbose ] ] } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters { all | server ip_address [ port number ] }
counters { all | server ip_address [ port number ] }:
indicates the statistics for either all servers
or the server specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. The statistics for a specific port of the server may
also be specified as number. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation. number must
be a value from 0 through 65535.
radius group group_name all
Displays all RADIUS
counter information for the specified server group within current
context.
group_name specifies
name of the server group configured in specific context for authentication/accounting,
and must be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
summary [ all-contexts [verbose]]
Displays a summary
of RADIUS statistics for all the RADIUS servers configured in specific context.
all-contexts: Specifies
that a summary of RADIUS statistics for all RADIUS servers configured
in all contexts should be displayed. If verbose is
also specified the information is dispayed in more detail.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the RADIUS
server information as part of periodic monitoring of the health
of the system.
Example:
The following command
displays detailed information pertaining to the RADIUS server group
star1 with
in current context:
show radius counters
radius group star1 all
The following displays
the statistics for the server with IP address
1.2.3.4,
then just port
7777,
followed by
all services.
show radius counters server 1.2.3.4
show radius counters server 1.2.3.4 port 7777
show radius counters all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show resources
Displays the resource
information by CPU or session.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show resources { cpu | session } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
cpu | session
cpu: indicates
the resource information is to be displayed by CPU.
session:
indicates the resource information is to be displayed by session.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View resource utilization
as part of troubleshooting systems which appear sluggish or are having
excessive connection timeouts or other connection issues.
Example:
The following display
the resource information by CPU and session, respectively.
show resources cpu
show resources session
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show rohc counters
This command displays
ROHC counters for all active calls.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rohc counters [ all | callid
call_id
| msid
msid_num
| imsi
imsi_num
| username
user_name
]
all
indicates all information
is to be displayed.
callid call_id
call_id indicates
the information only for calls with Id call_id are
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
msid msid_num
msid_num specifies
a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to be displayed. msid_num must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
imsi imsi_num
imsi_num:
Specifies an international mobile subscriber ID only for which information
is to be displayed. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber Identity)
ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier.
username user_name
user_name:
specifies a user only for which R-P information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ROHC counters for all active calls.
Example:
The following command
displays ROHC counters for all active calls:
show rohc counters all
show rohc statistics
This command displays
statistics and counters for ROHC IP header compression.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rohc statistics [ pdsn-service
pdsnsvc_name
]
pdsn-service pdsnsvc_name
Display ROHC statistics
and counters for the specified PDSN service.
Usage:
Use this command to
display ROHC statistics for all services or for a specific PDSN.
Example:
The following command
displays ROHC statistics for the PDSN service named pdsn1:
show rohc statistics
pdsn-service pdsn1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show route-map
This command displays
entries for all route maps for the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show route-map [ name
route-map name|
| { grep
grep_options | more } ]
name route-map name
Displays information
for a specified route-map. The name is a string of 1 to 79 characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
see the rules configured in all route-maps for the current context.
Example:
The following command
displays the route-map information;
show route-map
Refer to the match
and set command descriptions in Route-map Configuration Mode Commands
for explanations of the various entries listed.
show rp
Displays the R-P interface
statistics using the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rp [ counters | full | summary ] { all | callid
call_id | msid
ms_id | peer-address
peer_ip_address | username
user_name } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
counters | full | summary
Provides an optional
modifier to the output for the level and type of information.
counters:
indicates the R-P protocol statistics are to be displayed.
full: indicates
all available information is to be displayed.
summary:
indicates only a summary of available information is to be displayed.
These options are not
available in conjunction with the keywords statistics or service-option statistics.
all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | peer-address peer_ip_address | username user_name
all: indicates
all R-P information is to be displayed.
callid call_id:
indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
msid ms_id:
specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
peer-address peer_ip_address: specifies
the peer IP address, of the PCF, for which R-P information is to
be displayed. peer_ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
username user_name:
specifies a user only for which R-P information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the R-P interface
statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays
the summary for all connections.
show rp summary all
The following outputs
the R-P interface detailed information for the user
user1.
show rp full username isp1user1
The following command
displays the standard information for the call with ID
FF0E11CD.
show rp callid ff0e11cd
The following displays
the statistics summary for the R-P facility.
show rp
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show rp service-option
Displays the R-P service
option statistics using the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rp
service-option
statistics [ number
svc_option_num | pdsn-service
pdsn_name ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
number svc_option_num | pdsn-service pdsn_name
Default: display statistics
for all service options numbers and associated packet data services.
number svc_option_num:
specifies the service option number for which collected statistics
are to be displayed.
pdsn-service pdsn_name:
specifies the packet data service for which the collected statistics
are to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the R-P service
option statistics for the current context.
Example:
The following displays
the statistics for all service options.
show rp service-option statistics
The following displays
the statistics for service option
5.
show rp service-option
statistics number 5
The following command
displays the statistics for all service options in collected for
the packet data service
sampleService.
show rp service-option
statistics pdsn-service sampleService
show rp statistics
Displays the R-P protocol
statistics using the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rp
statistics
[ pdsn-service
pdsn_name | peer-address [
peer_address | all]][| { grep
grep_options | more } ] [ verbose ]
pdsn-service pdsn_name | peer-address peer_address
Default: all R-P protocol
statistics are to be displayed.
pdsn-service pdsn_name :
indicates the statistic information for the service specified is
to be displayed. pdsn_name must
be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric characters.
peer-address [ peer_address | all ] :indicates
the statistic information for the peer specified or all peers is to
be displayed. peer_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose
Displays more detailed
statistics.
Usage:
View the R-P statistics
for the current context.
Example:
The following displays
all collected R-P statistics.
show rp statistics
The following displays
the R-P statistics associated with the peer address
1.2.3.4.
show rp statistics
peer-address 1.2.3.4
The following command
displays the R-P statistics for the packet data service
PCFnet.
show rp statistics
pdsn-service PCFnet
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show rsvp counters
Displays the rsvp counters
using the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rsvp
counters
[ all | callid
call_id | msid
ms_id | username
user_name
]
all | callid call_id | msid ms_id | username user_name
all: indicates
all rsvp information is to be displayed.
callid call_id:
indicates the information only for calls with Id call_id are
to be displayed. call_id must
be specified as a 4-byte hexadecimal number.
msid ms_id:
specifies a mobile subscriber ID only for which information is to
be displayed. ms_id must
be from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
username user_name:
specifies a user only for which rsvp information is to be displayed
where the user is specified as user_name.
Usage:
View the rsvp counters
for the current context.
Example:
The following displays
all collected rsvp counters.
show rsvp counters all
show rsvp statistics
Displays the rsvp statistics
using the filtering options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show rsvp
counters
[ pdsn-service
service | sessmgr instance
instance
]
pdsn-service service | sessmgr instance instance
pdsn-service service:
indicates the statistic information for the service specified is
to be displayed. pdsn_name must be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
sessmgr instance instance:
indicates the session manager instances.
Usage:
View the rsvp statistics
for the current context.
Example:
The following displays
collected rsvp statistics for a
sampleService.
show rsvp statistics
pdsn-service sampleService
show requirement
pac daughtercard
Displays the system-level
status indicating whether or not the encryption daughtercard (EDC)
is required on PACs within chassis.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show requirement pac daughtercard
Usage:
This command displays
whether or not the EDC is required on PACs within the chassis.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms
Example:
show requirement pac daughtercard
When EDC requirement
is enabled, the output of this command matches this example:
[local]chicago# show
requirement pac daughtercard
The encryption daughtercard
is required for all PACs
[local]chicago#
When EDC requirement
is disabled, the output of this command matches this example:
[local]chicago# show
requirement pac daughtercard
The encryption daughtercard
is not required for all PACs
[local]chicago#
show sccp-network
This command displays
SS7 Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) network configuration
and status information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show sccp-network { ntwk_index | all } [ status [ all | dpc ] ]
ntwk_index
Display configuration
and status information for the SSCP network configuration with the
specified network index.
ntwk_index must
be an integer from 1 through 12.
all
Display all available
configuration and status information for all SSCP networks.
status all
Display all status
information for specified SCCP networks.
status dpc
Display status information
for the device in the SCCP network identified by the destination
point-code.
Usage:
Use this command to
display global SCCP statistics or to display SCCP statistics for
a specified service or network.
Example:
The following command
displays global SCCP statistics:
show sccp-network all
The following command
displays information for an SCCP network configuration with the
network index of 1:
show sccp-network 1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show sccp statistics
This command displays
SS7 Signaling Connection Control Part (SCCP) statistics for services
that use the SCCP protocol.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show sccp statistics [ iups-service iups_srvc_name | map-service map_srvc_name | sccp-network ntwk_index ]
iups-service iups_srvc_name
Display SCCP protocol
statistics for the specified IU-PS service in the current context.iups_name must
be the name of a configured Iu-PS service and must be an alphanumeric
string of from 1 through 63 characters.
map-service map_srvc_name
Display SCCP protocol
statistics for the specified MAP service in the current context.
must be the name of a configured MAP service and must be an alphanumeric
string of from 1 through 63 characters.
sccp-network ntwk_index
Display SCCP protocol
statistics for the SSCP network configuration with the specified
network index. ntwk_index must
be an integer from 1 through 12.
Usage:
Use this command to
display global SCCP statistics or to display SCCP statistics for
a specified service or network.
Example:
The following command
displays global SCCP statistics:
show sccp statistics
The following command
displays SCCP statistics for the IuPS service named
iups-serv1:
show sccp statistics
iups-service iups-serv1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session counters
historical
Displays historical
information for session-related counters based on data collected
in bulk statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show session counters
historical { all | arrived | callops | connected | disconnected | failed | handoff | rejected | renewal } [ all-intervals | recent-intervals ] [ cumulative | incremental ] [ graph | table ]
all
Displays data for all
counters either as a single, wide table or as multiple graphs.
arrived
Displays only data
for “total calls arrived” counters. This is based
on the “sess-ttlarrived” statistic in the system
schema.
callops
Displays data for all
call operations. This is a calculated value based on the following
formula:
(arrived + rejected + disconnected + failed + handoffs + renewals)
connected
Displays only data
for “total calls connected” counters. This is
based on the “sess-ttlconnected” statistic in
the system schema.
disconnected
Displays only data
for “total calls disconnected” counters. This
is based on the “sess-ttldisconn” statistic in
the system schema.
failed
Displays only data
for “total calls failed” counters. This is based
on the “sess-ttlfailed” statistic in the system
schema.
handoff
Displays only data
for “total handoffs” counters. This is based on
the “sess-ttlhandoff” statistic in the system
schema.
rejected
Displays only data
for “total calls rejected” counters. This is based
on the “sess-ttlrejected” statistic in the system
schema.
renewal
Displays only data
for “total renewal” counters. This is based on
the “sess-ttlrenewal” statistic in the system
schema.
all-intervals
Displays all available
historical information from all samples. This this filter is used
by default.
recent-intervals
Displays historical
information for only recent samples.
cumulative
Displays total data
for all samples up to and including the last one. In this view,
values increase over time.
incremental
Displays data changes
for each specific sample. The data for each sample is the amount
of change since the previous sample. This filter is used by default.
graph
Displays data in graphical
form.
table
Displays data in tabular
form. This is the default view.
Usage:
This command provides
the ability to track key session-related statistic information over time.
This information can be used as part of system performance monitoring
and capacity planning.
IMPORTANT:
The information provided
in the output of this command requires that bulk statistics funtionality
be enabled on the system. Refer to the System Administration and
Configuration Guide for more information on configuring/enabling
bulk statistics support.
The output of this
command displays historical data collected at various sample intervals. The
interval length is 15 minutes and is not user-configurable. Up to
192 samples (2 days worth of data) are maintained.
IMPORTANT:
Data collection is “best-effort” over
these intervals. Data is preserved on SPC/SMC switchovers.
As with all counters, certain session failures can cause inaccuracies
with counters, including counters which appear to go backwards.
Each sample is identified
by a timestamp that displays the approximate time the data was gathered.
It is in the format YYYY:MM:DD:HH:MM:SS.
Data acquired during
the sample may be marked with an “S” appended
to the end of the timestamp or to the counter value. The “S” indicates
that the data is suspect (potentially bad). Occurrences of this
result from events like changes to the real time clock, which can
cause an interval to be an atypical length. Instances of suspect
data should be rare. Additionally, there may be occasions in which
a sample may be marked as “invalid”. “invalid” identifies
bad data, a situation that could result from the polling hasn't
run long enough, or because of an unexpected error retrieving data.
Since baseline values
must be obtained prior to collecting interval samples, the first interval
of data will not be available until up to 2x the interval period.
Example:
The following command
displays cumulative total calls arrived information for the most
recent intervals and displays the output in graphical format:
show session counters
historical arrived recent-intervals cummulative graph
The following command
displays historical data for all counters for all intervals and
displays the output in tabular format:
show session counters
historical all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session counters
pcf-summary
Displays the PCF summary
which include the number of calls, call types, and Tx/Rx
packets/octets statistics.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show session counters
pcf-summary [ call-types | data | wf1
[ pcf
pcf_address
| [ | { grep
grep_options
| more } ] ] ]
call-types
Displays the number
of calls and the types of calls.
data
Displays the number
of successful calls and Tx/Rx packets/octets statistics.
pcf pcf_address
Displays the given
PCF summary for a particular address.
wf1
Displays the PCF summary
in a single very wide line.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter 1 of the
ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display a summary of all PCFs.
Example:
show session counters
pcf-summary
show session disconnect-reasons
Displays a list of
the reasons for call disconnects and the number of calls disconnected
for each reason.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show session disconnect-reasons [ gprs-only | sgsn-only | mme-only | verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ] ]
gprs-only
Only supported on the
SGSN.
This keyword limits
the display to session disconnect reasons for the SGSN’s
2G MM and PDP context disconnects.
sgsn-only
Only supported on the
SGSN.
This keyword limits
the display to session disconnect reasons for the SGSN’s
3G MM and PDP context disconnects.
mme-only
This keyword filters
to the list of the session disconnect reasons for MME call disconnects.
verbose
List all disconnect
reasons even if the values are zero (0).
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in Command Line
Interface Reference .
Usage:
Use this command to
display a list of the reasons why calls were disconnected.
Example:
To view session disconnect
statistics, enter the following command:
show session disconnect-reasons
To view a list of the
disconnect reasons with verbose output, enter the following command:
show session disconnect-reasons verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session duration
Displays session duration
information for the current context filtered by the options specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show session duration [ session_filter ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
session_filter
Indicates name of the
sessions/services/AGWs whose session duration
information is to be filtered and displayed. This consist of following:
-
asn-peer-address ip_address:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW peer
whose IP address is specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
asngw-service service_name:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW service
whose name is specified by service_name is
to be displayed.
-
asnpc-peer-address ip_address:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC peer
whose IP address is specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
asnpc-service service_name:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC service
whose name is specified by service_name is
to be displayed.
-
apn apn_name: Indicates that
only session information for the specified APN will be displayed. apn_name specifies
the name of a configured APN that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
-
cscf-service service_name:Indicates
that only session information for the specified CSCF service will
be displayed. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
CSCF SIP calls under
progress only. Registrations will not be considered a call.
-
dhcp-server dhcp_address: Indicates that
only session information for the specified DHCP server will be displayed. dhcp_address is the
name of the DHCP server and must be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
-
fa fa_address:
indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose
IP address is specified by fa_address is
to be displayed. fa_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
fa-service fa_name: indicates
only the session information for the foreign agent service specified
by fa_name is
to have information displayed.
-
ggsn-service ggsn_name: Indicates that
only session information for the specified GGSN service will be
displayed. ggsn_name specifies
the name of a configured GGSN service that can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
-
gprs-only: Limits the
display to the session information for the SGSN’s 2G MM
and PDP contexts.
-
ha ha_address:
indicates only the session information for the home agent whose
IP address is specified by ha_address is
to be displayed. ha_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
ha-service ha_name: indicates
only the session information for the home agent service specified
by ha_name is
to be displayed.
-
hsgw-service service_name:
indicates only the session information for the HSGW service specified
by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
lma-service service_name:
indicates only the session information for the LMA service specified
by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing {MA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
mme-service service_name:
indicates only the session information for the MME service specified
by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
mag-service service_name:
indicates only the session information for the MAG service specified
by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
pcf pcf_address:
indicates only the session information for the packet control function
with IP address pcf_address is
to be displayed. pcf_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
pdsn-service pdsn_name: indicates
only the session information for the packet data service specified
by pdsn_name is
to have information displayed.
IMPORTANT:
If no PCF address or
PDSN service is specified the session information for all sessions
is displayed.
-
sgsn-address sgsn-address: Indicates that
only session information for the specified SGSN will be displayed. sgsn_address is
the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
-
sgsn-only: Limits the
display to the session information for the SGSN’s 3G MM
and PDP contexts.
-
sgw-service service_name:
indicates only the session information for the S-GW service specified
by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the session information
to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring
for orphaned sessions.
Example:
The following commands
display the duration information for the session connected to the
packet control function with address
1.2.3.4,
packet data service
sampleService,
and for all sessions, respectively.
show session duration pcf 1.2.3.4
show session duration pdsn-service sampleService
show session duration
The following is a
sample of the output.
In-Progress Call Duration
Statistics
<1min 3
<2min
44
<5min 126
<15min
32
<1hr 3
<4hr
1
<12hr 0
<24hr
0
>24hr 0
The column on the left
lists various time intervals ranging from less than ( < ) 1 minute
to greater than ( > ) 24 hours. The column on the right categorizes
the number subscriber sessions that are currently in progress into
the appropriate time interval.
show session progress
Displays session
progress information for the current context filtered by the options
specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show session
progress [ asn-peer-address
ip_address | asngw-service
service_name | asnpc-service
service_name | asnpc-peer-address
ip_address | apn
apn_name | cscf-service
service_name |
dhcp-server
dhcp_address | fa
fa_address | fa-service
fa_name
|
ggsn-service
ggsn_name |
ha
ha_adress | ha-service
ha_name |
hsgw-servie service_name |
lma-service service_name |
mag-service service_name |
mme-address mme_address
|
pcf { pcf_address | all } | pdsn-service
pdsn_name |
pgw-address ip_address |
sgsn-address
sgsn_address |
sgw-service service_name ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
progress [ asn-peer-address ip_address | asngw-service service_name | asnpc-service service_name | asnpc-peer-address ip_address | apn apn_name | cscf-service service_name | dhcp-server dhcp_address | fa fa_address | fa-service fa_name | ggsn-service ggsn_name | ha ha_adress | ha-service ha_name | hsgw-servie service_name | lma-service service_name | mag-service service_name | mme-address mme_address | pcf { pcf_address | all } | pdsn-service pdsn_name | pgw-address ip_address | sgsn-address sgsn_address | sgw-service service_name ]
progress:
indicates session progress information is to be displayed.
-
asn-peer-address ip_address:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW peer
whose IP address specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
asngw-service service_name:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN GW service
whose name is specified by service_name is
to be displayed.
-
asnpc-service service_name:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC service
whose name is specified by service_name is
to be displayed.
-
asnpc-peer-address ip_address:
Indicates that only the session information for the ASN PC peer
whose IP address specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
apn apn_name: Indicates that
only session information for the specified APN will be displayed. apn_name specifies
the name of a configured APN that can be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters and is case sensitive.
-
cscf-service service_name:Indicates
that only session information for the specified CSCF service will
be displayed. service_name must
be an existing CSCF service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
IMPORTANT:
CSCF SIP calls under
progress only. Registrations will not be considered a call.
-
dhcp-server dhcp_address: Indicates that
only session information for the specified DHCP server will be displayed. dhcp_address is the
name of the DHCP server and must be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
-
fa fa_address:
indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose
IP address is specified by fa_address is
to be displayed. fa_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
fa-service fa_name: indicates
only the session information for the foreign agent service specified
by fa_name is
to have information displayed.
-
ggsn-service ggsn_name: Indicates that
only session information for the specified GGSN service will be
displayed. ggsn_name specifies
the name of a configured GGSN service that can be from 1 to 63 alpha
and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
-
ha ha_adress:
indicates only the session information for the home agent whose
IP address is specified by ha_address is
to be displayed. ha_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
ha-service ha_name: indicates
only the session information for the home agent service specified
by ha_name is
to have information displayed.
-
hsgw-service service_name:
Indicates only the session progress information for the HSGW service
specified by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
lma-service service_name:
Indicates only the session progress information for the LMA service
specified by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing {MA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
mag-service service_name:
Indicates only the session progress information for the MAG service
specified by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
-
mme-address mme_address:
indicates only the session information for the foreign agent whose
IP address is specified by mme_address is
to be displayed. mme_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
pcf pcf_address:
Indicates only the session information for the packet control function
with IP address pcf_address is
to be displayed. pcf_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
pcf all:
indicates the session information for the packet control function
for all pcf addresses.
-
pdsn-service pdsn_name: indicates
only the session information for the packet data service specified
by pdsn_name is
to have information displayed.
IMPORTANT:
If no PCF address or
PDSN service is specified the session information for all sessions
is displayed.
-
pgw-address ip_address:
Indicates only session progress information for the P-GW with an
IP address specified by ip_address is
to be displayed. ip_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
-
sgsn-address sgsn-address: Indicates that
only session information for the specified SGSN will be displayed. sgsn_address is
the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal
notation.
-
sgw-service service_name:
Indicates only the session progress information for the S-GW service
specified by the service_name is
to be displayed. service_name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the session information
to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring
for orphaned sessions.
Example:
The following commands
display the status information for the session connected to the
packet control function with address
1.2.3.4,
packet data service
sampleService,
and for all sessions, respectively.
show session progress pcf 1.2.3.4
show session progress pdsn-service sampleService
show session progress
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session recovery
status
Displays session recovery
status information for the current context filtered by the options
specified.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show session
recovery status [verbose] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
recovery status
Displays the current
status of the system’s ability to recover from a hardware
or software fault that requires the recovery of home agent-based
Mobile IP session(s).
verbose
Includes per-CPU Session
Recovery status.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section in Command Line
Interface Reference .
Usage:
View the session information
for troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring
for orphaned sessions.
Example:
To display the session
recovery status information, enter the following command:
show session recovery status
Adding the optional
verbose keyword to this command provides more details.
show session recovery
status verbose
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session setuptime
Displays session setup
time information for all sessions or sessions associated with the
specified AGW/node.
Syntax
show session setuptime [ mme-only | pcf pcf_address
|
gprs-only | sgsn-address sgsn_address|
sgsn-only ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
[ mme-only | pcf
pcf_address | gprs-only | sgsn-address sgsn_address| sgsn-only ]
Displays the call setup
times aggregated into basic ranges of time.
-
mme-only:
Filters and displays the call setup information for MME calls only.
- pcf pcf_address:
displays call setup data for the packet control function whose IP
address is specified as pcf_address. pcf_address must
be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation. The
call setup times for all PCFs is displayed when no specified PCF
is specified.
-
gprs-only:
Displays 2G call setup data for the for the SGSN for the MM and
PDP contexts.
-
sgsn-address sgsn_address: Displays call
setup times for the specified SGSN. sgsn_address is
the IP address of the SGSN and must be expressed in dotted decimal
notation. This keyword is used by the GGSN.
-
sgsn-only:
Displays 3G call setup data for the for the SGSN for the MM and
PDP contexts.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
View the session information
to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring
for orphaned sessions.
When no keywords are
specified, the information shown is cumulative for all sessions
that have been facilitated by the system.
Example:
The following command
shows setup time statistics for all sessions from the PCF at IP
address 192.168.10.3:
show session setuptime
pcf 192.168.10.3
show session subsystem
Displays session information
for system subsystems. If no keywords are specified, information
for all subsystems is displayed.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show session
subsystem [ full | facility
facility [ all | instance
id ] ] [ verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more }]
[ full | facility facility [ all | instance id ] ]
- full: Indicates
that a full statistics summary of all subsystems is to be displayed.
- facility facility: Specifies
the facility for which subsystem statistics is to be displayed where facility is
specified as one of:
- a11mgr: A11 Manager
- aaamgr: Accounting
and Authentication Manager
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy
Manager
-
asngwmgr: ASN Gateway
Manager
-
asnpcmgr: ASN Paging/Location-Registry
Manager
-
cscfmgr: SIP CSCF
Manager
- dgmbmgr: Diameter
Gmb Application Manager
- diamproxy: Diameter
Proxy Application Manager
-
egtpegmgr: EGTP
Egress Demux Manager
-
egtpinmgr: EGTP
Ingress Demux Manager
-
famgr: Foreign
Agent Manager
- gtpumgr: GTPUMGR
Demux Manager
-
gtpcmgr: GTPC Manager
-
hamgr: Home Agent
Manager
-
hnbmgr: HNBGW HNB
Manager
-
imsimgr: SGSN IMSI
Manager
-
ipsgmgr: IP Services
Gateway Manager
- l2tpdemux: L2TP
Demux Manager
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager
-
linkmgr: SGSN/SS7
Master Manager
-
magmgr: Mobile
Access Gateway Manager
- megadiammgr: Mega
Diameter Manager
-
mmedemux: MME Demux
Manager logging facility
-
mmemgr: MME Manager
logging facility
-
mmgr: SGSN/SS7
Master Manager
-
phsgwmgr: PHS Gateway
Manager
-
phspcmgr: PHS Paging
Controller Manager
- sessmgr: Session
Manager
-
sgtpcmgr: SGSN
GTPC Manager
- all | instance id: the keyword all indicates
all instances of the specified facility are to be displayed whereas
the keyword instance specifies
a specific instance for which information is to be displayed where id must be specified
as an instance ID in the range 0 through 4294967295. If all or instance
is not specified summary statistics are displayed.
verbose
Displays everything
the show session subsystem command output displays with the exception
that the Setup Time statistics are reported in 100 ms increments
from <100 ms up to 9600 ms.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating the Command Output section in the Command Line Interface Reference
for details on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
View the session information
to troubleshooting subscriber problems and for general monitoring
for orphaned sessions.
If this command is
entered with no keywords, the information displayed is cumulative
for all sessions facilitated by the system.
Example:
The following commands
display the statistics information summarized for all sessions,
then for the famgr facility
(all sessions), and finally only for the session with ID 127589 for
the hamgr subsystem.
show session subsystem full
show session subsystem
facility a11mgr all
show session subsystem
facility aaamgr all
show session subsystem
facility asngwmgr all
show session subsystem
facility famgr all
show session subsystem
facility hamgr all
show session subsystem
facility sessmgr all
show session subsystem
facility aaaproxy all
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show session trace
Displays status and
statistics for the session trace application.
Syntax
show session trace { statistics | subscriber network-element { mme | pgw | sgw } trace-ref value | tce-address ip_address tce-index num | tce-summary | trace-summary } [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
statistics
Displays summary statistics
of the session trace subsystem.
subscriber network-element { mme | pgw | sgw } trace-ref value
Displays status and
statistics of a specified session trace using the network element
type and the trace reference. value must
be a valid trace reference 12 characters in length.
tce-address ip_address tce-index num
Displays status and
statistics of a specified Trace Collection Entity (TCE) connection. ip_address must
be a valid existing collection entity IPv4 address and is specified
in dotted decimal notation.
tce-summary
Displays a summary
of all active TCE connections.
trace-summary
Displays a summary
of all active session traces.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
Please refer to the
Regulating the Command Output section in this reference for details
on the usage of grep and more.
Usage:
Use this command to
display status and statistics for the session trace application.
Example:
The following command
displays status and statistics for a subscriber session trace on
a P-GW with a trace reference of
32223398765:
show session trace
subscriber network-element pgw trace-ref 32223398765
The following command
displays status and statistics for a subscriber session trace on
an MME with a trace reference of
32221234567:
show session trace
subscriber network-element pgw trace-ref 32223398765
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show sgsn-operator-policy
Displays configuration
information for the SGSN features bundled into the SGSN Operator
Policy and includes operational configuration for features such
as GPRS Attach, GPRS RAU Inter, and PTMSI-Realloc Service Request
(Signalling).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgsn-operator-policy
( all | full | name op-pol-name } +
all
Displays information
for all configured SGSN operator policies.
full
Display all details
of the configuration for the specified SGSN Operator Policy.
name op-pol-name
Identifies a specific
operator policy. op-pol-name must
be a combination of 1 to 64 alphanumeric characters.
Usage:
This command can be
used to display all of the operator policies that have been configured or
all of the configuration information for a specific operator policy.
Example:
The following command
displays information for all configured SGSN operator policies:
show sgsn-operator-policy all
show sgsn-service
This command displays
information about the configured SGSN services in the current context.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgsn-servie { all | name srvc_name }
all
Displays information
for all SGSN services in the current context.
name srvc_name
Displays information
for the specified SGSN service in the current context. srvc_name must
be the name of a configured SGSN service and must be an alphanumeric
string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
displays information for all SGSN services in the current context:
show sgsn-service all
The following command
displays information for an SGSN service in the current context
that is named sgsn1:
show sgsn-service name sgsn1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show sgsn sessmgr
This command displays
session manager (SMGR) statistics specific to the SGSN service.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgsn sessmgr { all | instance }
all memory statistics
Displays all SMGR statistics
specific to the system’s SGSN service.
instance smgr_inst memory
statistics
Displays
the statistics for a specific session manager instance of the SGSN
service.
smgr_inst must
be an integer between 1 and 10000000.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
displays GPTP-U statistics for the traffic between an SGSN and a
connected RNC.
show sgtpu statistics
rnc-address 123.1.2.3
show sgtp-service
This command displays
information about the configured SGTP services in the current context,
including GTP-C and GTP-U operational configuration.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgtp-service { all | ggsn-table | sgsn-table | name srvc_name }
all
Displays configuration
information for all of the SGTP services defined for the current context.
ggsn-table
Displays GGSN information
configured for the SGTP service in the current context.
sgsn-table
Displays SGSN information
configured for the SGTP service in the current context.
name srvc_name
Displays information
for the specified SGTP service in the current context. srvc_name must
be the name of a configured SGTP service and must be an alphanumeric
string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
displays information for all SGTP services in the current context:
show sgtp-service all
The following command
displays the GGSN information in SGTP services in the current context:
show sgtp-service ggsn-table
The following command
displays the SGSN information in SGTP services in the current context:
show sgtp-service sgsn-table
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show sgtpc statistics
This command displays
all statistics, for SGTPC interface parameters, collected since
the last restart or last use of a clear command.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgtpc statistics [ all | gsn-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name ] [ verbose ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all of the SGTP services defined for the current context.
gsn-address ipv4_address
ipv4_address Displays
statistics for a specific SGSN identified by the SGSN’s
IPv4 address. specified in dotted decimal notation.
Note this must be an
existing and active interface.
sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name
Displays statistics
for the specified SGTP service in the current context.
sgtp_srvc_name must
be the name of a previously configured and active SGTP service and
must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
verbose
Causes the system to
displays more detailed level of statistics.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
displays statistics for the SGTP service named
sgtp1:
show sgtpc statistics
sgtp-service sgtp1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show sgtpu statistics
This command displays
all transmission and reception statistics, for pre-defined and active
GTP-U interfaces, collected since the last restart or last use of
a clear command.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show sgtpu statistics [ ggsn-address ipv4_address | iups-service iups_srvc_name | rnc-address ipv4_address | sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name |
gprs-service
gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id ]
ggsn-address ipv4_address
ipv4_address Displays
statistics for a specific GGSN identified by the GGSN’s
IPv4 address. specified in dotted decimal notation.
iups-service iups_srvc_name
Displays statistics
for the specified IuPS service in the current context.
iups_srvc_name must
be the name of a previously configured and active IuPS service and
must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
rnc-address ipv4_address
ipv4_address Displays
statistics for a specific RNC identified by the RNC’s IPv4
address. specified in dotted decimal notation.
sgtp-service sgtp_srvc_name
Displays statistics
for the specified SGTP service in the current context.
sgtp_srvc_name must
be the name of a previously configured and active SGTP service and
must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
gprs-service gprs_srvc_name nsei nse_id
Displays the statistics
for a specific NSEI-based GTPU statistics associated with the specified
GPRS service in the current context.
gprs_srvc_name must
be the name of a previously configured and active GPRS service and
must be an alphanumeric string from 1 to 63 characters in length.
nse_id must
be an integer from 0 to 65535.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information for SGSN services.
Example:
The following command
displays GPTP-U statistics for the traffic between an SGSN and a
connected RNC.
show sgtpu statistics
rnc-address 123.1.2.3
show sgw-service
Displays configuration
information and/or service statistics for Serving Gateway (S-GW)
services on this system.
Syntax
show sgw-service { all | name service_name | statistics { all | name service_name } } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configuration
information for all S-GW services configured on this system.
name service_name
Displays configuration
information for a specific S-GW service configured on this system.
service_name must
be an existing S-GW service, and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
statistics { all | name service_name }
Displays statistics
for all S-GW services on this system or for a specified service. service_name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numerics characters.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send output
to must be specified.
For
details on the usage of the grep and more commands,
refer to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of Chapter
1 of the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configuration information and/or service statistics
for S-GW services on this system.
Example:
The following command
displays service statistics for the S-GW service named
sgw1:
show sgw-service statistics
name sgw1
show snmp
Displays information
on the Simple Network Management Protocol servers and interfaces.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show snmp { accesses | communities | contexts | notifies | server | transports | trap [ history | statistics ] | views } [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
accesses
Displays SNMP server
usage statistics.
communities
Displays SNMP community
strings.
contexts
Displays SNMP information
per context.
notifies
Displays SNMP event
trap and notification statistics.
server
Displays SNMP server
configuration information.
transports
Displays trap destination
configuration information.
trap [ history | statistics {verbose}{wide}]
history:
displays SNMP event trap history. trap history shows
up to 5000 time-stamped trap records stored in a buffer. The buffer
may be cleared by entering the clear snmp history command.
statistics:
displays SNMP event trap and notification statistics.
verbose: displays
rows for every defined trap, even if never generated.
wide: shows
trap statistics data in excess of 80 columns.
views
Displays SNMP views.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display SNMP information
as part of system verification and troubleshooting.
Example:
The following commands
display the usage statistics, community string information, event
trap and notification data, server information, and trap destination
configuration, respectively.
show snmp communities
show snmp transport
show snmp server
show snmp accesses
show snmp notifies
show snmp trap history
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show srp
Displays the Service
Redundancy Protocol information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show srp { call-loss
statistics | checkpoint statistics [ verbose ] | info | statistics } | [ grep
grep_options | more ]
call-loss statistics
Displays history of
lost calls during switchover.
checkpoint statistics [ verbose ]
Displays check pointing
statistics on session redundancy data (session mangers, current
call recovery records, etc.).
verbose:
Displays cumulative information for all session managers in tabular
output.
info
Displays Service Redundancy
Protocol information (context, chassis state, peer, connection state, etc.).
statistics
Displays Service Redundancy
Protocol statistics (hello messages sent, configuration validation, resource
messages, switchovers, etc.).
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
The output of this
command may be considered as part of a periodic system auditing program
by verifying the Service Redundancy Protocol performance. For more
information, refer to the Interchassis Session Recovery chapter
of the Administration and Configuration Guide and the Service Redundancy
Protocol Configuration Mode chapter of the Command Line Reference.
Example:
The following command
shows Service Redundancy Protocol information:
show srp call-loss
statistics
show srp info
show srp checkpoint statistics
show srp statistics
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show srp monitor
Displays the Service
Redundancy Protocol monitor information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show srp monitor [ all | authentication-probe | bgp | [ grep
grep_options
|
more
] ]
all
Displays monitor information
for all types (authentication-probe and bgp).
authentication-probe
Displays authentication
probe monitor information.
bgp
Displays BGP monitor
statistics.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
The output of this
command may be considered as part of a periodic system auditing program
by verifying the Service Redundancy Protocol performance. For more
information, refer to the Interchassis Session Recovery chapter
of the Administration and Configuration Guide and the Service Redundancy
Protocol Configuration Mode chapter of the Command Line Reference.
Example:
The following command
shows Service Redundancy Protocol monitor information:
show srp monitor
show ss7-routing-domain
This command displays
the configuration information for the defined SS7 routing domains.
As SS7 routing domains conglomerate a large number of operational parameters,
this command enables you to narrow your displays to specific protocol
parameters on a specific link.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show ss7-routing-domain { all | ss7rd_id { m3ua | mtp2 | mtp3 | qsaal | routes [ adjacent ] | sctp
asp { all | instance asp_id } | sscf } }
show ss7-routing-domain ss7rd_id m3ua { statistics { gen | peer-server { all | id peer-server_id peer-server-process { all | instance psp_instance } } } | status { address-translation-
table | destination-point-code { all | ss7_dpc } | gen | peer-server peer-server_id [ peer-server-process instance psp_id | verbose ] }
show ss7-routing-domain
1 sscf { statistics linkset { all | id linkset_id link { all | id link_id } } | status
linkset { all | id linkset_id link { all | id link_id [ verbose ] } } }
ss7-routing-domain { all | ss7rd_id }
Specifies whether the
display will output information for all SS7 routing domains or only
for a specifically identified SS7 routing domain.
ss7rd_id must
be an integer value from 1 through 12.
m3ua
Provides access to
statistics or status information for the SS7 MTP3 User Adaptation
Layer (M3UA) the specified SS7 routing domain.
mtp2
Provides access to
statistics or status information the SS7 Message Transfer Part-2
(MTP2) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
mtp3
Provides access to
statistics or status information the SS7 Message Transfer Part-3
(MTP3) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
qsaal
Provides access to
statistics or status information for the Service Specific Connection-Oriented Protocol
(SSCOP) sub-layer of the Quasi Signaling Application Adaptation
Layer (QSAAL) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
routes [ adjacent ]
Displays the destination
point code (DPC) routing table.
adjacent - If this
keyword is used with the routes keyword, then it provides access
to the statistics and status information for configured adjacent
point codes.
sctp asp { all | instance asp_id }
Provides access to
the status or statistics of Stream Control Transmission Protocol
(SCTP) application server processes (ASP) in the specified SS7 routing
domain for all or a specified SCTP ASP instance.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all SCTP application server
process instances for specific SS7 routing domain.
- instance asp_id : Specified
the specific SCTP application server process instance where instance_id must
be an integer value from 1 through 4.
sscf
Provides access to
the statistics or status information for the Service Specific Coordination
Function (SSCF (q.2140)) for the specified SS7 routing domain.
peer-server [all | id peer-server_id ]
This keyword filters
the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain
for all or specific peer server id.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all peer servers for specific
protocol.
- id peer-server_id : Specified
the specific linkset identifier where peer-server_id must be
an integer value from 1 through 49.
peer-server-process [all | instance instance_id ]
This keyword filters
the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain
for all or specific instance of peer-server process.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all peer server process instances
for specific protocol.
- instance instance_id : Specified
the specific peer server process instance where instance_id must
be an integer value from 1 through 4.
destination-point-code [all | dest_point_code]
This keyword filters
the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain
for all or specific destination point code.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all destination point codes
in SS7 routing domain.
- dest_point_code:
Specified the specific destination point code in SS7 routing domain.
gen
This keyword displays
the general information for the specific protocol for the specified
SS7 routing domain.
verbose
This keyword enables
the display of maximum information for a protocol statistics/status.
linkset [ all | id linkset_id ]
This keyword filters
the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain
for all or specific link set.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all linksets for specific protocol.
- id linkset_id :
Specified the specific linkset identifier where linkset_id must
be an integer value from 1 through 49.
link [ all | id link_id ]
This keyword filters
the information for the specific protocol in SS7 routing domain
for all or specific link set.
- all: This
keyword displays the information for all links for specific protocol.
- id link_id :
Specified the specific linkset identifier where link_id must
be an integer value from 1 through 16.
Usage:
Use this command to
display the SS7 routing domain and different layer protocol information
for SGSN service.
Example:
Following command displays
the information/statistics of all SCTP application server
processes of peer server id 17 and peer server process instance
1 in SS7 routing domain 12:
show ss7-routing-domain
12 sctp asp all status peer-server id 17 peer-server-process instance 1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show ssh key
Displays the secure
shell public key information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show ssh key [ type { v1-rsa | v2-rsa | v2-dsa } ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
[ type { v1-rsa | v2-rsa | v2-dsa } ]
Specifies the type
of SSH key information to display. If type is not specified, information
for all types is displayed.
v1-rsa: SSH
v1 RSA host key only
v2-rsa: SSH
v2 DSA host key only
v2-dsa: SSH
v2 RSA host key only
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Show the secure shell
key information for all types to verify installed keys.
Example:
The following command
shows information for all SSH V1 and SSH V2 keys:
show ssh key
The following command
shows information for only SSH V2 RSA host keys:
show ssh key type
v2-rsa
show subscribers
Shows information for
subscriber sessions defined by the specified keywords. Keywords
described under Command Keywords below are base commands that display distinctive
type of data. Keywords described under Filter Keywords are filters
that modify or filter the output of the base commands. Not all filter
keywords are available for all command keywords commands. Each command
keyword lists the filter keywords that it accepts.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Inspector, Operator
Syntax
show subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
Command Keywords
The following keywords
are base commands that each have a distinct display output. Only
one Command Keyword can entered on the command line.
aaa-configuration
Shows AAA configuration
information for subscriber sessions defined by the specified filter keywords.
The following filter keywords are valid with this command:
active, all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout,
connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
fa,
fa-service, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, network-type,
pcf, pdsn-service,
plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left, sgsn-address,
sgsn-service, tx-data, username,
verbose, grep, more
access-flows { accounting | dynamic | pre-provisioned | static }
Shows the ip-flows
for the subscribers defined by the specified filter keywords.
accounting:
Use this keyword to display the accounting type of access flows
for a subscriber.
dynamic:
Use this keyword to display the dynamic type of access flows for
a subscriber.
pre-provisioned:
Use this keyword to display the pre-provisioned type of access flows
for a WiMAX subscriber.
static: Use
this keyword to display the static type of access flows for a subscriber.
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
active, active-charging-service,
all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
card-num, ccoa-only, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
fa, fa-service, flow-type, ggsn-service,
gsm-traffic-class, ha, ha-ipsec-only, ha-service, idle-time, imsi,
ip-address, ip-pool, ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-address, l3-tunnel-remote-address,
lac, lac-service, lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mip-udp-tunnel-only,
msid, msiddn, network-requested, network-type, pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rulebase,
rx-data, session-time-left,
sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, verbose, grep, more
activity
Display subscribers
link activity percentage. When no Filter Keywords are specified,
the output is a summary of all subscriber activity. When Filter
Keywords are specified, the link activity percentage is displayed
as graphs in which one is displayed using a high sampling rate,
a 10 second interval between samples, and a low sampling rate, a
15 minute interval between samples
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
fa, fa-service, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested, pcf,
pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left,
sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, grep, more
asn-peer-address ip_address
Displays information
for subscribers on an ASN GW trusted peer.
ip_address is
the IPv4 address of the ASN GW peer server in dotted decimal notation.
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
all, counters all,
asngw-service, full, summary, grep, more
asngw-service service_name
Displays counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN GW service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
The
following filter keywords are valid with this command:
all, counters all,
full, summary, grep, more
asnpc-service service_name
Displays counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN Paging Controller and Location Registry service.
service_name must
be an existing ASN PC service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
The
following filter keywords are valid with this command:
all, counters all,
full, summary, grep, more
bearer-establishment { direct-tunnel | normal | pending }
Selects Bearer Establishment
type defined by the specified filter keywords.
direct-tunnel: Select
subscribers having direct tunnel establshed with the RNC.
normal: Select subscribers
having bearer established with SGSN.
pending: Select subscribers
for whom bearer is not fully established.
configuration
Display current configuration
for all subscribers or a specified subscriber. The following filter keywords
are valid with this command:
all, username, grep,
more
counters
Show the counters associated
with the subscriber. The following filter keywords are valid with
this command:
active, all
, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address,
apn, callid, card-num,
configured-idle-timeout, connected-time,
dhcp-server, dormant,
fa, fa-service
, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested,
network-type, pcf, pdsn-service,
plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left
,
sgsn-address,
sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, grep, more
cscf-only
Displays information
for CSCF subscribers only.
The
following filter keywords are valid with this command:
aaa-configuration,
access-flows, active, activity, all, bearer-establishment, callid,
card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, cscf-service, data-rate, dormant,
fa, full, gtp-version, ha, idle-time, ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address,
ip-alloc-method, ip-pool ipv6-address, ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr,
l3-tunnel-remote-addr, long-duration-time-left, mipv6ha-service,
msid, network-type, policy, rx-data, session-time-left, smgr-instance,
subscription, summary, tft, tx-data, username, wf1
cscf-service service_name
Displays information
for subscribers accessing the specified CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
The
following filter keywords are valid with this command:
bearer-establishment,
callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, cscf-service, fa, gtp-version, ha, idle-time,
ims-auth-service, imsi, ip-address, ip-alloc-method, ip-pool, ipv6-address,
ipv6-prefix, l3-tunnel-local-addr, l3-tunnel-remote-addr, long-duration-time-left,
mipv6ha-service, msid, network-type, rx-data, session-time-left,
smgr-instance, subscription, tx-data, username
css-delivery-sequence
IMPORTANT:
This is a restricted
keyword. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
css-service csssvc_name
IMPORTANT:
This is a restricted
keyword. In
StarOS 9.0 and later, this keyword is obsoleted.
data-rate [ summary | full ] [ verbose | graph { high | low } ] [ high | low ]
Indicates how to display
subscriber throughput data.
IMPORTANT:
This keyword is best
used for individual subscriber output.
summary:
Combine statistics for the matching subscriber and show a summary
in text form.
full: Display
a separate output for each matching subscriber separately in tabular
form.
verbose:
Display cumulative information for all matching subscribers in tabular
output.
graph { high | low }:
Display the throughput data as a graph using either a high sampling rate
of every 30 seconds or a low sampling rate of every 15minutes. The
graph contains data points over the last 24 hours, if available.
The command displays a graph each for the transmit and receive peak,
average, and sustained throughput for a total of six graphs.
high: Display
the raw data collected for the throughput analysis using a high
sampling rate (smaller interval). The data displayed uses a sampling
interval of 30 seconds and includes the data collected over the
last 24 hours, if available.
low: Display
the raw data collected for the throughput analysis using a low sampling
rate (larger interval). The data displayed uses a sampling interval
of 15 minutes and includes the data collected over the last 24 hours,
if available.
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
active, all, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address, apn, callid,
card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, dhcp-server, dormant,
fa, fa-service, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, hsgw-only, hsgw-service, idle-time, imsi,
ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service, lma-service, lns,
lns-service, long-duration-time-left, mag-service, mme-address, mme-service, msid,
network-requested, pcf, pdsn-service, plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left,
sgsn-address, sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, grep, more
debug-info { callid id | msid id | username name }
Displays internal call
troubleshooting information for subscriber sessions defined by the
specified keywords.
callid id: Displays
subscriber information for the call specified by id. The call
ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
msid id: Displays
information for the mobile user identified by id. id must be
from 7 to 16 digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI. Wildcard
characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard matches
multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches a single
character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted
as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For
example; ‘$’.
username name: Displays
information for connections for the subscriber identified by name. The
user must have ben previously configured. name must
be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters
('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length.
The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard
matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters
interpreted as wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘).
For example; ‘$’.
fng-only
Displays FNG context
information for the session.
fng-service service_name
Displays information
for subscribers accessing the specified FNG service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
full
Shows all available
subscriber information. The following filter keywords are valid
with this command:
active, all
, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address,
apn, callid, card-num,
configured-idle-timeout, connected-time,
dhcp-server, dormant,
fa, fa-service
, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi, ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested,
network-type, pcf, pdsn-service,
plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left
,
sgsn-address,
sgsn-service, tx-data,
username, grep, more
ggsn-only
Displays only GGSN-specific
subscriber context information.
gprs-only
Displays only 2G SGSN
subscribers/contexts. The following filter keywords are
valid with this command:
aaa-configuration,
active, active-charging-service, activity, all, apn, callid, card-num,
configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, data-rate, full,
ggsn-address, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi,
msid, msisdn, partial, plmn-type, rx-data, session-time-left, summary,
tx-data, grep, and more.
gtp-version { 0 | 1 }
Displays the specific
GTP version number. Must be followed by one of the supported GTP
versions (0 or 1).
The following filter
keywords are valid with this command:
active-charging-service,
apn,bearer-establishment,
callid,
dhcp-server, fa, fa-service,
ggsn-service, gprs-service,
gsm-traffic-class, msid, msisdn,
plmn-type,
sgsn-address, sgsn-service, smgr-instance,
tx-data, username, grep, more.
hsgw-only
Displays HSGW subscriber
session information.
The
following filters/keywords are valid with this command:
all, full, summary
hsgw-service svc_name:
Displays subscriber information based on the HSGW service name. svc_name must
be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
hsgw-service svc_name
Displays subscriber
information based on the HSGW service name. svc_name must
be an existing HSGW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
ip-alloc-method {aaa-assigned | dhcp [ relay-agent | proxy-client ] | dynamic-pool | l2tp-lns-assigned | mip-ha-assigned | ms-provided-static | not-ms-provided-static | static
pool }
Displays the specific
IP Allocation Method. Must be followed by one of the IP Allocation Methods:
aaa-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by AAA.
dhcp: Selects
subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by DHCP.
- relay-agent:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP
Relay Agent
- proxy-client:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the DHCP
Proxy Client
dynamic-pool:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a dynamic
IP address pool.
l2tp-lns-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Layer
2 Tunneling Protocol Network Server.
mip-ha-assigned:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned by the Mobile
IP Home Agent.
ms-provided-static:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were provided by the Mobile
Station.
not-ms-provided-static:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were not provided by the
Mobile Station.
static-pool:
Selects subscribers whose IP Addresses were assigned from a static
IP address pool.
ipsg-only
Displays IPSG subscriber
session information.
lma-service svc_name
Displays subscriber
information based on the LMA service name. svc_name must
be an existing LMA service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
mag-only
Displays MAG subscriber
session information.
The
following filters/keywords are valid with this command:
all, full, summary
mag-service svc_name:
Displays subscriber information based on the MAG service name. svc_name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
mag-service svc_name
Displays subscriber
information based on the MAG service name. svc_name must
be an existing MAG service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
mme-address
Displays subscriber
information based on the MME IP address. ip_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
mme-only
Displays MME subscriber
session information.
The
following filter keywords are valid with this command:
all, full, summary
mme-service svc_name:
Displays subscriber information based on the MME service name. svc_name must
be an existing MME service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
mme-address ip_address:
Displays subscriber information based on the MMM IP address. ip_address must
be an existing MME IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
pdg-only
Displays a summary of
PDG subscriber statistics.
pdg-service name
Displays statistics
for users associated with a specific PDG service name.
pdif-only
Displays a summary of
PDIF subscriber statistics.
pdif-service name
Displays connection
statistics for users associated with a specific pdif-service name.
pgw-only
Displays P-GW subscriber
session information.
The
following filters/keywords are valid with this command:
all, full, summary
pgw-service svc_name:
Displays subscriber information based on the P-GW service name. svc_name must
be an existing P-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
sgw-address ip_address:
Displays subscriber information based on the S-GW IP address. ip_address must
be an existing S-GW IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
qci number
Displays subscriber
session information based on the QCI value assigned to the subscriber. number must
be an integer value from 0 to 9.
s1u-state { active | idle | idle-active }
Displays session information
based on the subscriber’s S1-U state. The S1-U interface
is the interface from the eNodeB to the S-GW.
active: Displays
session information for subscribers with an S1-U state set to active.
idle: Displays
session information for subscribers with an S1-U state set to idle.
idle-active:
Displays session information for subscribers with an S1-U state
set to idle-active.
s5-proto { gtp | pmip }
Displays subscriber
session information based on the S5 interface protocol used. Choose
either GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) or Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP).
sgsn-only
Displays only 3G SGSN-specific
subscriber context information. The following filters are valid
with this command:
aaa-configuration,
active, active-charging-service, activity, all, apn, callid, card-num,
configured-idle-timeout, connected-time, counters, data-rate, full,
ggsn-address, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi, msid, msisdn,
partial qos [requested | netogitated ] ,
plmn-type, rnc, rx-data, session-time-left, summary, tx-data, grep,
and more.
sgw-only
Displays S-GW subscriber
session information.
The
following filters/keywords are valid with this command:
all, full, summary
sgw-service svc_name:
Displays subscriber information based on the S-GW service name. svc_name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters.
pgw-address ip_address:
Displays subscriber information based on the P-GW IP address. ip_address must
be an existing P-GW IP address and be entered in IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
sgw-service svc_name
Displays subscriber
information based on the S-GW service name. svc_name must
be an existing S-GW service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or numeric
characters.
subscription { aor address | callid id | full }
Displays subscription
information for defined subscribers, based on defined parameters.
aor address:
Clear session(s) by Address of Record.
callid id: Specific
Call Identification Number.
full: Displays
all available information.
summary
Only display a summary
of the subscriber information. The following filter keywords are
valid with this command:
active, activity, all
, asngw-service, asnpc-service,
asn-peer-address,
apn, callid,
card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time,
dhcp-server, dormant,
enodeb-address, fa,
fa-service
, ggsn-service,
ha, ha-service, idle-time, imsi ip-address, ip-pool, lac, lac-service,
lns, lns-service, long-duration-time-left, msid, network-requested pcf,
pdsn-service,
plmn-type, rx-data,
session-time-left
,
sgsn-address, tx-data, username, grep, more
tft
Displays the current
Traffic Flow Template (TFT) associated with the subscriber session.
tx-data
Bytes transmitted by
the subscriber.
wf1
Displays subscriber
information in wide format number 1. Wide format number 1 includes
the following information for each listed subscriber session:
- Access Type
- Access Technology
- Call State
- Link Status
- Network Type
- Call ID
- MSID
- Username
- IP Address
- Time-Idle
- Access Peer Address
- Service Address
- Network Peer Address
- Connect Time
filter_keywords
The following keywords
are filters that modify or filter the output of the Command Keywords.
Not all filters are available for all Command Keywords. Multiple
Filter Keywords can be entered on a command line.
When multiple Filter
Keywords are specified, the output conforms to all of the Filter
Keywords specifications.
For example; if you
enter the following command:
show subscribers counters
ip-pool pool1 card-num 1
Counters for all subscriber
sessions that were assigned an IP address from the IP pool named
pool1 and also are being processed by the PAC/PSC in slot
1 is displayed. Information for all other subscribers is not displayed.
active
Only display information
for those subscribers who currently have active sessions.
active-charging-service acs_service
Displays information
for subscribers under active charging service processing.
acs_service must
be a string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
all
If no keywords are
specified before all,
information for all subscribers is displayed. If keywords are specified
before all, all
information is displayed with no further options being allowed.
apn name
Displays subscribers
currently facilitated by the Access Point Name (APN) template called name configured
on the system. This command is for GGSN only.
asngw-only
Displays counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN GW service only.
asnpc-only
Displays counters for
subscribers accessing the ASN Paging Controller and Location Registry
service only.
callid id
Displays subscriber
information for the call specified by id. The call
ID must be specified as an 8-byte hexadecimal number.
card-num card_num
The slot number of
the PAC/PSC by which the subscriber session is processed. pac_num is
a slot number from 1 through 7 or 10 through 16.
ccoa-only
Displays the subscribers
that registered a MIP colocated COA directly with the HA.
This option is only
valid when MIPHA session license is enabled.
configured-idle-timeout [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Shows the idle timeout
that is configured for the specified subscriber. A value of 0 (zero)
indicates that the subscribers idle timeout is disabled.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
connected-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Shows how long the
subscriber has been connected. <: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is
displayed.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
cscf-only
Displays information
for CSCF subscribers only.
cscf-service service_name
Displays information
for subscribers accessing the specified CSCF service.
service_name must
be an existing service and be from 1 to 63 alpha and/or
numeric characters in length.
dhcp-server address
Displays subscribers
currently accessing the system that have been provided an IP address
by the DHCP server specified by address.
This command is for GGSN only.
dormant
Shows information for
subscriber sessions that are dormant (not transmitting or receiving data).
enodeb-address IPv4_ddress
Displays information
for EPS subscribers connected to the eNodeB specified by IPv4_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
fa address
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the foreign agent specified by address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
fa-only
Only display FA-specific
context information.
fa-service name
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the foreign agent service specified
by name.
The foreign agent service name must have been previously defined.
firewall { not-required | required }
Displays information
for the specified subscribers:
not-required:
Subscribers for whom firewall processing is not required.
required:
Subscribers for whom firewall processing is required.
firewall-policy fw_policy_name
This keyword is obsolete.
fw-and-nat policy fw_nat_policy
IMPORTANT:
This option is customer-specific
and is only available in StarOS 8.1.
Displays information
for subscribers using the specified Firewall-and-NAT policy.
fw_nat_policy specifies
the Firewall-and-NAT policy name, and must be an alpha and/or
numeric string of 1 through 15 characters in length.
ggsn-address ip_address
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the GGSN with specific IP address specified
by ip_address.
The GGSN IP address ip_address must
have been previously defined.
ip_address: must
use dotted decimal notation.
This
keyword is for SGSN only.
ggsn-preservation-mode
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the GGSN service with preservation
mode enabled. This filter keyword is for GGSN only.
ggsn-service name
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the GGSN service specified by name. The
GGSN service name must
have been previously defined. This keyword is for GGSN only.
gsm-traffic-class { background | conversational | interactive | streaming }
Displays information
for subscriber traffic that matches the specified 3GPP traffic class.
- background:
3GPP QoS background class.
- conversational:
3GPP QoS conversational class.
- interactive:
3GPP QoS interactive class. Must be followed by a traffic priority.
- streaming:
3GPP QoS streaming class.
ha address
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the home agent specified by address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
ha-ipsec-only
Only display information
for subscriber sessions that are using IP-Security.
ha-only
Only display HA-specific
context information.
ha-service name
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the home agent service specified by name. The
home agent service name must
have been previously defined.
idle-time [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Displays how long the
subscriber session has been idle or display subscriber sessions
that meet the idle time criteria specified.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
ims-auth-service service_name
Displays information
for subscribers with specified IMS Authorization Service. service_name must
have been previously defined.
imsi id
Shows the subscriber
with the specified id. The IMSI (International Mobile Subscriber
Identity) ID is a 15 character field which identifies the subscriber’s
home country and carrier. Wildcard characters $ and * are
allowed. The * wildcard matches multiple characters and
the $ wildcard matches a single character. If you do not
want the wildcard characters interpreted as a wildcard enclose them
in single quotes ( ‘ ). For example; ‘$’.
ip-address [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] address
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the specified address.
<: Filters
output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address
lower than the specified address is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information for subscribers with an IP address
higher than the specified address is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an
IP address higher than the specified address is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information for subscribers with an
IP address lower than the specified address is displayed.
address:
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation. Used in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than.
If the ip address is specified without a qualifier then only subscribers
with the specified IP address have their information displayed.
ip-pool name
Displays information
for subscribers assigned addresses from the IP address pool name. name must
be the name of an existing IP pool or IP pool group.
IP pool name will
be either ipv4 or ipv6 according to call line setup for specified
pool name.
ipv6-address address
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the specified address.
ipv6-prefix prefix
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the specified address and prefix.
lac address
Displays information
for calls to the peer LAC (L2TP access concentrator) specified by address.
lac-only
Show L2TP LAC specific
information only.
lac-service name [ local-tunnel-id id | remote-tunnel-id id ]
Displays information
for calls associated with the LAC service named name. This
is a string of 1 to 63 characters.
local-tunnel-id id : Specifies
a specific local tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in
the range of 1 to 65535.
remote-tunnel-id id : Specifies
a specific remote tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in
the range of 1 to 65535.
l3-tunnel-local-addr ip_address
Specific layer 3 tunneling
interface specified by ip_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
l3-tunnel-remote-addr ip_address
Specific layer 3 tunneling
peer specified by ip_address.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
lns address
Displays information
for calls to the peer LNS (L2TP network server) specified by address.
lns-only
Show L2TP LNS specific
information only.
lns-service name [ local-tunnel-id id | remote-tunnel-id id ]
Displays information
for calls associated with the LNS service named name. This
is a string of 1 to 63 characters.
local-tunnel-id id : Specifies
a specific local tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in
the range of 1 to 65535.
remote-tunnel-id id : Specifies
a specific remote tunnel from which to clear calls. id must be in
the range of 1 to 65535.
long-duration-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
Shows how much time
is left for the maximum duration of a specified subscriber session.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
mip-udp-tunnel-only
Displays the subscribers
that negotiated MIP-UDP tunneling with the HA.
This option is only
valid when MIP NAT Traversal license is enabled.
mipv6ha-only
Shows MIPV6HA-specific
context information for the session.
mipv6ha-service service_name
Displays specific configured
MIPV6 Home Agent service. service_name must
have been previously defined.
msid id
Displays information
for the mobile user identified by id. id must be
from 7 to 16 hexadecimal digits specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
Wildcard characters $ and * are allowed. The * wildcard
matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard matches
a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters interpreted
as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘ ). For
example: ‘$’.
In case of enforce imsi-min equivalence is
enabled on the chasis and MIN or IMSI numbers supplied, this filter
will show subscribers with a corresponding MSID (MIN or IMSI) whose
lower 10 digits matches to lower 10 digits of the supplied MSID.
show subscribers msid ABCD0123456789 or
show subscribers msid 0123456789
will show any subscriber
with a MSID that match the lower 10 digits of MSID supplid, i.e. 0123456789.
msisdn msisdn
Displays information
for the mobile user identified by the Mobile Subscriber ISDN Number (MSISDN).
msisdn must
be 7 to 16 digits; specified as an IMSI, MIN, or RMI.
nat { not-required | required [ nat-ip nat_ip_address | nat-realm nat_realm ] }
Displays information
for the specified subscribers.
not-required:
Subscribers for whom Network Address Translation (NAT) processing
is not required.
required:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is required.
IMPORTANT:
The nat-ip keyword
is only available in StarOS 8.3 and later.
nat-ip nat_ip_address:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the
specified NAT IP address. nat_ip_address specifies
the NAT IP address and must be a standard IPv4 address.
nat-realm nat_realm:
Subscribers for whom NAT processing is enabled and are using the
specified NAT realm. nat_realm specifies
the NAT realm name and must be a string from 1 through 63 characters
in length.
network-requested
Display information
for currently active subscribers whose sessions were initiated by
the GGSN network requested create PDP context procedure.
network-type { gre | ipip | ipsec | ipv4 | ipv6 | l2tp | mobile-ip | proxy-mobile-ip }
Displays network type
information for the subscriber session. The following network types
can be selected:
- gre : Generic
Routing Encapsulation (GRE) per RFC 2784
- ipip : IP-in-IP
encapsulation per RFC 2003
- ipsec : IPSec
- ipv4: Internet
Protocol version 4 (IPv4)
- ipv6: Internet
Protocol version 6 (IPv6)
- l2tp: Layer
2 Tunneling Protocol encryption per RFC 2661
- mobile-ip :
Mobile IP
- proxy-mobile-ip :
Proxy Mobile IP
nsapi nsap_id
Displays session information
for the mobile user identified by network service access point identifier (NSAPI)
between MS and SGSN. NSAPI is also used as part of the Tunnel Identifier
between GPRS Support Nodes (GSNs). The user identity IMSI and the
application identifier (NSAPI) are integrated into the Tunnel Identifier
(GTPv0) (TID) or Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTPv1) (TEID) that
uniquely identifies the subscriber’s sublink between the
GSNs (SGSN and GGSN). The NSAPI is an integer value within the PDP
context header.
nsap_id must
be an integer value from 5 through 15.
partial qos { negotiated | requested }
This filter is specific
to the SGSN.
Is limits the display
of information to requested or negotiated QoS information for the subscriber.
This filter can be
used in combination with further defining filters: active, active-charging-service,
all, apn, callid, card-num, configured-idle-timeout, connected-time,
ggsn-address, gprs-service, gsm-traffic-class, idle-time, imsi,
msid, msisdn, negotiated, plmn-type, requested, rx-data, session-time-left,
tx-data
pcf [ < | > | less-than | greater-than] ipv4_address [[ < | > | less-than | greater-than ] ipv4_address ]
Displays information
for subscribers connected via the packet control function with a
specific or range of IP address
ipv4_ddress.
The address must be specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal
notation.
- <: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address
value is displayed.
- >: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4
address value is displayed.
- less-than:Filters
output so that only information less than the specified IPv4 address
value is displayed.
- greater-than:Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified IPv4
address value is displayed.
Note: It is possible
to define a limited range of IP addresses by using the less-than
and greater-than options to define minimum and maximum values.
pdsn-only
Show PDSN specific
information only.
pdsn-service name
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the packet data service name. The
packet data service must have been previously configured.
plmn-type
Displays subscriber
type (HOME, VISITING, or ROAMING).
This keyword is for
the GGSN or the SGSN only.
policy
Displays the current
policies associated with the subscriber session.
rnc id rnc_id mcc mcc_num mnc mnc_num
Displays information
for subscribers connected to the SGSN via a specific RNC (radio
network controller) identified by the RNC ID, the MCC (mobile country
code), and the MNC (mobile network code).
This keyword is for
SGSN only.
rx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
The number of bytes
received by the specified subscriber.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
session-time-left [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
How much session time
is left for the specified subscriber.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 4294967295.
smgr-instance number
Specific sessmgr instance. number must
be in the range of 1 to 4294967295.
sgsn-address address
Shows information for
subscribers whose PDP contexts are currently being facilitated by
the SGSN specified by address. This command is for GGSN only.
sgsn-service srvc_name
Shows subscriber information
for a specified 3G SGSN service.
srvc_name must
be a string of 1 to 63 alphanumeric characters that identifies a
configured SGSN service.
This
command is for SGSN only.
tx-data [ < | > | greater-than | less-than ] value
The number of bytes
transmitted by the specified subscriber.
<: Filters
output so that only information less than the specified value is displayed.
>: Filters
output so that only information greater than the specified value
is displayed.
greater-than:
Filters output so that only information greater than the specified
value is displayed.
less-than:
Filters output so that only information less than the specified
value is displayed.
value: Used
in conjunction with <, >, greater-than, less-than, If no other filtering
options are specified only output matching value is
displayed. If value is
not specified all data is displayed. value must
be an integer from 0 through 18446744073709551615.
username name
Displays information
for connections for the subscriber identified by name. The
user must have been previously configured. name must
be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters
('$' and '*') from 1 to 127 characters in length.
The * wildcard matches multiple characters and the $ wildcard
matches a single character. If you do not want the wildcard characters
interpreted as a wildcard enclose them in single quotes ( ‘).
For example; ‘$’.
verbose
Display detailed information.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view information about subscriber sessions.
The output of this
command may be considered for part of a periodic system auditing program
by verifying active and dormant subscribers.
The Command Keywords
may be used standalone to display detailed information or you may
use one or more of the various Filter Keywords to reduce the amount
of information displayed.
CAUTION:
Executing this command
may negatively impact performance if multiple instances are executed
while the system is under heavy load and simultaneously facilitating
multiple CLI sessions.
Example:
The following command
displays information for all subscriber sessions:
show subscribers all
The following command
displays information for all ggsn-only subscriber sessions:
show subscribers ggsn-only all
The following command
displays information for all subscriber sessions in wide format
1:
show subscribers wf1 all
show subscribers aaa-configuration
show subscribers counters
username isp1user1
The following command
displays information for subscriber in GGSN service:
show subscribers ggsn-only all
show subscribers ggsn-only full
The following command
displays information for all subscriber with SGSN session having
partial QoS requests:
show subscribers sgsn-only
partial qos requested
The following command
displays information for all subscriber with MME session connected
to MME service having IP address as 1.1.1.1:
show subscribers mme-only
mme-address 1.1.1.1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show super-charger
Lists subscribers with
valid super charger configuration.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show super-charger { imsi
imsi | all }
imsi
Defines a specific
subscriber’s international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)
number.
imsi - up
to 15 digits This number includes the MCC (mobile country code),
the MNC (mobile network code) and the MSIN (mobile station identification number),
all
Instructs the SGSN
to display super charger subscription information for all subscribers.
Usage:
Use this command to
determine if a single subscriber, identified by the IMSI, has a
super charger configuration. Also, this command can display the
list of all subscribers with a super charger configuration. If a
subscriber has super charger as part of the configuraiton, then subscriber
data is backed up (using the IMSI Manager) after the subscriber
detaches and the purge timer expires.
Example:
The following command
displays the super charger configuration information for the subscriber identified
by the IMSI 90121882144672.
show super-charger
imsi 90121882144672
show support details
This command outputs
a comprehensive list of system information that is useful for troubleshooting
purposes. In most cases, the output of this command is requested
by the technical support team.
Syntax
show support details [ to file
url
]
to file url
Specifies the location
where a tar file with the support detail information should be created.
url may refer
to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 } [ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] } [ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ] { /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host } [ :port# ] [ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
If the filename is
not specified with a .tar extension, it is automatically appended
to the filename when the file is created and a message is generated.
The content of the
tar file is a follows:
- support_summary -
An ASCII text file that contains the support detail information.
- information.minicores.tar -
A tar file that contains any minicore files found on the system.
Minicore files contain memory core dumps that are captured during
some events. These core dumps provide specific memory locations
and other information about the event. This information is useful
to the technical support team in identifying specifically where
an event occurred and its probably cause.
Usage:
Use this command to
obtain extensive system information for use in troubleshooting.
This command does the work of over 30 separate commands, which saves
time and ensures that all of the information needed is collected
and displayed in the same order every time. The output of the following
commands is included:
- show version verbose
- show config
- show context
- show ip pool
- show ip interface
- show ip route
- show boot
- show boot initial-config
- show system uptime
- show license information
- show card hardware
- show card info
- show card diag
- show card table all
- show port table all
- show port info
- show port npu counters
- show port datalink
counters
- show fans
- show hardware version
fans
- show power chassis
- show alarm audible
- show alarm central-office
- show alarm outstanding
- show alarm statistics
-
show asngw-service
statistics
-
show asnpc-service
statistics
-
show content-filtering
category database
- show cpu table
- show cpu info verbose
- show resources
- show task table
- show task resources
- show task resources
max
- show crash list
- show snmp trap history
- show logs level error
- show logs level error
inactive
- show ppp statistics
- show session disconnect-reasons
-
show apn statistics
all
- show pdsn-service all
- show ha-service all
-
show dhcp-service all
-
show ggsn-service all
- show lac-service all
- show lns-service all
-
mme-hss-service
-
mme-service
- show session progress
- show rp statistics
- show mipfa statistics
- show mipha statistics
- show srp info
- show srp checkpoint
statistics
- show srp checkpoint
statistics verbose
-
show gtpc statistics
verbose
-
show gtpp accounting
servers
-
show gtpp statistics
verbose
-
show gtpp storage-server
- show session recovery
status verbose
- show clock all
- show radius counters
all
- show ntp associations
all
- show charging-service
all (if the Enhanced Charging Service license is installed)
- show qos npu inter-subscriber
traffic bandwidth-sharing
- timestamps
- no timestamps
In addition to the
information provided by the above commands, the show support details command
includes information that is not otherwise accessible to users but
that is helpful in the swift resolution of issues.
Example:
The following command
displays the system information on your console.
show support details
The following command
displays the information on your console and also writes it to the
local device (pcmcia1 in this case) and includes the mini core dumps,
using the filename r-p_problem.tar.
show support details
to file /pcmcia1/r-p_problem.tar
The following command
displays the information on your console and also writes it to an
FTP server (named host), placing the file in the dir directory and
includes the mini core dumps, using the filename re_problem.tar.
show support details
to file ftp://host/dir/re_problem.tar
show system uptime
Shows the system the
amount of time the system has been operational since the down time
(maintenance or otherwise).
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show system
uptime [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
uptime
Indicates only the
system up time is to be displayed.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the system
up time to check for the possibility of anomalous behavior related
to longer up times.
Example:
The following commands
display the system basic information and up time only, respectively.
show system uptime
show task
Displays information
about system tasks.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show task { info | resources | table } [ card
card_num ] [ facility
facility { all | instance id } ] [ process
process_name
all ] [ max ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
{ info | resources | table }
Specifies type of information
to be displayed and scope of tasks to include in output.
info: Display
detailed task information.
resources:
Display resource allocation and usage information for all tasks.
table: Display
identification information in tabular format for all tasks.
card card_num
Default: all powered
on cards.
Specifies a single
card for which task information is to be displayed where card_num must
be from 1 to 48.
facility facility { all | instance id }
Default: all facilities.
Specifies the list
of facilities for which task information may be displayed. A specific
instance of the facility may be displayed as specified by id or
all instances may be displayed. The value of id must be in the range
of 0 through 100000.
facility must
be one of:
- a11mgr: A11 Interface
Manager facility
- aaamgr: AAA Manager
Facility
- aaaproxy: AAA Proxy
manager Facility
- acsctrl: Active
Charging Service (ACS) Controller Facility
- acsmgr: Active
Charging Service (ACS) Manager Facility
-
asngwmgr: ASN Gateway
Manager
-
asnpcrmgr: ASN
Paging/Location-Registry (ASN-PC) Manager
- bgp: Border Gateway
Protocol (BGP) Facility
- bulkstat: Bulk
Statistics Manager Facility
- cdrmod: Charging
Detail Record Module
- cli: Command Line
Interface Facility
- cscfmgr: SIP CSCF
Manager
- cspctrl: Card Slot
Port controller Facility
- cssctrl: Content
Service Steering Controller
- dcardctrl: IPSEC
Daughtercard Controller Logging Facility
- dcardmgr: IPSEC
Daughtercard Manager Logging Facility
- dhmgr: Distributed
Host Manager
- drvctrl: Driver
Controller Facility
-
egtpegmgr: EGTP
Egress Demux Manager
-
egtpinmgr: EGTP
Ingress Demux Manager
- evlogd: Event Log
Daemon Facility
- famgr: Foreign
Agent Manager Facility
-
gtpcmr: GTP-C Protocol
Logging facility (GGSN product only)
- h248prt: H.248
Protocol Task
- hamgr: Home Agent
Manager Facility
- hatcpu: High Availability
Task CPU Facility
- hatsystem: High
Availability Task Facility
- ipsecctrl: IP Security
Controller Facility
- ipsecmgr: IP Security
Manager Facility
-
ipsgmgr: IP Services
Gateway Facility
- l2tpdemux: L2TP
Demultiplexor (LNS) Facility
- l2tpmgr: L2TP Manager
Facility
-
magmgr: Mobile
Access Gateway Manager
- megadiammgr: MegaDiameter
Manager
-
mmedemux: MME Demux
Manager logging facility
-
mmemgr: MME Manager
logging facility
- mmgr: SGSN/SS7
Master Manager
- mptest: Migration
Performance Test on Packet Accelerator Card
- netwstrg: Network
Storage Manager
- npuctrl: Network
Processor Unit control Facility
- npumgr: Network
Processor Unit Manager Facility
- nputst: Network
Processor Unit Tester
- nsctrl: Charging
Service Controller
- nsmgr: Charging
Service Process Manager
- orbns: Object Request
Broker Notification Server Facility
- orbs: Object Request
Broker System Facility
- ospf: Open Shortest
Path First Facility
- rct: Recovery Control
Task Facility
- rdt: Redirect Task
Facility
- rip: Routing Information
Protocol Facility
- rmctrl: Resource
Manager Controller Facility
- rmmgr: Resource
Manager Facility
- sct: Shared Configuration
Task Facility
- sessctrl: Session
Controller Facility
- sessmgr: Session
Manager Facility
- sft: Switch Fabric
Monitoring Task
- sipcdprt: Sip Call
Distributor Task
- sitmain: System
Initialization Task Main Facility
- sitparent: Card
based system initialization facility that applies to Packet Accelerator
Cards and Switch Processor Cards
IMPORTANT:
sitparent replaces
the facilities sitpac,
sitspc and sittac.
- snmp: SNMP Protocol
Facility
- srdb: Static Rating
Database
- threshold: Threshold
Server Facility
- vpnctrl: Virtual
Private Network Controller Facility
- vpnmgr: VPN Manager
Facility
- zebos: ZEBOS™ OSPF
Message Facility
all: Display
information for all instances of the specified facility.
instance id: Display
information for the specified instance of the specified facility
only. id must be an integer from 0 through 10000000.
process process_name all
Display information
for all instances of the specified process. must be one of the following
process names:
- ftpd: File Transfer
Protocol Daemon
- inetd: Internet
Super-server Daemon
- nsproc: NetSpira
Packet Processor
- ntpd: Network Time
Protocol Daemon
- orbnsd: Object
Request Broker Notification Server
- ping: Ping
- pvmd-wrapper: NetSpira
Messenger Daemon
- pvmgs: NetSpira
Messenger Daemon
- rlogin: Remote
Login
- sftp-server: Secure
File Transfer Protocol Server
- sitreap: System
Initialization Task Cleanup Process
- sn_resolve: DNS
Resolver Process
- ssh: Secure Shell
- sshd: Secure Shell
Daemon
- telnet: Telnet
- telnetd: Telnet
Daemon
- tftpd: Trivial
File Transfer Protocol Daemon
- traceroute: Traceroute
max
Default: current usage
levels are displayed.
Displayed the maximum
usage levels for tasks as opposed to the current usage levels.
The keyword max is valid
only in conjunction with the resources keyword.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display task information
as part of system troubleshooting unexpected behavior.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands
provide some examples of the combinations of options that may be
used to display task information.
show task info facility hatspc all
show task info facility hatspc instance 456
show task resources
facility zebos all
show task table facility ospf
show task table card 8 facility cli all
show task resources
facility rip all max
show temperature
Displays the current
temperature on all installed application and line cards. Also displays
the temperature of upper and lower fan trays. Temperature readings
are acquired from sensors located on theses components.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show temperature [ verbose] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
verbose
Indicates that the
output is to contain detailed information.
Usage:
Verify current temperature
of components in chassis.
Example:
show temperature
show tempterature verbose
show terminal
Displays the current
terminal settings for number of lines in length and number of characters
in width.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show terminal [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Verify current terminal
settings in case the output displayed appears to have line breaks/wraps
in unexpected places.
show threshold
Displays thresholding
information for the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show threshold [ default ]
[ default ]
Used to display the
system’s thresholding default values.
Usage:
Use this command to
display information on threshold value configuration and activity.
Example:
The following command
displays configuration information pertaining to threshold values
configured on the system:
show threshold
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show timing
Displays the information
configured to define a transmit timing source other than the system
clock. The display includes related information (such as port status,
timing source priority, timing alarms, etc.) for all of the ports
configured for either BITS or line timing.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Usage:
Use this command to
determine which line cards are recovering receive timing clocks.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
displays timing configuration and status information for the timing-configured
ports.
show timing
show upgrade
Displays the status
of an on-going on-line software upgrade.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Usage:
Use this command to
show the status of an on-going on-line software upgrade.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
show url-blacklisting
database
This command displays
URL Blacklisting static database configurations.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show url-blacklisting
database [ all | url url | facility
acsmgr { all | instance instance } ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
all
Displays configurations
of all URL Blacklisting databases present in the default or override directory.
facility acsmgr { all | instance instance }
Displays configurations
of URL Blacklisting database configuration per facility/ACSMgr instance.
all: Displays
URL Blacklisting database configuration of all ACSMgrs.
instance instance:
Displays URL Blacklisting database configuration of the specified
instance. instance must be
instance number of the database, and must be an integer from 1 through
10000000.
url url
Displays configurations
of the URL Blacklisting database specified in the URL.
url must
be the database’s URL, and must be a string of 1 through
512 characters in length.
grep grep_options | more
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
view configurations associated with in-memory and on-flash Blacklisting
database. The show
url-blacklisting database command displays the active
database that is loaded, and is the one set by either the default
or override CLI commands.
Example:
The following command
displays configurations of all the databases present in default
or override directory, indicating one as ACTIVE and rest as NOT
LOADED:
show url-blacklisting
database all
The following command
displays configurations of the
/flash/bl/optblk.bin database:
show url-blacklisting
database url /flash/bl/optblk.bin
The following command
displays database configuration for the ACSMgr instance
1:
show url-blacklisting
database facility acsmgr instance 1
IMPORTANT:
Output descriptions
for commands are available in the Statistics and Counters
Reference.
show version
Displays the version
information for the current system image or for a remote image.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
show version [ url ] [ all | verbose ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
url
Specifies the location
of a configuration file to display version information for. The
url may refer
to a local or a remote file.
url must be
entered using one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- tftp://{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | ftp: | sftp: ]//[ username[ :password ]@ ] { host }[ :port# ][ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
username is
the user to be authenticated.
password is
the password to use for authentication.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
all | verbose
all: indicates
all image information is to be displayed.
verbose:
indicates the output is to contain detailed information.
The verbose keyword
may not be used in conjunction with a URL specification.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Display the version
information to verify the image versions loaded in preparation for maintenance,
upgrades, etc.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following commands
display the version information with the basic level of output and
the detailed level, respectively.
show version
show version verbose
shutdown
Terminates all processes
within the chassis.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
shutdown [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Remove a chassis form
service for maintenance activities.
CAUTION:
Issuing this command
will cause the system to become unavailable for session processing.
Example:
shutdown
shutdown -noconfirm
sleep
Pauses the CLI interface.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
seconds
Specifies the number
of seconds to pause. The number of seconds must be a value in the
range from 1 through 3600.
Usage:
Sleep is a command
delay which is only useful when creating command line interface scripts
such as predefined configuration files/scripts.
Example:
The following will
cause the CLI to pause for
30 seconds.
sleep 30
srp initiate-switchover
This command changes
the device status on the primary and backup HA or GGSN systems configured
for Interchassis Session Recovery support.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
srp initiate-switchover [ post-processing-timeout | reset-route-modifier | timeout
seconds ]
[ -noconfirm ]
post-processing-timeout
Specifies the timeout
value in seconds to initiate the post-switchover process. The value
must be an integer from 0 through 3600.
reset-route-modifier
During a switchover,
reset the route-modifier to the initial value.
timeout seconds
Default: 300
Specifies the number
of seconds before a forced switchover occurs. seconds must be a
value in the range from 0 through 65535.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
This command executes
a forced switchover from active to inactive. The command must be
executed on the active system and switches the active system to
the inactive state and the inactive system to an active state.
Example:
The following initiates
a switchover in
30 seconds.
srp initiate-switchover
timeout 30
srp reset-auth-probe-fail
This command resets
the auth probe monitor failure information.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
srp reset-auth-probe-fail
Usage:
This command resets
the auth probe monitor failure information to 0.
srp terminate-post-process
This command forcibly
terminates the post-switchover of primary and backup HA or GGSN
systems configured for Interchassis Session Recovery (ICSR) support.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
srp terminate-post-process [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Indicates that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
Usage:
Use this command to
force the termination of post-switchover process.
Example:
srp terminate-post-process
srp validate-configuration
Initiates a configuration
validation check from the ACTIVE chassis.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
srp validate-configuration
Usage:
Validates the configuration
for an active chassis.
ssh
Connects to a remote
host using a secure interface.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
ssh { host_name | host_ip_address } [ port
port_num ] [ user
user_name ]
host_name | host_ip_address
Identifies the remote
node to attempt to connect to.
host_name:
specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host
name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
port port_num
Specifies a specific
port to connect to where port_num must
be a value in the range 1025 through 10000.
user user_name
Specifies a user name
to attempt to connect as.
Usage:
SSH connects to a remote
network element using a secure interface.
Example:
The following connects
to remote host
remoteABC as
user
user1.
ssh remoteABC user user1
The following connects
to remote host
1.2.3.4 without
any default user.
ssh 1.2.3.4
The following connects
to remote host
1.2.3.4 via
port
2047 without
any default user.
ssh 1.2.3.4 port 2047
start crypto security-association
Initiates IKE negotiations.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
start crypto security-association
cryptomap
cryptomap
This is the name of
the crypto map policy to use when starting the IKE negotiations. cryptomap must
be the name of an existing crypto map entered as an alpha and/or
numeric string of from 1 to 127 characters.
Usage:
Use this command to
start IKE negotiations for IPSEC.
Example:
The following command
starts the IKE negotiations using the parameters set in the crypto
map named
crytpomap1:
start crypto security-association cryptomap1
telnet
Connects to a remote
host using the terminal-remote host protocol.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator
Syntax
telnet { host_name | host_ip_address } [ port
port_num ]
host_name | host_ip_address
Identifies the remote
node to attempt to connect to.
host_name:
specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host
name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
port port_num
Specifies a specific
port to connect to where port_num must
be a value in the range 1025 through 10000.
Usage:
Telnet to a remote
node for maintenance activities and/or troubleshooting
when unable to do so directly.
IMPORTANT:
telnet is
not a secure method of connecting between two hosts. ssh should
be used whenever possible for security reasons.
Example:
The following connects
to remote host
remoteABC.
telnet remoteABC
The following connects
to remote host
1.2.3.4 port
2047.
telnet 1.2.3.4 port 2047
terminal
Sets the number of
rows or columns for output.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
terminal { length
lines | width
characters }
length lines | width characters
length lines: sets
the terminal length in number of lines (rows)
of text from 5 to 4294967295 lines or the special value of 0 (zero).
The value 0 sets the terminal length to infinity.
width characters:
sets the terminal width in number of characters from
5 to 512 characters.
Usage:
Set the length to 0
(infinite) when collecting the output of a command line interface session
which is part of a scripted interface.
Example:
The following sets
the length then width in two commands.
terminal length 66
terminal width 160
The following command
sets the number of rows of the terminal to infinity.
terminal length 0
test alarm
Tests the alarm capabilities
of the chassis.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
test alarm { audible | central-office { critical | major | minor } }
audible | central-office { critical | major | minor }
audible:
indicates the internal alarm on the SPC/SMC is to be tested for
10 seconds. The alarm status is returned to its prior state, i.e.,
if the audible alarm was enabled prior to the test, the alarm will
again be enabled following the test.
central-office { critical | major | minor }:
indicates the central office alarms are to be tested for the specified
CO alarm.
Usage:
Test the alarm capabilities
of the chassis as periodic maintenance to verify the hardware for
generation of the internal audible alarms is functional.
Example:
test alarm audible
test alarm central-office critical
test alarm central-office major
test alarm central-office minor
timestamps
Enables/disables
the generation of a timestamp in response to each command entered.
The timestamp does not appear in any logs as it is a CLI output
only. This command affects the current CLI session only. Use the timestamps command
in the Global Configuration Mode to change the behavior for all
future CLI sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
timestamps
no timestamps
no
Disables generation
of timestamp output for each command entered. When omitted, the
output of a timestamp for each entered command is enabled.
Usage:
Enable timestamps when
logging a CLI session on a remote terminal such that each command
will have a line of text indicating the time when the command was entered.
traceroute
Collects information
on the route data will take to a specified host.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
IMPORTANT:
Inspector privileges
are granted for all variables except count and port.
To initiate a traceroute count or to target a specific port for
a traceroute, you must have a minimum privilege level of Operator.
Syntax
traceroute { host_name | host_ip_address } [ count
packets ] [ df ] [ maxttl
max_ttl ] [ minttl
min_ttl ] [ port
port_num ] [ size
octet_count ] [ src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address } ] [ timeout
seconds ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more } ]
host_name | host_ip_address
Identifies the remote
node to trace the route to.
host_name:
specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host
name which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
count packets
Default: 3
Specifies the number
of UDP probe packets to send.
df
Indicates the packets
for the tracing of the route should not be fragmented. If a packet
would require fragmenting then it is dropped and the result is the
ICMP response “Unreachable, Needs Fragmentation” is received.
maxttl max_ttl
Default: 30
Specifies the maximum
time to live, in seconds, for the route tracing packets. max_ttl must
be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255. It is an error
if max_ttl is
less than min_ttl whether min_ttl is
specified or defaulted.
The time to live (TTL)
is the number of hops through the network, i.e., it is not a measure
of time.
minttl min_ttl
Default: 1
Specifies the minimum
time to live, in seconds, for the route tracing packets. min_ttl must
be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255. It is an error
if min_ttl is
greater than max_ttl whether max_ttl is
specified or defaulted.
The time to live (TTL)
is the number of hops through the network, i.e., it is not a measure
of time.
port port_num
Default: 33434
Specifies a specific
port to connect to where port_num must
be a value in the range 1 through 65535.
size octet_count
Default: 40
Specifies the number
of bytes each packet. octet_count must
be a value in the range 40 through 32768.
src { src_host_name | src_host_ip_address }
Default: originating
system’s IP address
Specifies an IP address
to use in the packets as the source node.
src_host_name:
specifies the remote node using the node’s logical host name
which must be resolved via DNS lookup.
src_host_ip_address:
specifies the remote node using the node’s assigned IP
address specified using the standard IPv4 dotted decimal notation.
timeout seconds
Default: 5
Specifies the maximum
time to wait for a response from each route tracing packet. seconds must
be a value in the range 2 through 100.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Trace an IP route when
troubleshooting network problems where certain nodes are having significant
packet delays or packet loss. This can also be used to identify
bottlenecks in the routing of data within the network.
Example:
The following traces
the route to remote host
remoteABC and
sends the output to the more command.
traceroute remoteABC | more
The following command
traces the route to remote host
1.2.3.4’s
port
2047 waiting
a maximum of
2 seconds
for responses.
traceroute 1.2.3.4 port 2047 timeout 2
update active-charging
This command updates
specified active charging option(s) for the matching sessions.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator, Operator, Inspector
Syntax
update active-charging { switch-to-fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy | switch-to-rulebase rulebase } { all | callid call_id
| fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy| imsi imsi | ip-address ipv4_address | msid msid | rulebase rulebase | username user_name } [ -noconfirm ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
switch-to-fw-and-nat-policy
Switch to the specified
Firewall-and-NAT policy.
fw_nat_policy must
be a string of 1 through 63 characters in length.
switch-to-rulebase
Switch to the specified
rulebase.
rulebase must
be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
all
Updates rulebase for
all subscribers.
callid call_id
Specific Call identification
number.
call_id must
be an eight-digit HEX number.
fw-and-nat-policy fw_nat_policy
Specific Firewall-and-NAT
policy.
fw_nat_policy must
be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
imsi imsi
Specific International
Mobile Subscriber Identification (IMSI).
imsi must
be 3 digits of MCC (Mobile Country Code), 2 or 3 digits of MNC (Mobile
Network Code), and the rest with MSIN (Mobile Subscriber Identification
Number). The total should not exceed 15 digits. For example, 123-45-678910234
can be entered as 12345678910234.
ip-address ipv4_address
Specific IPv4 IP address.
ipv4_address must
be IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation.
msid msid
Updates rulebase for
a specific MSID.
msid must
be a string of 1 through 24 characters in length.
rulebase rulebase
Updates rulebase for
sessions matching the specified rulebase.
rulebase must
be a string from 1 through 63 characters in length.
username user_name
Updates rulebase for
a specific user.
user_name must
be a sequence of characters and/or wildcard characters ('$'
and '*')> - string of 1 through 127 characters in length.
-noconfirm
Specifies that the
command is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation
from the user.
| { grep grep_options | more }
Specifies that output
of this command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified.
A command to send the output to must be specified.
For details on the
usage of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
change specified active charging option(s) for the matching sessions.
Example:
The following command
changes the rulebase for sessions using the rulebase named
standard to
use the rulebase named
super:
update active-charging
switch-to-rulebase super rulebase standard
update cscf
This command will cause
a NOTIFY to be triggered from S-CSCF with contact event as “shortened” and
indicating the expiry timer value for each contact as “reauthentication-time” provided
from CLI. The subscriber is supposed to send a fresh REGISTER message within “reauthentication-time”,
which will be challenged by S-CSCF in order to accomplish reauthentication.
If reauthentication does not occur/fails, the subscriber
will be cleared after “reauthentication-time”.
Syntax
update cscf subscriber { all | username user_name } cscf-service service_name reauthentication-time seconds [ verbose ]
subscriber { all | username user_name }
Updates cscf subscriber
data.
all: Updates data for
all subscribers within a specified S-CSCF service.
username user_name:
Name of specific user within current context. can be between 1 and
127 alpha and/or numeric characters and is case sensitive.
cscf-service service_name
Specific configured
S-CSCF service. service_name can
be between 1 and 63 alpha and/or numeric characters and
is case sensitive.
reauthentication-time seconds
Specify the time within
which subscriber is expected to reauthenticate. seconds must
be an integer from 1 to 86400 seconds.
verbose
Show detailed information.
Usage:
This command is only
applicable for an S-CSCF service.
IMPORTANT:
reauthentication-time
should be greater than the current expiry time of the contact so
that S-CSCF will initiate the NOTIFY message.
Example:
The following command
sets the reauthentication time for all CSCF subscribers in the scscf1 S-CSCF
service to 500 seconds:
update cscf subscriber
all cscf-service scscf1 reauthentication-time 500
update firewall
policy
This command is obsolete.
update ip
When you update an
IP Access list, this command forces the new version of the access
list to be applied to any subscriber sessions that are currently
using that list.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
update ip access-list list_name subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
list_name
This is the name of
the IP Access list that you want to apply to the subscriber.
[ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]
These are the same command
keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
force existing subscriber sessions that are already using a specific
IP Access list to have that IP Access list reapplied. This is useful
when you edit an IP Access list and want to make sure that even
existing subscriber sessions have the new changes applied.
Example:
To apply the IP Access
list named ACLlist1 to all existing subscribers that are already
using that IP Access list, enter the following command:
update ip access-list ACLlist1 subscribers all
update qos policy
map
Updates QoS profile
information based on specific subscriber policy maps.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
update qos policy-map map_name use-granted-profile-id id1 [ id2 ] [ id3 ] subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ] [ -noconfirm ] [ verbose ] [ match-requested-profile-id ] [ | { grep grep_options | more } ]
map_name
Specifies the name of
the policy map. map_name can
be from 1 to 15 alpha and/or numeric characters in length.
use-granted-profile-id id1 [ id2 ] [ id3 ]
Specifies the profile
IDs to update. Up to 3 different profile IDs can be specified.
Each profile ID is specified
as a hexadecimal value from 0x0 and 0xFFFF.
subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]
These are the same command
keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
[ -noconfirm ]
Updates matching subscribers
without prompting for confirmation.
[ verbose ]
Displays details for
the profile updates.
[ match-requested-profile-id ]
Causes the system to
send session-updates only with profile-ids matching the profile-ids
in the requested list.
grep grep_options | more
Indicates the output
of the command is to be piped (sent) to the command specified. A
command to send output to must be specified.
For details on the usage
of grep and more, refer
to the Regulating a Command’s Output section of the Command Line
Interface Overview chapter in the ST-series Multimedia Core Platforms
Command Line Interface Reference.
Usage:
Use this command to
update subscriber session profile IDs based on the specified criteria.
Example:
The following command
updates profile IDs
0x3E and
0x4C for all
subscriber sessions and sends session-updates with the IDs:
update qos policy-map test use-granted-profile-id 0x3E 0x4C subscribers all match-requested-profile-id
update qos tft
Updates the subscribers
TFT associated with the flow ID and direction.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
update qos tft flow-id flow-id flow-dir {forward | reverse} use-granted-profile-id id1
[
id2
] [
id3
] subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ][-noconfirm ] [ verbose ] [ match-requested-profile-id ] [ | { grep
grep_options | more }
flow-id flow-id
When flow-id is
specified, the session update will be sent only when the flow ID
matches the flow-id and flow-direction.
The flow-id must
be specified as a value in the range of 1 through 255.
flow-dir {forward | reverse}
The direction of the
tft flow.
subscribers [ command_keyword ] [ filter_keywords ]
These are the same command
keywords and filter keywords available for the show subscribers command.
Usage:
Supports QoS updates
based on subscriber TFTs.
Example:
update qos tft flow-id
0 flow-dir reverse use-granted-profile-id 0x0 subscribers all -noconfirm
upgrade
This command installs
major software releases to the system.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
upgrade { online | patch } image_url
config
cfg_url [ -noconfirm ]
online
Perform a software upgrade
from one release version to another. The online upgrade is only
available for software release 3.5 and higher.
patch
Install an interim,
or patch, software release.
IMPORTANT:
Software Patch Upgrades
are not supported in this release.
image_url
Specifies the location
of a image file to use for system startup. The URL may refer to
a local or a remote file. The URL must be formatted according to
one of the following formats:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ tftp: ]//{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /directory ]/file_name
- [ http: | tftp: ]//{ host[ :port# ] }[ /directory ]/file_name
directory is
the directory name.
filename is
the actual file of interest.
host is the
IP address or host name of the server.
port# is
the logical port number that the communication protocol is to use.
IMPORTANT:
The ST16 and ST40 platforms
require different software image files. The name of the image file
indicates whether it is intended for use on an ST16 or an ST40.
A file intended for use on an ST16 uses the convention xxxxx.st16.bin
where xxxxx is the software build information. Alternatively, a
file intended for use on an ST40 uses the convention xxxxx.st40.bin.
IMPORTANT:
When using the TFTP,
it is advisable to use a server that supports large blocks, per
RFC 2348. This can be implemented by using the “block size
option” to ensure that the TFTP service does not restrict
the file size of the transfer to 32MB.
config config_path
Specifies the location
of a configuration file to use for system startup. This must be
formatted according to the following format:
- ST16:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /pcmcia2 }[ /path ]/filename
- ST40:
- [ file: ]{ /flash | /pcmcia1 | /hd }[ /path ]/filename
Where path is the
directory structure to the file of interest, and filename is
the name of the configuration file. This file typically has a .cfg extension.
-noconfirm
Indicates that the command
is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from
the user.
Usage:
Use the upgrade online command
to perform a software upgrade when upgrading from one software release
version to another, providing that both versions support this feature.
For example, you can use this method to upgrade from release version
3.5 (any build number) to version 4.0 (any build number), but you
cannot use this method to upgrade from release version 3.0 to version
3.5 since version 3.0 does not support the feature.
IMPORTANT:
Software Patch Upgrades
are not supported in this release.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
performs a major software release upgrade from an older version
to a newer version. In this example the new software image file
is in a subdirectory on a tftp server, and the configuration file
is in a subdirectory on the local flash.tftp://host[/path]/filename
upgrade online tftp://imageserver/images/image.bin
config /flash/configurations/localconfig.cfg
upgrade content-filtering
This command upgrades
the Static Rating Database (SRDB) for Category-based Content Filtering
application.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
upgrade content-filtering category { database | rater-pkg }
upgrade content-filtering
category database
This
command triggers upgrade of the Category-based Content Filtering
Static Rating Database (SRDB).
upgrade content-filtering
category rater-pkg
This
command triggers manual upgrade of the Dynamic Content-Filtering
Rater Package (rater.pkg file).
The
rater.pkg file contains the models and feature counters that are
used to return the dynamic content rating. The upgrade will trigger
distribution of the rater.pkg to all the SRDBs.
Usage:
Use this command to
load the Static Rating Database (SRDB) in to memory for Category-based
Content Filtering application,
and/or to load the rater.pkg file.
If the default directory
of /cf does not exist on the flash, it will create the
same. It also locates the recent full database and loads it into
memory. This command also clears the old and excess incremental
databases.
IMPORTANT:
This command is not
supported on all platforms.
Example:
The following command
upgrades the SRDB for the Category-based Content Filtering application:
upgrade content-filtering
category database
upgrade url-blacklisting
database
This command upgrade
the URL Blacklisting database.
Privilege:
Security Administrator,
Administrator
Syntax
upgrade url-blacklisting
database [ -noconfirm ]
-noconfirm
Indicates that the command
is to execute without any additional prompt and confirmation from
the user.
Usage:
Use this command to
upgrade and load URL Blacklisting database whenever required.
Example:
upgrade url-blacklisting database